Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
1 LEGOLAND DR; STRUCT CALCS; CB091696; Permit (3)
One Honey Cnsak Corporate Center 125 South 84* Sires! Suite 401 Milwaukee, Wl 53214 414/2591S0Q 414/259 0037 fax www.Bfoef-iraa.com GR3EF fetfliulitw Innovate STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS LEGOLAND CALIFORNIA CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA Prepared For: WATER TECHNOLOGY, INC 100 Park Avenue Beaver Dam, Wl 53916 ORAEF Project No, 2009-2000.28 Formerly Known As Graef, AnAatt, ScMoemer & Associates, Inc. GR3EF PROJECT „ PROJECT Na__3SS2. -^ f36Q* BY- /$S$f OATI- i/"*tt/$*< CHECKED 8Y: DATE: SHEETi .X - ,«f« ' '-Iff : 31 k -' 6 ' 4(W«" A <*'-& S'-o" J..x ^'6 ' ^.. f '•c.n~yfi •& € ' Moment Design j GR AMI SCMU itttHtt \ pc Project No: 20092000 {ALT Project: Legoland >EMER ifiitifi tut By: RPB ' Date: 9/24/2009 Checked By: Date: Calculation Of Required Reinforcing Rebars Subject: Bridge Design Calculation For: 100 psf Live Load Input M(DL)= 14.1 FT.KIPS M (LL)= 7,5 FT.KIPS Mu* 0 FT.KIPS d= 12.6 IN b= 12 IN Factor DL= 1.2 Factor LL= 1.6 fc= 4 KSI fy= 60 KSI As(prov)= 0 IN* Output Moment (Mu)= 28,9 FT.KIPS A= 39.71 X= 16.60979 B= -880.4 Y= 0.526212 C= 347.0 A= 407826 f>- 0.85 ACI (10.2.7.3) (A) As2 +(S) As + (C) =0 pMin= 0.0033 ACI (10.5.1) pMax= 0.0214 AC! (10.3.3) As= 0.526212 IN8 p Actuals 0.0035 a= 0.77 IN Cc= 32 KIPS Required As= 0.53 IN2 T= 32 KIPS Win As= 0.50 IN8 OK Max As= 3.23 INB *Mn= 0.00 FT.KIPS Bar Selection: 5 #3 0.55 3 #4 0.60 2 #5 0.62 2 #6 0.88 1 #7 0.60 1 #8 0.79 1 #i 1.00 1 #10 1.27 1 #11 1.56 b ji , _ •( , ' V '. ^Hgl^pl^^ . Final As (I Ns)= 0.53 % of pMax=^ 6,2779 % or #3 @ 2.51 o.c. or #4 @ 4.56 o.c. or #5 @ 7.07 O.C. or #6 @ 10.03 o.c. or #7 9 13.68 o.c. or #8 @ 18.02 o.c. or #9 @ 22.80 o.c. or #10 @ 28.96 o.c. or #11 « 35.58 o.c. -«'"fj-:" ll'H < f^ , r ...Jh.J..'.._......._.ii....J "T* P1111"11""™''"1™ * 4 O) 1 V 0)«s +-1 CO (0O O OQQ.tr ooCM§oeg CO CO o fl Wa. bfc H^^lii°^gi c/» W itn <3coO O c .2 o 1roO co10) Io O) CD D> .0 .0 .0 333in to tn V V V 1 & "II II II | I I I fJp*}SS§5>ipI?;?;$3J2 o N § S<^ i2* *** (W rjj CJ j_ ! Hjfr *^ ^* * WJ .^S {J*|J y$ jjjjm **5 eg ^ ^ *"**"* to w £* 04si<« II II II II II II II II U II II II II II II II «g S 5S. ^ •*** fSi ~*un"•***. 5ii S «i in WWWW £ £ £ £ CM N & & & Sf CWWWWyjj(j J, JL J. JL .MM »M£ -is* .«- Q» CL Ox* *sz $• *C« *C£ $• yoj w «> oowT-ootOT-T-wusT- '"*"?< §§|^ro o^ 2<fs:^^ (O O O 6 cs II u il it » u u il u n u U II it n u!'f"°:b£<2*<?a<w~Q" i^f j ¥ ? § O w Q, 5- ^ '§ E S If "* "m «03 (tl Q^ 3 CD CD S- S"S a n (U5s U> "S c Defiectioto §** £to «Mn I +** J)*sQ (0 O11O. "3; <M £ u u .i ,£ o o •* T- -j O CM «» CV C) O II II II II ***"*? 1 J?U)+ f^ 4*>l jr £ II " O 5- CN *" T-* c> cii n n n H Ja N»w •— <p^ wS?*ss £ 1U <f (0 « « (ft0) 0) 0) Q)£ £ £ £O O O Oe e e e• M* *IMI ••«* «••• 00 00 T- JW ^ 3- (CM i~ <D 0 C> 6 II II II II TJ t) g »81 15 5 §§ PROJECT NO. PROJECT jJr.C|?"> k*/. BYi CHECKED BY: . DATE: DATE: SHEET .X C6 &£_' ^/ ^ s -<•— " /7/f /i r 4 -o : / ar Moment Design GR ANI SCHLI miAsK \^ Project No: 20092000Ax-l' ML'F Project: Legoland JEMER " " "" KtttfllK By: RPB ' Date: 10/7/2009 Checked By: Date: Calculation Of Required Reinforcing Rebars Subject: Bridge Design Calculation For: Truck Live Load and 25' span Input M (DL)= 14.7 FT.KIPS M (LL)= 10.4 FT.KIPS Mu* 0 FT.KIPS d= 12.6 IN b= 12 IN Factor DL= 1.2 Factor LU 1.6 f'c= 4 KSI fy= 60 KSI As(prov)= 0 IN2 Output Moment (Mu)= 34.3 FT.KIPS A= 39.71 X» 16.50843 B= -680.4 Yt= 0.627569 C= 411.4 A= 39761 1 |i,= 0.85 ACt (10,2.7.3) (A) As2 +{B) As + (C) =0 pMin= 0.0033 ACI (10.5,1) pMax= 0.0214 ACI (10.3,3) As= 0.627569 IN8 pActuab 0.0042 a= 0.92 IN Cc= 38 KIPS Required As= 0.63 !Na T= 38 KIPS Win As= 0.50 IN2 OK Max As= 3.23 IN2 $Mn= O.QO FT.KIPS Bar Selection: 6 #3 0.66 4 #4 0.80 3 #5 0.93 2 #6 0.88 2 #7 1.20 1 #8 0.79 1 #9 1.00 1 #10 1.27 1 #11 1.56 b ' ^i * *r ^i-l***^ «•*.*« *»« As ';.:|tt^" • Final As (IN2)= 0.63 % of p Max=4 9,41 33 % or #3 @ 2.10 o.c. or #4 @ 3.82 o.c. or #5 @ 5.93 o.c. or #6 @ 8.41 o.c. or #7® 11. 47 o.c. or #8 @ 15.11 o.c. or #9 @ 19.12 o.c. or #10 @ 24,28 o.c, or #11® 29.83 o.c. wwnv.mii MW-f ^ (. JL (. -i I v *™»«ii«- f**",WK^*^ ^ f , Sy%. f.*^P?P'*l(n^ * 4 8o 10 «5o a COD.QC CD CD 1U0 6 OCM ga BeamsI% oo 0«*"•co to 3O "SOc t> jS 1 SS W CBJQ ja ja 333WWW V V V JC" inC n 11 I i II 1 I I 1 . -A „ ., . „ .: _ |_ _ NoJ2l2goooSS?Olf2 fs! S to 5^3h ^ 50 ^5r c5 ft* to ^^ ^** i. * co ,,,-* co fy to| 3*6 8 -So- n n n n n n H n n n n ii n n n n «! SI wwgjg? w w w wfflOOffl O. O. CU ^ I11.11"I.S 1 e 1 "1 1 1 CS) LO CD OOUSt^OOMT-NPiileSII*; '''s0! § T"?SIT" d d II II H II II I) II II I) II II II II II II II £'£"|OT3P<2?^>Q--J*"Q. JB-^TT Ur'aT'S"•So. *.*-«* < w «>z» 5** Q *jJ J^*" 4" 03 ec « « "2 «*H* G,, •"•» (g " (t) JtJ flj •*d) g) j*% (/5co M ^**' •Sr'a s ' MIS>< 10 **»re c .2•fc* 1 <01 to raco *?o<DSJJJa «i 0 I "«£5 Js 10 U)0> 0) .S £ cxi d d II II U it »W <^i ^2" <U•ft >I3 If<] -f" J? 2 t (0 U)Q) 02 JB £U U O O O CD^ O r~ f)•^ d d n it n n *JJ> <-*£ *S» 0•C !>0) ~ U> »•••* §? xr«. JC a-S- W W U) (/) 0000)jc j: jz jc0 « 0 0£ £ £ £ O) CT) U? CDSO) CO COo m oad d d d it n n it *FJ fJJJ (Jp (JJ J 2 .& .S£ -J -J^ « + «• PROJECT. PROJECT NO. CHECKED BY: BATE: _ .1 DATE- _ SHEET L/} , PROJECT _£|k£ PROJECT NO. 4?08930&& .BY; 3/^f hd CHECKED BY:* DATE.' .^/^m *f , DATE! . .. SHEETy CO, /^j/ff4 4% M JK «• •• PROJECT NO. JMSj[±QRaEF ; / /PRO/ECT LJ^QSMaM. ^ClO BY: ^< CHECKED BY: .... DATE, . DATE: SHEETy _ 3fi 5 PROJECT NO. PROJECT , BY:. CHECKED BY: DATE; DATE: SHEET $ PROJECT NO. PROJBCr BV: CHECKED BV: DATE: DATE: SHEET BSSSM- , , , f'eUff ®<.£®t /# /)'*?&,r; /j'j. .f'e.f(«/%f a • •>, • •f • ' s ) '''r*/*' I ^ .^ -': I ,*.i .s/^> * v/ & j? • jp-M^-'^-jzfrt:,'jc;» Ut i// UK #0,* f' w /^ 18,in Cone w/ #4 @ 12.in o/c 3'-0" * * • #0@18,in @Toe I Designer select i #5®t2.in au horiz. reinf. |4" @ Heel See Appendix A i 2 1/4" 4'-ir 2" 8'-3 1/2" i 8'-31/2" To specify your own special title block here, use the "Settings" screen and enter your title block information. Title • Bridge Abutmerrt-w/ E by horiz accel Page: '3 Job # . 20092000 Dsgnr, RPB Date. OCT 1,2009 Description..,. This Wall in File: J:\Jobs2009\20092000\Proiect Informatioi ReSatn Pro 6.1 f, 01-0otober-2004, (c)f 989-2004 Registration #: Rp.1134218 Cantilevered Retaining Wall Design Criteria Retained Height = 8,30 ft Wall height above soil = 0,00 ft Slope Behind Wall = 0,00 :1 Height of Soil over Toe = 36,00 In Water height over heel = 0,0ft Wind on Stem = Q.Opsf J Soil Data Allow Soil Bearing = 3,500.0 psf Equivalent Fluid Pressure Method 1 j Footing Dimensions & Strengths | Heel Active Pressure Toe Active Pressure Passive Pressure Soil Density Footing||Soil Friction Soil height to ignore for passive pressure 35.0 psf/ft 35.0 psf/ft 300.0 psf/ft ne.oopcf 0.350 0,00 in Toe Width = 1,00ft Heel Width = 4,92, Total Footing Width = " 5~92 Footing Thickness = 12.00 in Key Width = 0.00 in Key Depth = 0,00 in Key Distance from Toe = 0.00 ft f'c = 4,000 psi Fy = 60,000 psi Footing Concrete Density = 150.00 pet Min. As% = 0.0018 Cover @ Top = 2.00 in ® Btm.= 3.00 in Surcharge Loads j I Lateral Load AppliedI to Stem | fAdjaicenfFoo¥ngToad" Surcharge Over Heel = o,0 psf Used To Resist Sliding & Overturning Surcharge Over Toe = 0,0 psf Used for Sliding & Overturning Axial Load Applied to Stem | Axial Dead Load = 2,067.0 Ibs Axial Live Load = 0.0 Ibs Axial Load Eccentricity = 0.0 in \ Earth Pressure. Seismic Load | Lateral Load ...Height to Top ...Height to Bottom 0.0 #/ft 0.00ft 0.00 ft DesignKh= 0.310g Using Mononobe-Okab© / Seed-Whitman procedure Design Summary j Wall Stability Ratios Overturning = 3.07 OK Sliding = 2.68 OK Total Bearing Load = 8,460 Ibs ...resultant ecc. = 15.17 in Soil Pressure & Toe = 3,330 psi OK Soil Pressure @ Heel = 0 psf OK Allowable = 3,500 psf Soil Pressure Less Than Allowable ACI Factored @ Toe = 3,995 psf AC I Factored @ Heei = 0 ps! Footing Shear ® Toe = 9.0 psi OK Footing Shear @ Heei = 28.3 psi OK Allowable * 107.5 psi Sliding Calcs (Vertical Component Used) Kae for seismic earth pressure Ka for static earth pressure Difference: Kae - Ka = 0,508 Adjacent ^Foottng Footing Width Eccentricity Waf! to Ftg Ci Dlst Footing Type Base Above/Below Soil at Back of Wall Added seismic base force 0.0 Ibs 0.00ft 0.00 in 0.00ft Line Load 0.0 ft 874.7 Ibs Stem Construction Design height Wall Material Above "Ht" Thickness Rebar Size Rebar Spacing Rebar Placed at I Top Stem ft» 0.00 = Concrete = 18.00 = 84 12.50 = Edge Lateral Sliding Force (ess 100% Passive Force = less 100% Friction Force = Added Force Req'd = ....tor 1.5:1 Stability = 2,108.2 Ibs 2,400.0 Ibs 3,240.4 0.0 Ibs OK 0.0 Ibs OK fWFB + fa/Fa Total Force ® Section Moment.,..Actual Moment Allowable Shear Actual Shear.....Allowable Lap Splice if Above Lap Splice if Below Wall Weight Rebar Depth 'd' Masonry Data f'm Fs Solid Grouting Speciallnspection Modular Ratio 'n' Short Term Factor Equiv. Solid Thick. Masonry Block Type = Concrete Data f'c Fy = lbs = «-# = «• psi = psi = in = in = = in = 0.739 2,658.1 9.S71 .2 13,485.7 8.9 107.5 24,67 6.64 225.0 15.75 psi = Medium Weight psi = 4,000.0 psi = 60,000.0 To specify your own special title block here, use tiie "Settings" screen and enter your title block information. Title : Bridge Atautment-w/E by hortz accel Job# : 20092000 Dsgnr: RPB Date: Description,... Page: OCT 1,2009 This WalUn File; J:\Jobs2003\20092000\ProjecMnformatioi Retain Pro 6.1f, 01-October-2004, (e)1989-2004 Reglslrallon #: RP-1134215 Cantilevered Retaining Wall Design [ Footing .Design Resuite~ j Factored Pressure Mu* : Upward Mu' : Downward Mu: Design Actual 1 -Way Shear Allow 1- Way Shear To© Reinforcing Heel Reinforcing Key Reinforcing Toe Heel = 3,095 0 psf 1,867 2.254 fl-# 299 12,161 ft-# = 1 ,568 9,906 tt-# = 8.99 28.25 psi 107.52 107.52 psi = None Spec'd - #5® 12.00 in = None Spec'd Other Acceptable Sizes & Spacings Toe: Not req'd. Mu < S * Fr Heel: #4® 7.75 In, #5® 12.00 in, #6® 17.00 in, #7® 23.00 in, f8@ 30.25 in, #9® 38 Key: No key defined Summary of Overturning & Resisting For^sj& OVERTURNING,Force Distance tern Ibs ft feel Active Pressure = 1,513,6 be Active Pressure = -280.0 3.10 1.33 Moment tt-# 4,692.1 -373.3 RESISTING Force Distance Moment Ibs ft ft-# Soil Over Heel = 3,289.6 Sloped Soil Over Heel = 4.21 13,843.6 Surcharge Over Toe Adjacent Footing Load •• Added Lateral Load •• Load @ Stem Above Soih Seismic Earth Load ••874,7 5.58 4,880.6 Total = 2,108.2 O.T.M. = 9,199.3 Resisting/Overturning Ratio = 3.07 Vertical Loads used for Soil Pressure = 8,459.6 ibs Vertical component of active pressure NOT used for soil pressure Surcharge Over Heel = Adjacent Footing Load = Axial Dead Load on Stem = Soil Over Toe Surcharge Over Toe Stem Weightfs) ~ Earth 9 Stem Transitions I Footing Weighl Key Weight Vert. Component Totals" 2,067.0 348.0 1,867.5 887.5 t.75 0.50 1.75 2.96 J798.£ 5.92 9,258~3 Ibs R,M.s 3,617.3 174.0 3,268.1 2,625.5 4,726.0 ^•^^•SEf PROJECT NO. :3£S'^wriclisr / / , PROJECT ±r^fe/£&/ 5W ™-.jS^^ CHECKED BY: DATE: :^/S£A DATE: SHEET. X^' %«%^M/ ffyfl^^ rr ' tj Sff4t Arlffl<U4c, /'I! A A A ^ . A M,f A*-/*, i/ tf. r^'^i *31-1 / A f, /tt > X. »> tf&f&f fij ' j f< OKIEF PROJKCT _J PROJECT NO. a?M 9 '56$& BY; fi^S, Clfl-CKEO BY: DATEs /f/M9 DATE: SHEET /^ /««,/? /•* & if y*)f<^* /s**/ ™ ffalfSS,*' .X* a , , 7BCrNO" PROJECT -,4-»» /-$#$,: -, .:...-.... BY: CHECKED BY: DATEi . DATK: SHBET Fr 7. & • «*••>*. -— /,--' f±'f*4H>Kmgf1tg£ t'ROIKT NO. "3flQ{•naNnr , i tPROJECT *"*&(!&*& BY-. J^f CHECKED BY; DATEi /^f Jf DATfe SHEET^x /f^l //, fj^ z/-' " *« t<tfC66<J 7& "ffitjf S* PROJECT NO. .BY:.GR EF PROJECT CHECKED BY: DATE: . DATE: SHEfcT -At ¥ >, ck f a tfawl G]f. ff/c 0, //w*f ysftv -" ^' GR EF PROJECT PROJECT NO, ,BY, CHECKED BY: DATE: DATE! SHEET •£,--/<? 2 = 4*3-8 4,/«*A fy.:^-v* l&y ff La I /{, GR EF PROJECT . PROJECT NO. .BY: CHECKED BVi DATE: DATE: SHEET ms f""-1 I "or Products In this catalog are grouped by webbing width: 1* and 194". Standard KevLok® hardware is heavy gauge steel with zinc plating and bronze chromate finish. Most of the hardware is available in two breaking strengths per width: 1* 300and1,000lbs. 1%' 2,000 and 5,000 Ibs. 2" 5,000 Ibs, Some components are available in stainless steel (see listing below) with 600 Ib. breaking strength for 1 * hardware and 2,500 Ib. breaking strength for 1H" hardware. Various webbing materials are available: low-cost polypropylene; high-strength nylon; minimum stretch, sun-resistant polyester; and non-slip, abrasion-resistant bulked nylon. Naturally, any strap assembly is only as strong as its weakest component Other hardware and webbings are available. Please contact our sales department for more information. We are notresponsible'fortensitestrengths of assemblies not sewn by AQM. The information in this catalog Is subject to change, if this information is used for the preparation of drawings or documents, please contact our sales department for the most current date. K413 Fastener, Over-Center K413S Fastener, O.C., Stainless K417 Fastener, Over-Center K426 Fastener, Cam K428 Fastener, Ratchet K437 Safety Pin Assembly K439 Protector Pad, Webbing K440 Threading Plate K442 Threading Plate K444 Threading Plate K445 Protector Pad, Plastic K446 Threading Plate K450 Wire Hook, W Opening K453 Wire Hook, 1" Opening K4S3-50 Wire Hook, 1* Opening (Vinyl Coated) K454 Pallet Hook K459 *S"Hook K459-50 "S" Hook (Vinyl Coated) K460 Quick Disconnect K460S Quick Disconnect, Stainless K462 Quick Disconnect K467 Quick Disconnect K468 Snap Hook K470 D-Ring K472 D-Ring K475 Pull Tab Retainer K480 Anchor Plate K486 Footmans Loop 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" r r 1" r t" t" r i* r 1" 1* & I'/*"r&i%" r r r r 1" t' r 1" t" r 1,000 Ibs. 600 Ibs. 300 Ibs, 1,200 Ibs. 1,500 Ibs. N/A N/A 1 ,000 Ibs. 300 Ibs. 1,000 Ibs. N/A 300 Ibs. 1,000 tos. 2,000 Ibs. 2,000 Ibs, 600 Ibs. 1,000 Ibs, 1,000 Ibs. 1,000 Ibs. 600 Ibs, 300 Ibs. 1,800 Ibs. 5,000 Ibs. 300 Ibs. 5,000 Ibs. N/A 1,000ibs. 300 Ibs. 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 7 7 7 S 7 6 6 6 7 6,10 6,10 5 5 5 5 6 7 7 8 6 6 K488 K710 K711 K717 K718 K726 K739 K740 K741 K753 K760 K761 K764 K766 K770 K772 K77S K776 K780 K860 W1404 W400 W402 W405 W1704 W1706 W700 W706 W707 Bracket Fastener, Over-Center Fastener, Over-Center Fastener, Over-Center Fastener, Over-Center Fastener, Ratchet Protector Pad Threading Plate Threading Plate Wire Hook & Keeper, 1* Opening Quick Disconnect Quick Disconnect Snap Hook Snap Hook D-Ring Delta Ring Pull Tab Retainer Pull Tab Retainer, Assy. Anchor Plate Quick Disconnect Webbing, Bulked Nylon Webbing, Nylon Webbing, Polypropylene Webbing, Polyester Webbing, Bulked Nylon Webbing, Bulked Nylon Webbing, Nylon Webbing, Polyester Webbing, Polyester 1" m- w 1»/4' IK" 2" 1%" 1%" 1%" 1%* 1%' 1%" m" w w 1»/4* 1%* w W 2" 1" r 1" r m* 1%" 1%* 1V4« 1%* 300 Ibs. 5,000 Ibs. 5,000 Ibs. 2,000 Ibs. 2,000 Ibs* 5,000 Ibs. N/A 2,000 Ibs. 3,500 Ibs. 5,000 Ibs. 2,000 Ibs. 5,000 Ibs. 5,000 Ifas. 2,000 Ibs. 600 Ibs. 5,000 Ibs. N/A N/A 5,000 Ibs. 5,000 ibs. 2,500 Ibs. 2,500 Ibs. 700 Ibs. 2,500 Has, 3,500 Ibs. 5,000 Ibs. 7,000 Ibs. 10,000 Ibs. 6,000 Ibs. 7 9 9 9 9 12 11 11 11 10 10 10 10 10 11 11 11 11 10 12 5 5 5 5 9 9 9 9 9 AOM CONTAINER CQNTflQLS. INC. . 'f»O BOX 4002K * TUCSON ARIZONA 85717-0020 ' ' TEL: 800-985-5S90 (520) 88t-2130 * FAX: -<520J W1-4883: www.agmcontoJn«r.oorn '•« satefi@agmcont9iner.com '•. K413(K413S,K417) OVER-CENTER FASTENER tEVER ANCHOR 1.62 (41 mm) .80 (20 tnm) T TensioningTate Up Breaking Strength Working Load Material Finish Weight Applications 5/8" (16 mm) K413 1,000 IDS, (454 kg) K413S 600 Ibs. (272kg) K417 300 Ibs. (136kg) K413 333 Ibs. (151 kg) K413S 200 Ibs. (91 kg) K417 100 Ibs. (45kg) K413 Heat Treated Alloy Steel K413S Stainless Steel K417 Cold Rolled Steel Zinc Plate Bronze Chromate (except K413S) .1tfb.(SOg) See photo section on pages 14-15, Note: Slots on side ol lever are tor optional safety sea/ or safety pin (p.8). K428 RATCHET FASTENER Breaking Strength Working Load Material Finish Weight Applications 1,500 Ibs. (680kg) 500 Ibs. (227kg) Cold Boiled Steel Zinc Plate Bronze Chrornate .52 Ib. (236 g) Recommended for use on straps over 10 ft., or where additional take up is needed. K426 CAM FASTENER f 1.44 f I Breaking Strength Working Load Material Finish Weight Applications 1,20 (30.5 mm) 232 (64 mm) r 1,200 Ibs. (544kg) 400 Ibs, (181 kg) Cold Rolled Steel Zinc Plate Bronze Chromate .27lb.(123g) For use where tensioning is not critical. CATALOG 95T I'J'l*1*1 Wont slip under severe vibration; high abrasion resistance. Similar to MIL-W-43668, Type II, except width is 1", Breaking 2,500 Ibs. Strength (1,134kg) Working 833 Ibs. Load (378 kg) Material Bulked Nylon "Colors BK-Black OR-Orange BL-Blue RD-Red BR-Brown YE-Yellow GR-Gray GN-Green OD-Olive Drab Use ihc part number base followed by thv h&ractQr fttpha -cocte.for ttje eo/or des/rerf.. W4G0-** Meets MIL-W-408S, Type XVII, Witt! MIL-W-27265, Class R treatment Breaking 2,500 Ibs. Strength (1,134kg) Working 833 Ibs. Load (378kg) Etfateriat Nylon "Colors BK-Black OR-Orange BL-BIU0 RD-Red BR-Browrt YE-Yellow GR-Gray GN-Green OD-Olive Drab W402-** Low cost material for light duty applications. Breaking 700 Ibs, Strength (318 kg) Working 233 Ibs. Load (106kg) \ Material Potypropylehe "Color BK-Blaek W405-** Low stretch, and greater U.V, resistance. Breaking Strength Working Load Material "Color 2,500 Ibs. (1,134kg) 833 Ibs. (378kg) Polyester WH-White WHEN SEWN INTO AN ASSEMBLY, THE BREAKING STRENGTH OF THE WEBBING MAY BE LESS THAN SHOWN 1.38 [ (35 mm) K460 (K460S, K462) QUICK DISCONNECT Breaking Strength Working Load Material 1t38 1 .87 (22mm) Fjnish Weight .06 |~(1.Smm) 1 ^ .19 (4.Bmm) K460 1,OOOJbs.(454kg) K460S 600 lbs.(272 kg) K462 300 lbs.(136 kg) K4iO 333 lbs.(151 kg) K460S 200 Ibs. (91 kg) K462 100 Ibs, (45kg) K460 Heat Treated Alloy Steel K460S Stainless Steel K462 Cold Rolled Steel 23nc Plate Bronze Chromate (except K460S) .03lb.(14g) Used as a quick disconnect to anchor of fasteners K413,K413SandK417. K467 QUICK DISCONNECT Breaking Strength Working Load Material Finish Weight Applications 1.63{41mm) •« J(2.8 mm)I-2.00 <Sf mm) 1.00 (25 mm) 0.30 (8mm) 1,800 Ibs (816 kg) 600 Ibs. (272kg) Heat Treated Alloy Steei Zinc Plate .08 Ib. (36 g) For use with K428 as quick disconnect or attachment to rods, bars, etc. CATALOG-i»5T-. AGI1 CCsWIAJNER CONTROLS, WC, PO 80X 40020-TOCSOW ARIZONA 85717-OD30: : TEJL: SW>-995"SS90 (526)881-2130 * FAX: {520) 881-4083 www.affmeoiifafrterxam * safes t»>agtTteontair»r.eoffl HARDWARE FOR 1" WEBBING K459US"HGGK P/N K459-50 with vinyl coating also available Breaking Strength Working Load Material Finish Weight Applications 2,500 Ibs. (1,134 kg) 833 Ibs, (378kg) 3/8" dia. Cold Rolled Steel Zinc Plate Bronze Chromate .295 Ib. (134 g) For temporary attachment to pipes, bars, eye bolts, etc. •3ft r (10 turn) 4,r» .*(4mm) 1 1.06(27mm) i 3J5 | "* "(95mm) ' j\ vMk Weight Applications .65(17mm) ,52(13mm) .21 to. (95 fl) For positive attachment to rods, handles, eye bolts, etc. K480 ANCHOR PLATE Breaking Strength Working Load Material Finish Weight Applications 1,000 Ibs. (454 kg) 333 Ibs. (15-1 kg) Cold Rolled Steel Zinc Plate Bronze Chromate .07lb.(32g) Designed to be used with a bolt to secure strap permanently to mounting surface; also as plate to attach hook. K453 WIRE HOOK P/N K453-SO with vinyl coating also available (1* opening) Breaking Strength Working Load Material Finish Weight Applications 2,000 Ibs. (907 kg) 666 Ibs. (302kg) Heat Treated Steel Zinc Plate Bronze Chromate .13lb.(S9g) For temporary attachment to pipes, bars, eye bolts, stots, etc. K468 SNAP HOOK Breaking Strength 5,000 Ibs. (2,268 kg) Working Load 1,835 Ibs. (832kg) Material Heat Treated Steel Finish Zinc Plate Bronze Chromate K486 FOOTMANS LOOP Breaking Strength 300 Ibs. (136 kg) forking Load 100 Ibs. (45 kg) Material Cold Rolled Steel Finish Zinc Plate Bronze Chromate Weight .03 Ib. (14 g) Applications For permanent installation of strap. (Mmm) K45QW1RE HOOK (1/2* opening) Breaking Strength 1,000 Ibs. (454 kg) Working Load Material 40£(10 mm) Weight Applications 333 Ibs. (151 kg) High Strength Steel Wire Finish Zinc Plate Bronze Chromate ,08 Ib. (36 g) For temporary attachment to rings, rods, holes, slots, etc. GR3EF /,, PROJECT / & PCX NO. CHECKED BY: DATE; DATE: SHEW f * &*l : W - 734^ X" f > > £ tSt GR8EF PROJECT /_Jg-£fe// DATE: DAT& SHEET t> «?'-*> tc* /') Q / PROJECT NO,, CHECKED BY,'DATE- SHEET <? /=• - o /if — ' or^ 2P~* ')+ /,(/ # / '/~O c /2-0 ./*• 5 •S '? '^/Z /VX?^-^ i Moment Design GRAEF ANHALT SCHLOEMER Project No: Project: 2009-2000,28 Lcgoland By: Checked By: SAC Date: Date: 10/8/2008 Calculation Of Required Reinforcing Rebars Subject; Tank lid Calculation For; PoplB Input M (DL)= M(LL)= Mu= d= 0 FT.KIPS 0 FT.KIPS 6.7 FT.KIPS 9 IN 12 IN Factor 01= Factor LL= fc= fy= As(prov)= 1.2 1.6 4KSi 60 KS-I 0.29 W2 Output Moment (Mu)= A= B= f> pMin= pMax« p Actual= Required As= MinAs= MaxAs= Bar Selection: 6.7 FT.KIPS 39.71 -486.0 60.4 223427 0.85 0,0033 0.0214 0.0016 12.07227 0.167731 AC< (10.2.7.3) ACI (10,5.1) ACI (10.3.3) 0,17 0.36 2.31 IN2 IN2 As= 0.167731 IN2 a= 0.25 IN Co* 10 KIPS T= 10 KIPS Us0 the minimum of 1.33 Req'd As or As min 11.47 FT.KIPS 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7nm #10 0.33 0.40 0.31 0.44 0.60 0.79 1.00 1.27 1.56 Final As (IN> 0,22 %ofpMax=9.66118 or or or or or or or or or m@ #4® #10#11. 5.92 O.C. 10.76 o.c. 16.68 o.c, 23.67 O.c. 32.28 o.c. 42.50 o.c. 53,79 o.c. 68.32 o.e. 83.92 o.c. Moment Design A GRAEF ANHALT SCHLOEMER Project No: Project: 2009-2000.28 Legoland By: Checked By: SAC Date; Date: 10/8/2009 Calculation Of Required Reinforcing Rebars Subject: Weir Beam Calculation For: PoolD Input M (DL)= M (LL)= Mu= d* b= 0 FT.KIPS 0 FT.KIPS 1,3 FT.KIPS 11 IN 12 IN Factor DL= Factor LL= fc- fy= As{prov)= 1.2 1.6 4 KSl 60 KSl 0.20 IN2 Output Moment (Mu) AS B= pMin= pMax* p Actual= Required As Min As= MaxAs= Bar Selection: 1.3 FT.KIPS 39.71 -594,0 15.6 350358 0.85 0,0033 0.0214 0.0002 X= Y= 14.93369 0.026309 AC! (10.2.7.3) ACI (10.5.1) ACI (10.3.3) 0.03 0.44 2.82 IN2 IN2 IN2 As= 0.026309 IN2 a* 0.04 IN Cc= 2 KIPS T= 2 KIPS Use the minimum of 1.33 Recr'd As or As min 14.06 FT.KIPS #3 #4 #5 #6 m #8 #9 #10 #11 0.11 0.20 0.31 0.44 0.60 0.79 1.00 1.27 1.56 Final As (IN> 0.03 %ofpMax= 1.23985 % or or or or or or or or or #3@ #11 @ 37.72 o.c. 68.59 o.c, 106.31 o.c. 150.90 o.c. 205.77 o.c. 270.93 o.c. 342,95 o.c. 435J4 O.C. 535.00 o.c. Shear Design GRAEFANHAIT SCHLQEMER Project No: Project: 2009-2000.28 Legoland By:. Checked By: SAC Date:. Data: 10/8/2009 Calculation Of Required Shear Reinforcement Subject; Weir Beam Calculation For; Poolp Input V(0L)= Vftl)* Vu= o> &«* KIPS KIPS 1.3 KIPS 11 IN 12 IN Factor DL* Factor U-« fc- fya Av(prav)» 1J2 1.8 4KSIeoKSi OiN* Output Shear (Vu}= Wc«*P ij,VSe Commente: 1,3 KIPS 14.19 KIPS 0,0 KIPS No shear reinf, req'd 58.77 KIPS 5.SO IN 0.00 IN NO REINF. IN (ACM 1,5.6.8) (AC! 11.5.4.1) (ACI11.5.E.3) (AC111-15) (ACM 1,6.4.3) Aroa of Shear Reinforcements Spacinfl of Shear Reinforcement" 0.00 IN WAIN 1460767 121730.6 121.7306 Page 1 Moment Design GRAEP ANHALT SCHLOEM1R Project No: Project: 2009-2000.28 SAC Legoland Checked By: Date; 10/8/2009 Date: Calculation Of Required Reinforcing Rebars Subject: Tank Lid Calculation For: Pool E Input M(DL)= M (LL)= Mu= *•b* 0 FT.KIPS 0 FT.KIPS 2.7 FT.KIPS 9 IN 12 IN Factor DL- Faotor LL= fc= fy= As(prov)= 1.2 1.6 4KSI 60 KSl 0.2 IN2 Output Moment (Mu)= B= C» A* Pr pMIn* pMax= p Actual= Required As= Min Asa Max As* Bar Selection: 2.7 FT.KIPS 39.71 -486.0 32.4 231050 0.85 0.0033 0.0214 0.0006 12.17297 0.067034 ACI (10.2.7.3) AGt (10,5.1) ACI (10.3.3) 0.07 0.36 2,31 IN2 IN2 IN2 (A)Asz+(B)As-«-(C)=0 As* 0.087034 IN2 a= 0,10 IN Cc= 4 KIPS T= 4 KIPS Use the minimum of 1.33 Req'd As or As min 7,97 FT.K1PS #3 #4 #5 #8 #9 #11 0.11 0,20 0.31 0.44 0.60 0.79 1.00 1.27 1.S6 Final As (lfsT)= 0.09 % of pMax= 3.86111 % or or or or or or or or or m@ #10 @ #11® 14.81 o.c. 26.92 o.c. 41.73 o.c. 59.22 o.c. 80.76 O.C, 106.33 O.c, 134.60 o.c. 170.94 o.c. 209.97 o.c. Moment Design i GR AM SCHL(«*Mm "^L Project No: 2009-2000.28ALI' WLT Project: Legoland )EMER xklKht By: SAC Date: 10/8/2009 Checked By: Date: Calculation Of Required Reinforcing Rebars 4 Subject: Suction Tank Ltd Calculation For: Pool A Input M (DL)* 0 FT.KIPS M (LL)» 0 FT.KIPS Mu= 4.5 FT.KIPS d= 3 IN b- 12 IN Factor DL= 1.2 Factor LL= 1.6 fc= 4 KSI fy= 60 KSI As(prov)= 0.46 IN2 Output Moment (Mu}= 4.5 FT.KIPS M 39.71 B= -162.0 C= 54.0 A* 17668 p,= 0.85 ACI (10.2.7.3) pMtns 0.0033 AC( (10,5.1) pMax= 0.0214 ACI (10.3.3) pActuaN 0.0102 Required As= 0.37 INa MinAs= 0.12 IN2 MaxAs= 0.77 IN2 Bar Selection: 4 #3 0.44 2 #4 0.40 2 #5 0.62 1 #6 0.44 1 #7 0.60 1 #8 0.79 1 #9 1.00 1 #10 1,27 1 #11 1.56 J b J4. ji, } \yujjjjjji X= 3.713798 Y== 0.366202 (A)As2-«-(B)M + (C)=0 As» 0.366202 IN2 a= 0.54 IN Cc= 22 KIPS T= 22 KIPS OK <|>Mn= S.51 FT.KIPS Final As (IN2)* 0.37 % of p Max= 47.5782 % or #3 @ 3.60 o.c. or #4 @ 6.S5 o.c. or #5@ 10.16 o.c. or #6@ 14,420.0. or f7@ 19.66 o.c. or #8 @ 25.89 o.c. or #9 @ 32,77 o.c. or #10@ 41.62o,c. or #11 @ 51,12 o.c. I p • ^H | HHH3 PROJECT NO. PROJECT CHECKED BV: DATE: DATE: SHEET A *- ' fiw /^ i *~ t "*f'aaf C- J i^ f > ? j ^ if jf 4t4* ff scT *or" tffc^^B- US-C-k8f . me TtJ GUllEF PROJECT NO, ^MM^ PROJECT ^J£&&igLtM-~~ BY: /T/95? CHECKED BY: DATE: DATE: J^M—SHEET ; S /go/ .TiM * frt: '•!' „/ 3 ^,t,f; !,..*//' K.,l' r/f (a^e, $t A, <4- ,i -Il/l/afl; ,-v-xfc, ^ ' f &••& PROJECT PROJECT NO. CHECKED BY:. DATE; DATE; SHEET vL -75, 11* ti-j ! \. t j / f iff- * '*; frf / /^ '"Sy* f 3 } / •r^*-"'w^"^4^-fflafc /£,*, /<?' ,« /C*5r/« ,-C s ' /".xji o o i CONSULTING ENGINECltS .AA AXliALT 34S NORTH C3TH STREET """ " MIUWAUKEE, WISCONSIN 53226 PROJECT NO. NAME . DATE 'BY SHEET ff JGOO 20% n> A*,- L - op 1ST136L- P^.o-0 /RT 5AY- ~vT7?T Z- SCA-&. / & V Sliding Restraint 22.in Cone w/ #5 @ 18,in o/c @Toe @ Heel lij f ~"*r j?* 1 3/4" r; t I i Designer select all hortz. reinf. - See Appendix A 9" 2'-7" 3'-8" i 3'-6" To spectty your own special title block here, use the "Settings" screen and enter your title block information. Title • Pool B, 3'-6" wall with EQ Job # ; 2008-2000 Dsgnr: Description.... Page:. Date: OCT 2,2009 This Wall In File: J:Uobs2009\20092000\ProjecUnformatioi Retain Pro 6.1f, 01-October-2004, (c)1989-2004 Registration »: RP-1134215 Cantilevered Retaining Wall Design | Criteria Retained Height = Wall height above soil = Slope Behind Wall = Height of Soil over Toe = Water height over heel = Wind on Stem * 1 Surcharge Loads 3.50 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 : 1 0.00 in 0.0ft 0.0 psf Surcharge Over Heel = 100.0 psfUsed To Resist Sliding & Overturning Surcharge Over Toe = 0.0 psf Used for Sliding & Overturning [ Axial Load Applied to Si Axial Dead Load = Axial Live Load = Axial Load Eccentricity * I Earth Pressure Seismic em 0.0 Ibs 0.0 Ibs 0.0 in Load J (Soil Data 1 Allow Soil Bearing = 3,500.0 psf Equivalent Fluid Pressure Method Heel Active Pressure = 35.0 psf/ft Toe Active Pressure = 35.0 psf/ft Passive Pressure = 250.0 psf/ft Soil Density = HO.OOpcf Footing||Sotl Friction = 0.300 Soil height to ignore for passive pressure = 0.00 in | | | | Lateral Load Applied to Lateral Load = ...Height to Top * ...Height to Bottom = Kae for seismic earth pressure Stem § 0.0 #/ft 0.00 ft 0.00ft = 0.839 n 577 [ Footing Dimensions & Toe Width Heel Width Total Footing Width = Footing Thickness = Key Width Key Depth = Key Distance from Toe = fc = 4,000 psl Fy = Footing Concrete Density = Win. As % = Cover & Top = 2.00 in @ [•Adjacent Footing Load Footing Width = Eccentricity = Walt to Ftg CL Dist = Footing Type at Back of Wall Added seismic base force Strengths 0.75ft 1.832.58" 8.00 in 0.00 in 0.00 in 0.00 ft 60,000 psi 1 50.00 pcf 0.0018 Btm.= 3.00 in ~~ 1 0.0 Ibs 0.00ft 0.00 in 0,00 ft Line Load 0,0ft 381.1 Ibs | Design Kh =0.485 g Using Mononobe-Qkabe / Seed-Whitman procedure 0562 Stem Construction Wall Stability Ratios Overturning = 1.54 OK Slab Resists All Sliding ! Total Bearing Load = 1,221 Ibs ...resultant ecc, = 12.66 in Soil Pressure & Toe = 3,443 psl OK Soil Pressure ® Heel = 0 psf OK Allowable = 3,500 psf Soil Pressure Less Than Allowable AC! Factored @ Toe = 4.132 psf AC! Factored @ Heel = 0 psf Footing Shear 9 Toe = 20,3 psi OK Footing Shear ® Heel = 0.0 psl OK Allowable = 107.5 psi Sliding Calcs Slab Resists Ail Sliding ! Bar Lap/Emb0.00 Concrete 22.00 # 5 18.00 Lateral Sliding Force = less 100% Passive Force = less 1 00% Friction Force = Added Force Req'd = ....for 1.5 : 1 Stability = 809.8 Ibs 55.6 Ibs 366.3 387.9 Ibs NQ 792.8 Ibs NO Design height ft = Wall Material Above "Ht" Thickness Rebar Size Rebar Spacing Rebar Placed at Design Data ffa/FB +fa/Fa = 0.081 Total Force @ Section Ibs = 900.0 Moment....Actual ft-#= 1,507.4 Moment Allowable = 18,632.6 Shear.....Actual psi= 2.2 Shear Allowable psi = 107.5 Lap Splice if Above in = 30.83 Lap Splice if Below in = 8.30 Wall Weight = 275.0 Rebar Depth 'd1 fn= 20.19 Masonry Date f'm Fs Solid Grouting = Special inspection = Modular Ratio 'n' = Short Term Factor = Equiv. Solid Thick. Masonry Block Type = Medium WeightConcrete Data •——fc pst= 4,000.0 Fy psi = 60,000.0 To specify your own special title block here, use the 'Settings' screen and enter your title block Information. Title Pool B, 3'-6" wall with EQ Job# : 2009-2000 Dsgnr: RPB Description.,.. Date: OCT 2,2009 This...Wall .in File: J:yobs2009\200920(M\ProiectJntormatloi S^aon «'•! BwSSs2004' (<?)t989"2004 Cantilevered Retaining Wall Design Footing Design Results TQ» _ractored Pressure = 4,132 vlu1 : Upward = 775 i/lu1 : Downward = 34 Mu: Design = 741 Actual 1 -Way Shear = 20.27 Allow 1 -Way Shear = 107.52 foe Reinforcing = None Spec'd Heel Reinforcing « None Spec'd Key Reinforcing = None Spec'd 1 Heel 0 psf 0 ft-# Oft-# Oft-# 0,00 psi 0.00 psi Other Acceptable Sizes & Spacings Toe: Not req'd, Mu < S * Fr Heel: Not req'd, Mu < S * Fr Key: No key defined Summary of Overturning & Resisting Forces & Moments I OVERTURNING Force Distance tern Ibs ft -leel Active Pressure = 436.4 Foe Active Pressure = -7.8 Surcharge Over Toe * Adjacent Footing Load = »idded Lateral Load = _oad @ Stem Above Soil = Seismic Earth Load = 381,1 Total = 809,8 Resisting/Overturning Ratio Vertical Loads used for Soil Pressure 1.60 0.22 2.50 O.T.M. = 1,220.) Moment 698.2 Soil Over Heel = -1 .7 Sloped Soil Over Hee! Surcharge Over Hee) = Adjacent Footing Load = Axial Dead Load on Stem = Soil Over Toe 952.8 Surcharge Over Toe _ Stem Weight(s) _ Earth @ Stem Transitions _ 1,649.3 Footing Weight ~ 1.54 Key Weight _ Vert, Component _ Total * RESISTINGForce Distance Moment Ibs ft ft-» 2.58 2.58 0.00 962,5. 1.67 1,604.2 258,3 1 .29 333.7 234.3 2.58 605.3 1,455,1 Ibs R.IVU 2,543.1Vertical component of active pressure NOT used for soil pressure S.in Cone w/ #5 @ 18,in o/c Sliding Restraint #4®l6.5in @Toe I Designer select #0918.tn all horiz. reinJ. ki <8 Heel See Appendix A | 3<-9" 4'-5" 13/4" T I 4'-0"4'-0" To specify your own special title block here, use the "Settings" screen and enter your title block information. Title • Pool B,4'-0" wall w/EQ Job # : 2009-2000 Dsgnr: RPB Description..., Date: OCT 2,2009 This Wall in File; J:VJo>3is20g9V20092000\Pfo|ect.Jntofmatioi Retain Pro 6.1t, 01-October-ZOO«, {C)19«M004 Registration.#: RP-113421S Cantilevered Retaining Wall Design i Criteria Retained Height = 4.00 ft Wall height above soil = 0.00 ft Slope Behind Wall » 0.00 : 1 Height of Soil over Toe = 0,00 in Water height over heel = 0.0 tt Wind on Stem = 0.0 psf | Soil Data 1 Allow Soil Bearing « 3;6QO.O psf Equivalent Fluid Pressure Method Heel Active Pressure = 35,0 psf/ft Toe Active Pressure * 35.0 psf/ft Passive Pressure Soil Density Footing||Soll Friction Sol) height to ignore for passive pressure a 250.0 psf/ft = HO.OOpof = 0.300 = 0.00 in Footing Dimensions & Strengths | Toe Width Heel Width = Total Footing Width = Footing Thickness » Key Width a Key Depth = Key Distance from Toe = I'c = 4,000 psi Fy = Footing Concrete Density = Min. As % = Cover @ Top = 2.00 in @ 3.75ft 0.67 4.42 8.00 in 0.00 in 0.00 in 0.00ft 60,000 psi 1 50:00 DCf 0.0018 8tm.= 3,00 in Surcharge Loads Surcharge Over Heel = 100.0 psfUsed To Resist Sliding & Overturning Surcharge Over Toe = 0.0 psf Used for Sliding & Overturning Axial Load Applied to Stem Axial Dead Load a 0.0 Itas Axial Live Load ~ O.OIbs Axial Load Eccentricity = 0,0 In "I [ Lateral Load Applied to Stem | [Adpicent Fgp¥njfLoacT Lateral Load ...Height to Top ...Height to Bottom 0.0 0,00ft 0.00 ft Earth Pressure Seismic Load Design Kh = 0.485 g Using Mononobe-Okabe / Seed-Whitman procedure i Design Summary Wall Stability Ratios Overturning = 1.72 OK Slab Resists All Sliding I Total Bearing Load = 842 Ibs ...resultant ecc. = 21.76 in Soil Pressure @ Toe = 1,421 psf OK Soil Pressure @ Heel = 0 psf OK Allowable = 3.500 psf Soil Pressure Less Than Allowable ACI Factored ® Toe = 1,705 psf ACI Factored @ Heel = 0 psf Footing Shear @ Toe = 11.2 psi OK Footing Shear © Heal = o.O psi OK Allowable = 107.5 psi Sliding Calcs Slab Resists All Sliding! Kae for seismic earth pressure = 0.839 Ka for static earth pressure » 0.277 Difference: Kae-Ka =" 6.562 Adjacent Footing Load = Footing Width = Eccentricity = Wall to Ftg CL Dist Footing Type Base Above/Below Soil at Back of Wall Added seismic base force 0.0 Ibs 0.00 ft 0.00 in 0.00ft Line Load 0.0ft 478.1 Ibs Lateral Sliding Force less 100% Passive Force = less 100% Friction Force = Added Force Req'd = ....for 1.5:1 Stability = 999,9 Ibs 55.8 Ibs 252.5 691.9 IbS NG 1,191.8 Ibs NG Bar Lap/EmbDesign height ft= 0.00 Wall Material Above "Ht° = Concrete Thickness = 8.00 Rebar Size = # 5 Rebar Spacing = 18.00 Rebar Placed at = Edge Design Data — fb/FB -»- fa/Fa Total Force ® Section Ibs = Moment... .Actual ft-# = Moment.....Allowable = Shear. ....Actual psi = Shear Allowable psi = Lap Splice if Above in = Lap Splice if Below in = Wall Weight Rebar Depth 'd' in = Masonry Data - • fm psi = Fs psi = Solid Grouting = Special Inspection = Modular Ratio W = Short Term Factor = Equiv. Solid Thick. = Masonry Block Type = Medium Weight Concrete Data - — — •• f'c psi = 4,000.0 Fy psi - 60,000.0 0.391 1,146.4 2,191.9 5,612.6 8.8 107.5 30.83 8,30 100.0 6,19 To specify your own special title block here, use the "Settings" screen awl enter your title block Information. Title Pool B,4'-0° wall w/ 1Q Job* ; 2000-2OJO Dsgrtr: RPB Description,,., Date: Page: . OCT 2,2009 This Wall in File: J:\Jobs2009\20092000\Proiect Informatioi Retain Proe.if.oi-Oetober-aoM, (c)i989-aeo4 Registration #: RP-113421S Cantilevered Retaining Wall Design fFooting Design Factored Pressure Mu' : Upward Mu' : Downward Mu: Design Actual 1 -Way Shear Allow 1 -Way Shear Toe Reinforcing Heel Reinforcing Key Reinforcing Results Toe •' _ 1,705 0 0 2,192 a 1 1 .20 107.52 = # 4 9 16.50 in = None Spec'd » None Spec'd k Heel 0 0 0 0 O.QO 0.00 psf -ft-# ft-# ft-#- psi psi Other Acceptable Sizes & Spacings Toe: #4® 16.50 in, #5® 25,50 in, #6® 36,25 in, #7® 48.25 in, #8 Heel: Not req'd, Mu < S * Fr Key: No key defined @ 48.25 in, #9® 4 Summary of Overturning & Resisting Forces & Moments Item Heel Active Pressure > Toe Active Pressure : Surcharge Over Toe •• Adjacent Footing Load •• Added Lateral Load ; Load @ Stem Above Soil' Seismic Earth Load • OVERTURNINGForce Distance Moment Ibs ft ft-# 529.6 -7.8 478.1 1.77 0.22 2.80 939,3 -1.7 1,338.7 Total = 999.9 O.T.M. = 2,276.2 Resisting/Overturning Ratio = 1.72 Vertical Loads used for Soil Pressure a 841,7 Ibs Vertical component of active pressure NOT used for soil pressure Soil Over Heel = Sloped Soil Over Heel = Surcharge Over Heel « Adjacent Footing Load = Axial Dead Load on Stem = Soil Over Toe _ Surcharge Over Toe _ Stern Weight(s) ~ Earth ® Stem Transitions _ Footing Weight ~ Key Weight ~ Vert. Component Totals .....RESISTINGForce Distance Moment Ibs ft ft-# 4.42 4.42 0.00 400.0 4.08 441.7 2.21 293.9 4.42 Ibs R.M,= 1,633,3 975.3 1,298.1 379067JT 12.in Cone w/ #5 ® 18,in o/c * * » • * * 13/4" 8'-0"8'-0" Sliding Restraint #4@10.75in Designer select #0®18.l|,1hori2 rsw>. Appendix A 3'-9" 4'-9" 2" 1"I'-O" 1 To specify your own special title block here, use the "Setting*1' screen and enter your title block information. Title ; Pool®,8ttwall Job *• : 20092000 Dsgnr: Description w,. RPB Date:Page: SEP 30,2009 This Wall in File; J:\Jofes2009\20092000\Pro|ect Informatioi Retain Pro0.1f, 01-0ctober-2004, (c}1989-2004 Registration #: RP-1134215 Cantiievered Retaining Wall Design | Criteria | Retained Height = 8.00 ft Wall height above soil = 0.00ft Slope Behind Wall = 0.00 : 1 Height of Soil ovar Toe = 0.00 in Water height over hee) = 0.0 ft Wind on Stem = 0.0 psf [Surcharge Loads | j Surcharge Over HaeJ = 1QO;Opsf Used To Resist Sliding & Overturning Surcharge Over Toe = 0.0 psf Used for Sliding & Overturning I Axial Load Applied to Stem i Axial Dead Load = 0,0 Ibs Axial Live Load « 0.0 Ibs Axial Load Eccentricity = 0.0 in [ Design Summary | Wall Stability Ratios Overturning = 1.57 OK Slab Resists Ail Sliding ! Total Bearing Load * 1,91 3 Ibs ...resultant ecc. -• 20.61 in Soil Pressure ® Toe = 1,940 psf OK Soil Pressure @ Heel = 0 psf OK Allowable = 3.500 psf Soil Pressure Less Than Allowable ACI Factored ® Toe = 2,328 psf ACI Factored @ Heel = 0 psf Footing Shear @ Toe = 17,1 psi OK Footing Shear @ Heel = 0,0 psi OK Allowable = 107,5 psi Sliding Calcs Slab Resists All Sliding ! Lateral Sliding Force a 1 ,686,4 Ibs (ess 100% Passive Force = - 125.0 Ibs less 100% Friction Force = - 573.8 Added Force Req'd = 987.6 Ibs NQ ....for 1.5 : 1 Stability = 1,830.8 Ibs NG I Footing Design Results | Toe Heel Factored Pressure = 2,328 0 psf Mu': Upward = 0 0 ft-* Mu' : Downward = 0 0 ft-l Mu: Design = 6,408 Oft-# Actual 1 -Way Shear = 17.13 0,00 psi Allow 1 -Way Shear = 107.52 0.00 psi Toe Reinforcing = #4 & 10. 75 in Heel Reinforcing = None Spec'd Key Reinforcing = None Spec'd Soli Data 1 Allow Soil Bearing = 3,500.0 psf Equivalent Fluid Pressure Method tteel Active Pressure *» 35.0psf/ft Toe Active Pressure = 35,0psf/ft Passive Pressure = 250,0 psf/ft Sol! Density = llO.OOpcf Footing||Soil Friction = 0.300 Soil height to ignore for passive pressure = 0.00 in Lateral Load Applied to Stem | Lateral Load - 0.0 #/ft ...Height to Top « 0,00ft ...Height to Bottom = 0.00ft Stem Construction 1 JstSSS. Design height fl= O.OC Wall Material Above "Ht" = Concrete Thickness - 12.0C RebarSize = # £ Rebar Spacing = 18.0C Rebar Placed at = Edge fb/FB + fa/Fa = 0.6ff Tota! Force @ Section lbs= 2,199.C Moment.... Actual ft-#= 6.407.E Moment Allowable = 9,332.£ Shear Actual psi= 18.C Shear Allowable psi= 107.J Lap Splice if Above in » 30,8: Lap Splice if Below in = 8.3C Wall Weight * 150.C Rebar Depth 'd' in= 10.1S Masonry Oata - - f rn psi - Fs psi = Solid Grouting = Special Inspection = Modular Ratio 'n' = Short Term Factor = Equiv. Solid Thick. = Masonry Block Type = Medium WeightConcrete Data - — -- fc psi= 4.000.C Fy psi= 60.000.C Other Acceptable Sizes & Spacings Toe: #4® 10.75 in, #5@ 16.50 in, #6® 2 Heel: Not recfd, Mu < S * Fr Kay: No key defined Footing Dimensions & Strengths f Toe Width = 3.75ft Heel Width = 1.00 Total Footing Width = ~ 4.75" Footing Thtokness = 12.00 in Key Width = 0.00 in Key Depth » 0.00 in Key Distance from Toe = 0.00 ft fc * 4,000 psi Fy = 60,000 psi Footing Concrete Density = 1 50.00 pcf Mln. As% = 0.0018 Cover @ Top = 2.00 in ® Btm.= 3.00 in Adjacent Footing Load | Adjacent Footing Load: = 0,0 Ibs Footing Width = 0,00 tt Eccentricity = 0.00 in Wall to Ftg CL Dist = 0.00 n Footing Type Line Load at Back of Wall s aon „_ „ ,.mm^ ... , ^ ..,...„ ,,.™.,. ,. > ! r ! 1 ) ) 3.50 in, #7® 32.00 in, #8® 42.00 in, #9® 4 To specify your own special title block here, use the "Settings* screen and enter your title block information. Title ; Pool 0,8tt «a»I Job* ; 20092000 Dsgnr: Description,... Page'.. RPB Date: SEP 30,2009 This Wall tn File: J:yobs2009\20092000\Pro|BCtJnformatioi Retain Pro 6.11,01-Ootober-2004, (c)1989-2004 Registration #: RIM 134215 Cantilevered Retaining Wall Design Summary of Overturning & Resisting Forces & Moments OVERTURNING. Force Distance Item Ibs ft Heel Active Pressure » 1 ,703.9 3.25 Toe Active Pressure = -17.5 0.33 Surcharge Over Toe = Adjacent Footing Load *> Added Lateral Load = Load @ Stem Above Soil = .....RESISTING Moment Force Distance Moment fM Ibs ft ft-# 5,541,1 Soil Over Heel -5.8 Sloped Soil Over Heel * Surcharge Over Heel = Adjacent Footing Load = Axial Dead Load on Stem s Soil Over Toe 4.75 4.75 0.00 Total = 1,686.4 O.T.M. = 5,535,3 Resisting/Overturning Ratio = 1,57 Vertical Loads used for Soil Pressure = 1,912,5 Ibs Vertical component of active pressure NOT used for soil pressure Surcharge Over Toa _ Stem Weight(s) ™ Earth @ Stem Transitions... Footing Weigh! _ Key-Weight a Vert. Component = Total* 1,200.0 712.5 4.25 2.38 395.1_ 4.75 2,307^ IbS R.M,s: 5,100.0 1,692.2 1,878.0 "¥,868.7"" ts&l %LL 12,in Cone w/ #5 @ 9.In o/c Sliding Restraint Designer select I #o@ia.in allhoriz. relnf.U @ Heel See Appendix A; 6'-6" 7'- 1 3/4" 8'-0": ff-Q" I ,,4 To specify your own special title block here, use the "Settings" screen and enter your title block information. Title • Pool 0,8<-0* wall w/ EQ Job* : 2009-2000 Dsgnr: RP» Description.,.. Page: __ Date; OCT 2,2009 This Wall toFile: «l;Vlobs2009\20092000\ProiectJnformatloi Retain Pro 6,1t, 01 -October-2004, {e)1889-2004 Registration »; BP-1134215 Cantilevered Retaining Wail Design 1 Criteria I Retained Height - 8.00 ft Wall height above soil = 0.00ft Slope Behind Wall = 0.00 ; 1 Height of Soil over Toe = 0.00 in Water height over heel = 0.0 ft Wind on Stem = 0.0 psf Surcharge Loads | Surcharge Over Heel = Q.O psf Used To Resist Sliding & Overturning Surcharge Over Toe * 0.0 psf Used for Sliding & Overturning Axial Load Applied to Stem || Axial Dead Load = 0,0 Ibs Axial Live Load = 0.0 Ibs Axial Load Eccentricity = 0.0 in | Earth Pressure Seismic Load | Design Kh = 0.485 g [Soil Data | {Footing Dimensions Allow Soil Bearing = 3,500.0 psf Toe Width Equivalent Fluid Pressure Method Heel Width = Heel Active Pressure = 35,0 psf/ft Total Footing Width = Toe Active Pressure = 35,0 psf/tt Footing Thickness <= Passive Pressure * 250.0 psf/ft Soil Density = 1 10.00 pcf SvlSX FootingilSoll Friction = Q.300 Key Distance from Toe = Soil height to ignorefor passive pressure = 0.00 in *c = „ 4,000 psi FyFooting Concrete Density = Min. As% Cover ® Top = 2.00m ( Lateral Load Applied to Stem | [ Adjacent Footing Loa Lateral Load = 0,0#/ft Adjacent Footing Load = ...Height toTop = 0.00ft Footing Width ...Height to Bottom = 0.00ft Eccentricity = Wall to Ftg CL Dlst Footing Type at Sack of Wall = Kae tor seismic earth pressure = 0.839 Added seismic base force Ka for static earth pressure = 0.277 Difference: Kae-Ka = 0.562 & Strengths | 6,50ft 1.00 "7.50" 12.00 in 0.00 in 0.00 in 0.00 ft = 60,000 psi 150,00 pcf 0.0018 9 Btm.= 3.00 in r i 0.0 Ibs 0.00 ft 0.00 in 0.00ft Line Load 0.0ft 1 ,778.2 Ibs Using Mononobe-Okabe / Seed-Whitman procedure Design Summary | Mall Stability Ratios Overturning = 1.50 OK Slab Resists All Sliding ! Total Bearing Load = 2,325 Ibs ... resultant ecc. * 51.35 in Resultant Exceeds Ftg. Width! Soil Pressure ® Toe = 0 psf OK Soil Pressure @ Heel » 0 psf OK Altowabte = 3.500 ps{ Soil Pressure Less Than Allowable ACI Factored @ Toe = 0 psf ACI Factored ® Heel = 0 psf Footing Shear @ Toe = 10.2 psi OK Footing Shear @ Heel = o.O psi OK Allowable = 107.5 psi ilding Calcs Slab Resists All Sliding > Lateral Sliding Force = 3,178.2 Ibs less 100% Passive Forces • 125.0|bs less 100% Friction Force = - 697.5 Added Force Req'd a 2,355.7 Ibs NG ....for 1.5: 1 Stability « 3,944.8 Ibs NG Stem Construction 1 JfafiJtam _ Design height ft» 0.00 Wall Material Above "Hf = Concrete Thickness = 12.00 Rebar Size = #5 Rebar Spacing = 9.00 Rebar Placed at = Edge Design Data - — - - fb/FB + fa/Fa = 0.777 Total Force f Section Ibs* 3,770.9 Moment.... Actual ft-#= 14,277.3 Moment Allowable = 18,381.8 Shear.....Actual psl= 14.7 Shear Allowable psi= 107.5 Lap Splice if Above in = 30.83 Lap Splice if Below in = 8.30 Wall Weight = 150.0 Rebar Depth 'd' in= 10.19 Masonry Data —I'm psi = Fs psi = Solid Grouting = Special Inspection = Modular Ratio W = Short Term Factor = Equiv. Solid Thick. Masonry Block Type = Medium Weight Concrete Data - - f'c psi = 4,000.0 Fy psi - 60,000.0 To specify your own special title block here, use the "Settings" screen and enter your title block information. Title • Pool D, 8'«0" wall w/ EQ Job # ; 2009-2000 Dsgnr RPB Description..,, Date: Page: OCT 2,2009 This Wall In File: J:yobs2009\20092000\Pro|ect Intormatioi Retain pro 6.1f, 01 -Oclober-2004, (0)1989-2004 Registration «: RP-t134215 Cantilevered Retaining Wail Design Footing Design Results Factored Pressure Mu1 : Upward Mu' : Downward Mu: Design Toe Heel a 0 0 PSI 0 0 ft-# = 3,803 0 ft-# = 3,803 0 ft-S Actual 1 -Way Shear = 10.22 0,00 psiAllow 1-Way Shear = 107.52 o.oo psi Other Acceptable Sizes & Spacings Toe Reinforcing Heel Reinforcing Key Reinforcing * # 4 @ 13.25 In = None Spec'd = None Spec'd Toe: #4® 13.25 in, «5@ 20.50 in, #6® 29.00 in, #7® 39.25 in, #8« 48.25 in, #9® Heel: Not req'd, Mo < S * Fr Key: No key defined Summary of Overturning & Resisting Forces & Moments Item _ Heel Active Pressure = Toe Active Pressure = Surcharge Over Toe = Adjacent Footing Load = Added Lateral Load = Load @ Stem Above Soil = Seismic Earth Load = OVERTURNINGForce Distance Moment Ibs ft ft-# 1,417.6 -17.5 1,778,2 3.00 0.33 5.40 4,252.5 -5.8 9,602,4 Total = 3,178.2 Q.T.M. = 13,849,0 Rieslsting/Overtuming Ratio - 1.50 Vertical Loads used for Soil Pressure = 2,325.0 Ibs Vertical component of active pressure NOT used for soil pressure Soil Over Heel = Sloped Soil Over Heel = Surcharge Over Heel = Adjacent Footing Load = Axial Dead Load on Stem = Soil Over Toe Surcharge Over Toe Stem Weight(s) ~ Earth ® Stem Transitions I Footing Weigh* I Key Weight ~ Vert. Component _ TotalV —RESISTING Force Distance Moment Jbs_ «__ ft-# 7.50 0.00 7.00 3.75 7.50 1,200.0 1,125.0 1,093.2------ 8,400.0 4,218.8 8,198.7_._._. LEGOLAND CALIFORNIA SWIMMING POOLS SECTION 13150 PART1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and General Provisions of Contract, including General Conditions and Division 1 of Specifications Sections, apply to work of this Section. B. The following Divisions contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Mechanical/Electrical/Equipment Coordination: General Conditions and Division 1 2. Earth Work and Pool Excavation: Division 2 3. Concrete Deck Work: Division 2 4. Mechanical: Plumbing Systems - Division 15 HVAC Systems and Equipment - Division 15 & 16 5. Electrical: Division 16 C. Applicable requirements of the following Specifications and Codes apply to Work of this Section: 1. National Spa and Pool Institute (NSPI) a. Minimum Standard for Public Swimming Pools 2. All local building and health codes 3. National Electrical Code (NEC) 4. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF): Seal of Approval Program 5. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): Specifications referenced herein 6. Department of Public Health 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work of this section includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following: 1. Layout of pools; benchmark and exact location supplied by the General Contractor. 2. Excavation and stone fill as required for pool tank structure and pipe trenching. Refer to Division 1 and 2 for any special conditions. 3. Reinforced concrete pool tank structures, as detailed on Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. 4. Pool mechanical systems, including piping, recirculation system, filtration system, slide mechanical systems and water chemical treatment system. 5. Heating system for swimming pool. Coordinate all interlocking and control wiring for pool heaters with HVAC Contractor. October, 2009 13150-1 Job#R00483 6. Waterslide and water activity mechanical systems including all piping. 7. Pool subsurface drainage system complete to sump system. 8. Interior pool finish, including special aggregate finish, tile and grouting. 9. Pool deck equipment and accessory equipment shown and/or specified, including anchorages embedded within the pool deck and coordination with Deck Contractor. 10. Coordinate all electrical interlocking and control wiring for related pool equipment. 11. Miscellaneous pool testing, safety and control equipment as required by the Department of Public Health. B. Definitions 1. The term "pool" as used in this Section shall refer to the following: a. Pool A - Lazy River b. Pool B - Kids Pool c. Pool C - Tot's Pool d. Pool D - Family Raft Ride Pool e. Pool E - Spray Pad 2. The term "concrete" as used in this Section shall refer to concrete for swimming pool construction only. 3. The term "Architect/Engineer" as used in this Section shall refer to the swimming pool design only. C. Applicable Codes and Permits 1. Department of Public Health by Owner 2. County and Local Departments of Public Health by Contractor 3. Any others by Contractor D. Related Work Not in Section 13150 Specified Elsewhere 1. Pool deck construction, including finishes, caulking, drains, etc. 2. Potable water or fresh water: Fresh water connection to auto fill (see Contract Drawings) and waste water connection from filter as shown on drawings. 3. Pool electrical work: All electrical connections shall be by the General Construction Contract Electrical Sub-Contractor. The Pool Contractor shall provide the filter pumps, motors, solenoids, relays, water level probes (with housing), motorized valves, etc., as shown on Contract Drawings and required by pool systems equipment manufacturer. The Electrical Contractor shall install and wire all electrical equipment furnished by the Pool Contractor and shall provide all motor starters and disconnect switches as indicated or required by Codes. The Electrical Contractor shall provide grounding and bonding per NEC Article 680. 4. Heating system for pools, heater by the Pool Contractor, and controls by Division 15. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Pool Contractor: Work of this Section shall be performed by a contractor who has a minimum of five (5) projects with a proven five (5) year record of competence and experience in the construction of similar facilities of this size and complexity. Prequalification is required prior to bid. October, 2009 13150-2 Job # R00483 This must be received by the Architect fourteen (14) days prior to the bid date on the appropriate AIA form. (AIA A305) B. Performance Criteria: Certain sections of the Specifications contain performance criteria rather than product descriptions. It shall be the obligation of the Pool Contractor to ensure that all criteria are satisfied and the burden or proof of conformance shall rest with the Pool Contractor. The Architect/Engineer shall require complete calculations, past performance records and, if required, inspection trips of similar facilities to substantiate conformance with these criteria. The Architect/Engineer shall be sole judge of conformance, and the Pool Contractor is cautioned that he will be required to bid and provide a finished product meeting all stated criteria and meeting or exceeding Department of Public Health requirements. C. Concrete Work: All concrete work of this Section, including formwork and reinforcing, shall comply with applicable requirements of this Section. D. All work of this Section shall be performed by the qualified Pool Contractor or a Subcontractor to the qualified Pool Contractor unless otherwise pre-approved in writing by the Architect. A representative of the Pool Contractor shall oversee work subcontracted by the Pool Contractor. 1.4 TESTINGNFIELD QUALITY CONTROL This Section requires the following tests be performed during construction of the project. Refer to General Conditions and Division 1 for further requirements. A. Concrete 1. Tests to measure slump, entrained air content and compressive strength shall be conducted by independent testing laboratory employed by the Owner. 2. Compressive Strength Tests a. Provide minimum of four (4) test cylinders per 50 cubic yard or fraction thereof for each class of concrete poured each day. Comply with ACI-318, Subsection 4.3 (samples secured - ASTM C172, cylinders prepared and cured - ASTM C31, and tested - ASTM C39). Identify samples moist cure at 70 degrees F for five (5) days and ship samples to laboratory. 3. Slump and Air Content Tests a. Perform on concrete from same batch as sampled for strength tests and whenever there is consistency of concrete. Slump tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C143. Air content tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C231. If measured slump or air content falls outside specified limits, check shall be made immediately on another portion of same sample. In event of second failure, concrete shall not be used in Work. 4. Compliance a. Average of any three (3) consecutive strength tests for each class of concrete shall be equal to or greater than specified strength, and no individual test shall fall more than 500 psi below specified strength. b. When tests results are below specified requirements or when tests of field cured cylinders indicate deficiencies in protection and curing, Architect/Engineer may require additional tests in accordance with ACI-318, Subsection 4.3. B. Testing and Flushing of Piping 1. Contractor shall be responsible for discovering leaks and making necessary repairs. a. Pressure piping and suction piping: After the piece is laid, the joints completed and the trench partially backfilled, leaving joints exposed for examination, subject new lines to a hydrostatic October, 2009 13150-3 Job # R00483 pressure of not less than 50 pounds per square inch. Joints shall remain watertight under this pressure for a period of two (2) hours. All air must be expelled from pipes prior to testing. b. Gravity lines: A water test shall be applied to all gravity drain piping systems, either in their entirety or in sections. All openings shall be tightly plugged and each system filled with water and tested with at least a 10 foot head of water (23 psi). The water shall be kept in the system, or in the portion under test, for at least fifteen (15) minutes before the inspection starts. System shall be water tight at all joints. c. Provide test results to the Architect/Engineer before covering pipes with concrete. 2. Leaks shall be repaired and tested repeatedly until leakage or infiltration is approved. C. Water Treatment 1. Obtain a chemical analysis of the source/pool make-up water supply and submit to Architect/Engineer prior to ordering water treatment systems. Include the following: a. Total Alkalinity/PPM b. Calcium Hardness/PPM c. Chlorine/PPM d. PH e. Iron f. Copper 2. Provide a list of required chemicals and an estimate of quantities required to the Owner in sufficient time to allow the Owner to purchase chemicals. 3. Treat and balance pool water prior to turnover of pool to the Owner (using water and chemicals provided by the Owner). 4. Pool water: balance to establish a total alkalinity level of 60-125 PPM and calcium hardness level of 180-375 PPM (3 times alkalinity level). 5. Stabilize pool water to 10 ppm of cyanuric acid (outdoor pools only). 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals Required 1. Refer to General Conditions and Division 1 for number required. 2. Refer to Section 13150, Parts 2 and 3 for submittal required. 3. The Contractor shall submit for approval to the Architect/Engineer complete lists, including descriptions, catalogs, cuts, etc., and where applicable dimensioned shop drawings of all material, fixtures and equipment to be furnished and installed under this Specification. Submittals shall adequately and completely describe the equipment, including where necessary or requested complete construction and installation dimensions, complete capacity and performance data, all accessory and auxiliary equipment and all pertinent details of manufacture. Shop drawings for equipment shall be submitted, and approval of shop drawing shall be obtained before proceeding with fabrication. Shop drawings shall not be "doctored" reproducible of Architects/Engineers October, 2009 13150-4 Job # R00483 drawings. Shop drawings and submittals shall be provided complete and bound in a 3-ring binder or as approved otherwise. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's/installer's written installation instructions. C. Substitutes: For all equipment and materials proposed as a substitute for the specified equipment and materials, the Contractor shall submit in duplicate with the Shop Drawing submittal a properly attested certificate stating the material, equipment and construction comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents. A certification form is available upon request. D. Shop Drawings 1. Submit shop drawings as required by Parts 2 and 3 of this Section. 2. The drawings accompanying this Specification are essentially diagrammatic in nature and show the general arrangement of all equipment, piping, ductwork, services, etc. Because of the small scale of the drawings, it is not possible to show all offsets, fittings and accessories that may be required. The Contractor shall carefully investigate the structural and finish conditions of all his work and shall arrange such work accordingly, furnishing all fittings, pipe and accessories that may be required to meet such conditions. Where conditions necessitate a. rearrangement, the Contractor shall obtain the Architect/Engineer's approval. Locate all valves for maximum operation accessibility. E. Samples: Submit tile samples and other samples of materials, finishes and trim as may be requested by the Architect/Engineer. F. Schedule of Values 1. Provide Architect/Engineer with a copy of the Schedule of Values developed for this project, relevant to Division 13. G. Valve Charts: Submit two (2) copies of valve charts for each piping system, consisting of Isometric Drawings, or piping layouts showing and identifying each valve and describing its function to the Architect/Engineer for approval. 1. Upon completion of the Work, one (1) copy of each chart sealed to rigid backboard with clear lacquer placed under glass and framed, shall be hung in a conspicuous location in the equipment room. H. Operation and Maintenance Manuals 1. Submit to the Architect/Engineer four (4) copies at substantial completion of the project. I. Furnish to the Architect/Engineer the following: 1. Submittals a. Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance with Virginia Graeme Baker Act, including grate open area and maximum flow capacity. b. Shotcrete Nozzle Man Qualifications c. Pool Finish Experience/Qualification Requirements d. Water Treatment Analysis e. Concrete Mix Design f. Non-Shrink Grouts October, 2009 13150-5 Job # R00483 g. PVC and Pre-formed Plastic Adhesive Waterstop h. Expansion/Construction Joint Materials i. Caulking j. Pumps and Strainers k. Heaters I. Chemical Controllers, Feeders and Storage Tanks m. Valves n. Gauges, Thermometers and Flow Meters o. Pool Water Test Kit p. Deck Equipment q. Inlets, Main Drain Grating and Zero Depth Grating r. Lights s. Safety Equipment t. Maintenance Equipment u. Piping Materials (pipe, fittings, solvents, cements) v. Wall Sleeves and Seals for Piping w. Tile Setting Materials and Joint Fillers 2. Shop Drawings a. Reinforcing Steel b. Water Activities c. Filters d. UV Disinfection System 3. Test Results a. Concrete Testing b. Compaction c. Piping Pressure Testing 4. Samples a. Special Aggregate - Factory and Field Applied b. Tile October, 2009 13150-6 Job # R00483 c. Gratings 5. Guarantees/Warranties a. Standard 1 -Year b. Standard 5-Year on Quartz Aggregate Finish c. Standard 2-Year on Pool Finish Application d. Special 2-Year on Concrete Structure e. Special Equipment f. Future 3-Days of Instruction and Operational Checkout 6. Close Out Documents a. O & M Manuals b. As Built Drawings c. Owners Certification of Instruction d. Extra Materials 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Refer to General Conditions and Division 1 of the Specifications for additional requirements. B. Deliver all materials and equipment to the work site in original packages, fully identified with manufacturer's label. Store off ground and protect from weather with a suitable covering. C. Deliver cementitious materials to work site in manufacturer's standard packages. Immediately upon delivery to work site, store in waterproof sheds. Sheds required shall be provided by the Pool Contractor. No cementitious or other material that has become caked or hardened will be permitted in the work. D. Protect plastic pipe from exposure to chemicals (aromatic hydrocarbons, halogenated hydrocarbons and other esters and keytones) that might attack the material. Protect all pipe from mechanical damage and long exposure to sunlight during storage. 1.7 WARRANTIES A. Warranty: Provide one (1) year warranty covering all pool workmanship, materials and equipment. Refer to General Conditions and Division 1 of the Specifications for additional requirements. B. Special Project Warranty on Concrete Structure: The Pool Contractor shall guarantee for two (2) years repair of the concrete pool structure covering any defects, cracks and/or leaking in the pool shell. C. Provide Manufacturer's Product Warranty on the Quartz Aggregate Pool Finish Product. The pool finish manufacturer shall acknowledge that the pool(s) are subject to be drained completely for winterization and periods during normal maintenance and shall guarantee the pool finish for five (5) years, covering any defects caused by product failure. D. Provide Special Project Application Warranty on the Quartz Aggregate Finish Application. The pool finish installer shall acknowledge that the pool(s) are subject to be drained completely for winterization and periods during normal maintenance and shall guarantee the pool finish application for two (2) October, 2009 13150-7 Job # R00483 years, covering any defects caused by the application of the project, not limited to: abnormal cracks (other than closed shrinkage cracks that may appear), discoloration, hollow spots and de-lamination. E. In addition to the warranty requirements previously stated, the standard manufacturer's warranties shall apply to all equipment and products provided by this Contractor. F. All warranties required by the contract documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of work. 1.8 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Refer to General Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C-150, Type I B. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C or F C. Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag: ASTM C989, Grade 120. D. Coarse Aggregate: Refer to ASTM C33. E. Sand: Clean, hard, sharp particles, well graded within the following limits, and containing no more than 5% moisture. Refer to ASTM C33. F. Add Mixtures: Air Entraining: Refer to ASTM C26. G. Water Reducing: Refer to ASTM C494 Type A or D. 2.2 REINFORCING STEEL A. Use deformed bars of sizes shown on the drawings conforming to ASTM A 615 Grade 60. B. Placing Reinforcing Steel 1. Place reinforcing steel in conformance with the information on the drawings and CRSI Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars, except as modified herein. Minimum length of splices shall be as shown in table on drawings. Tie splices with 18-gauge annealed wire as specified in the referenced CRSI standard. All tie wires shall be "made tight" for electrical bonding purposes, as required by NEC, Article 680. C. Shop Drawings (Refer to General Requirements - General Conditions and Division 1) 1. Submit Shop Drawings for fabrication, bending, and placement of concrete reinforcement. Comply with the ACI 315 "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailed Reinforced Concrete Structures". Show bar schedules, stirrup spacing, diagrams of bent bars, arrangements and assemblies, as required for the fabrication and placement of concrete reinforcement. D. Additional Requirements 1. Refer to Division 3 for additional information not covered in this Section. 2.3 PLASTIC WATERSTOP October, 2009 13150-8 Job # R00483 A. Center bulb type, as shown on Contract Drawings, extruded from an elastomeric plastic compound, the basic resin of which shall be polyvinyl chloride (PVC). The size shall be as shown. Specific gravity shall be approximately 1.37, and the Shore durometer Type A hardness approximately 80. No reclaimed PVC shall be used in the compound. Meet the performance requirements of the Corps of Engineers' Specification CRD C-572. B. Waterstop shall have a constant thickness from the edge of the bulb to the outside edge. All waterstops shall have a number of parallel ribs or protrusions on each side of the center of the strip. Corrugated type or tapered waterstops are not acceptable. The minimum weight per foot for waterstop shall be 1.62 pounds for 3/8-inch by 6-inch and 2.30 pounds for 3/8-inch by 9-inch. See Contract Drawings for standard waterstop geometry. C. Split formwork is generally required for slab-to-slab, slab-to-wall and wall-to-wall joints where ribbed style waterstops are used. The centerline of the waterstop should be aligned with the center of the joint. The split form shall firmly hold the waterstop in position to prevent misalignment of waterstop during concrete placement. Secure waterstop with hog rings prior to concrete placement. Loop tie wires through the hog ring and tie off to adjacent reinforcing steel to prevent displacement of the waterstop during concrete placement. Fasteners through the body of the waterstop are not permitted. D. Lapping of the waterstop is not permitted. PVC waterstop may be butt spliced in the field with a Teflon coated, thermostatically controlled splicing iron. Direct exposure to a flame is not permitted. Factory fabricated fittings are recommended for ells, tees and crosses. E. Thoroughly consolidate the concrete around the waterstop to prevent voids or honeycombing next to the waterstop. Maintain adequate clearance between reinforcing steel and the waterstop. Typical clearance should be twice the maximum aggregate size. Maintain continuity of the entire waterstop system. Properly store PVC waterstops prior to installation to prevent UV degradation. F. Manufacturers and suppliers who have provided samples meeting the specified geometry and who have the specified waterstop readily available are listed below. A wire loop waterstop meeting the geometry requirements as listed below may be used by the Contractor, at his option, as an alternate to those listed. Waterstops that do not contain the wire loops are not acceptable. Other products shall not be used without prior review and acceptance by the Architect/Engineer. 1. Vinylex Corporation, 2636 Byington-Solway Road, Knoxville, Tennessee 37921 -0887, phone: (615) 690-2211 or fax: (615) 691-6273; Catalog No. RB6-38H for the 6-inch by 3/8-inch and Catalog No. RB9-38H for the 9-inch by 3/8-inch. 2. Greenstreak Plastic Products, P.O. Box 7139, St. Louis, Missouri 63177, phone: (314) 225-9400 or fax: (314) 225-9854. These products are also distributed by the Burke Company, San Mateo, California. Style 732 for the 6-inch by 3/8-inch and Style 735 for the 9-inch by 3/8-inch. G. Synko-Flex waterstop, where specifically called out on the drawings, shall be Synko-Flex Preformed Plastic Adhesive Waterstop with Synko-Flex primer or equal. Manufacturer: Henry Company, (800) 486-1278. Products containing Bentonite clay or hydrophilic materials are prohibited. 2.4 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS A. Locate as shown on the Contract Drawings or as approved in writing by the Architect/Engineer. All joints require sealant per Section 13150, 2.6. 2.5 EXPANSION JOINTS A. The pre-molded expansion joint filler shall be of sufficient width to completely fill the joint. Filler shall be accurately cut to butt tightly against the waterstop and the side forms. B. At locations where joint sealant is to be applied, the pre-molded joint filler shall be precut to the required depth. October, 2009 13150-9 Job # R00483 C. Cavities for joint sealant shall be formed with either precut, pre-molded joint filler or smooth, accurately shaped material that can be removed. D. Concrete shall be thoroughly vibrated along the joint form to produce a dense, smooth surface. Surface irregularities along the joint sealant cavity, due to improper concrete consolidation or faulty form removal, shall be repaired with an approved compound compatible with the joint sealant in a manner that is satisfactory to the sealant manufacturer. E. Installation of Cellular Neoprene: Install in joint accurately as shown. Attach to concrete with a bonding agent approved in writing by the joint sealant and joint filler manufacturer for compatibility. F. Pre-Molded Expansion Joint Filler: Type: Multicellular, closed cell, flexible polyethylene plastic foam as manufactured by Dow Chemical Co., Midland, Ml. Ethafoam expanded polyethylene closed-cell foam, W.R. Meadows, Elgin, IL, Ceramar or a pre-approved equal. G. All joints require gun grade sealant. 2.6 GUN GRADE SEALANTS A. Just prior to installing the joint sealant, the joint cavity shall be cleaned by sandblasting or power wire brushing. Install bond breaker tape per manufacturer's instructions. B. After the joints have been prepared as described above, the joint sealant shall be applied. The primer, if required, and joint sealant shall be applied only with the equipment and methods recommended by the joint sealant manufacturer. C. Submerged Sealants: Two-part polysulfide certified by the manufacturer as suitable for use in pools, "Deck-O-Seal" as manufactured by W.R. Meadows or pre-approved equal. Color shall be white. 2.7 SWIMMING POOL FILTRATION/EQUIPMENT: REGENERATIVE MEDIA A. Intent 1, Purpose of the bid is to purchase and have installed a complete operating filtration and recirculation system for the swimming pool. It is intended to limit the bidding to a style of product and company that has a proven history and record of performance. 2, Due to the specialized nature of certain components required for this project, these specifications, in some instances, refer to various components by trade or manufacturers name. 3, Whenever a proprietary (trade) name is used within this Specification Section, it is used for informational purposes to describe a standard of required function, dimension, appearance and quality. References to materials by trade name, make or model number shall not be construed as limiting competition. All bidders are required to bid on the named manufacturer in the BASE BID. B. Voluntary Alternates For Filtration Systems 1, Other treatment systems will be considered only if a complete set of drawings and specifications detailing such equipment as it pertains to this project are submitted for evaluation fourteen (14) days prior to the bidding. The submission should include a list of five (5) operating installations within a reasonable distance of the jobsite. List should include the names and telephone numbers of the operating personnel. The technical contents of the submittal shall include hydraulic calculations, equipment fabrication details, filter room layout in plan and elevation views specific to the project, warranties, installation and operating instructions. 2. Alternates meeting the terms and conditions of the bidding documents will be acknowledged prior to bidding by addendum. No alternates will be considered after the bid. October, 2009 13150-10 Job # R00483 3. For any and all alternates approved in accordance with the above conditions, state the amount to be DEDUCTED from the BASE BID if an alternate filtration system is being offered. C. Substitutions for Filtration Systems All substitutions shall be submitted using the appropriate substitution request forms as provided under the substitution section in the project manual. D. Quality Assurance 1. The equipment described herein shall be products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the fabrication of filtration and recirculating systems for at least fifteen (15) years and shall be a professional engineering corporation. 2. The owner requires that filters bear the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) seal for Standard #50. This NSF listing is required by the owner regardless of local health department regulations. 3. The "EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER" shall be as indicated on the contract documents. E. Guarantee 1. The "EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER" shall guarantee that the equipment to be furnished is of the correct capacity, that the various parts are designed to operate correctly and in conjunction with each other, that if the installation is made in accordance with the project drawings and operated in accordance with the suppliers instructions, the system will perform the prescribed functions correctly, the water entering the pool will be clear, bright, free from suspended matter visible to the unaided eye, and will be sanitary to the satisfaction of all authorities having jurisdiction. F. Submittals 1. Provide detailed shop drawings of the items of equipment being provided, indicating the dimensions, material of the filter tanks, valves, actuators, RMF programmer and accessory components. 2. Provide a complete set of operating instructions, embracing the operational functions and recurring maintenance processes involved in connection with the complete filtration system. G. Filter System Requirements 1. The filter system under this section shall consist of a Defender regenerative media filter as detailed on the drawings. 2. It is the intent of these specifications to describe a filter system complete with all accessory items supplied and warranted by one manufacturer. 3. The primary components of the system consist of the main filter tank, flex tube filter elements, element assembly, bump mechanism, vacuum transfer system, sight glass, pressure gauge panel, inspection (viewing) window, valves and automatic filter controller, air compressor. 4. All components and related subassemblies shall be factory assembled and tested prior to shipment. H. Filter Tank/Regenerative Media 1. The filter tank(s) shall not be less than the diameter shown on the drawings, suitable for 50 psi working pressure and hydrostatically tested to 75 psi. Tank shell shall be not less than W thick. Bottom dished head shall be not less than W thick. Top flat head shall be not less than 1 1/a" thick. All material to be Type A-36, carbon steel. October, 2009 13150-11 Job # R00483 2. All welding shall be performed by qualified operators. Joints shall be butt or fillet welded inside and out by manual or automatic process. Welded joints shall have complete penetration and fusion with little or no reduction of the thickness of the base metal. Welds shall be free of coarse ripples, grooves, overlaps, abrupt ridges or valleys. All welded surfaces shall be chipped and brushed clean, when necessary, leaving no slag or splatter. 3. Tank legs shall be type A-36 carbon steel. Bearing plates shall be type 304L stainless steel. Each bearing plate shall have (2) 5/8" drilled holes to secure to the floor with the W x 41/z" stainless steel concrete anchors provided. The legs shall be designed with bolted connections to minimize overall tank height for shipping and access into the mechanical room. 4. The tank head shall be bolted to the shell with T304 stainless steel threaded rods and nuts, around the tank perimeter. 5. Tank(s) shall be equipped with a UL listed grounding lug. 6. Tank shall incorporate connections for filter influent, effluent, drain; vacuum transfer piping, viewing window, and lift shaft gland. 7. Tank shall include brackets for mounting of automatic controller, gauge panel, filter / regulator, vacuum transfer blower and vacuum hose rack. a.Tanks larger than 24" diameter shall include a integrally mounted hydraulic lifting device (davit). The davit assembly shall be designed to fit the filter head and include a pivot mechanism allowing the head to rotate 180°, for access to the tube sheet. Systems requiring additional devices for filter head removal will not be considered. I. Flexsol 3000 Internal Lining 1. All interior surfaces shall be grit blasted to white metal condition with a 2-3 mil profile. 2. Flexsol 3000® shall be an elastomeric polyurethane, 100% solid plural component lining. Hardness shall be 70 durometer on the shore D scale. Break tensile strength shall be 2460 psi with elongation of 25-30%. 3. Application of Flexsol 3000® lining shall be done by experienced applicators using a high pressure, high temperature plural component system. All wetted surfaces including flange faces, manway rings and manway covers shall be lined to 120 mils +/- 5 mils DFT. 4. Hardness shall be verified after curing to ASTM D 2240 standard. 5. Flexsol 3000® lining shall meet the NSF toxicity standard unconditionally and shall be approved for use with the NSF approved filter. 6. Flexsol 3000® lined vessels shall carry a ten (10) year limited non-prorated warranty. 7. The filter manufacturer shall bear the responsibility for suitability of lining and shall be the sole source for the specified warranty. J. Exterior Coatings 1. All exterior surfaces shall be grit blasted to white metal condition with a 2-3 mil profile. 2. Two coats of high solids enamel shall be applied for a total developed film thickness of 5-8 mils. 3. Manufacturer is to supply min.16 oz of high solids enamel touch-up paint. October, 2009 13150-12 Job # R00483 K. Internal Components 1. The filter shall consist of flex tube elements, filter tube sheet, stainless steel lift shaft and internal flow diversion assembly. 2. The filter elements shall be flexible tubes that provide the support structure for the media. The outer wall of each element shall be fabricated of multi-filament high strength polyester braid. Each element shall have an internal T304 stainless steel spring, which acts a support structure for the braided filament. 3. The filter element tube sheet shall be fabricated of T304 stainless steel and provide both support for the top of the element assembly as well as water tight seal to prevent media from escaping the filter tank. 4. The lift shaft shall be fabricated from T304 stainless steel and provide the internal connection between the filter element tube sheet and the external bump mechanism. 5. The filter influent connection shall be fitted with a T304 stainless steel flow diversion assembly to eliminate disturbance to the filter elements during operation. 6. All stainless steel wetted fasteners shall be Type 304. L Bump Mechanism 1. The bump mechanism shall include a pneumatically operated tire mounted externally on the filter tank head. The tire is alternately pressurized then depressurized causing the connected filter element assembly to move in an upward then downward fashion. This movement shall provide the means of dislodging the media and accumulated solids, which then recoat the filter element.. M. Vacuum Transfer System 1. The vacuum transfer system shall be provided to allow the recharging of media into the filter for either bag or bulk media. 2. The vacuum blower shall include a 1.5 HP or .5 HP, TEFC, 115/230 volt, single phase motor, 50/60 Hz. 3. An in-line filter with dual connections shall be provided to prevent dust and media from being drawn into the blower. 4. Provide SCH 80 PVC ball valves: for the vacuum drain line, the blower inlet and the vacuum hose. 5. Provide a minimum 10 feet of vacuum hose with required fittings.. N. Automatic Controller 1. The automatic controller shall provide total control of the system's filtration and regeneration cycles, and provide all necessary equipment interlocks and timing mechanisms to execute the filter program. 2. The controller shall include an adjustable pressure switch, factory set to 50 psi. The switch shall stop the filtration pump and close the pneumatic valves if air pressure falls to 50 psi 3. The controller shall contain a microprocessor that will activate the following functions of the system. a. Bump cycle/manual or automatic b. Precoating of the filter elements October, 2009 13150-13 Job # R00483 c. Stopping and starting of the main filtration pump d. Opening and closing of pneumatically operated valving e. Vacuum transfer system f. Heater cool down delay g. Auxiliary contacts to interlock chemical control or other equipment h. Keyed switch to activate a continuous, intermittent bump cycle for flex tube cleaning. 4. The controller panel shall display the following functions: a. Filter status b. Precoat status c. Filtration pump status d. Vacuum transfer pump status e. System power 5. The controller enclosure shall be a NEMA 12. 6. The RMF automatic controller will provide signal power to the main filtration pup motor starter. The unit is required to be a device or variable frequency drive (VFD) and is to be installed with control wiring by the electrical contractor. 7. The RMF shall be 120V, 1 phase, 30 amp rated, and shall be UL labeled. O. Filter/Regulator 1. Each filter shall include a combination filter / regulator. The regulator shall be adjustable from 0 - 120 p.s.i. 1/2" F.P.T. connections shall be provided for field installation of air lines. P. Water Separator 1. One water separator with automatic drain shall be included for each air compressor supplied. 1/2" F.P.T. connections shall be provided for field installation of air lines. Q. Air Compressor 1. Provide (1) air compressor per mechanical room. The following is the minimum requirement: 2. 30 gallon tank, 2 HP 120v, 1 phase, 15 amp, 5.5 CFM @ 90 psi, air pressure gauge, pressure relief valve, belt guard, pressure switch, air filter. R. Pneumatic Actuators 1. Each filter shall include pneumatic actuators for (1) influent valve, (1) effluent valve and (1) precoat valve. 2. The actuators shall be double acting with valve mounted drilling to ISO 5211. 3. The actuators shall include (2) 1/4" FPT ports for open / close connections. Flow control valves with quick connect fittings shall be provided at each port to allow speed control adjustment for the open / close function of the actuators. 4. Materials of Construction a. Body: aluminum alloy, extruded ace. To ASTM 6063, anodized ace. To UNI 4522 b. Ends: Die-cast in aluminum alloy ace. To ASTM B179, epoxy-polyester coated c. Pistons: Die-cast in aluminum alloy ace. To ASTM B179 d. Pinion: Nickel-plated steel e. Slideways: Acetal resin (LAT LUB 731320T) October, 2009 13150-14 Job # R00483 f. Fasteners: AISI 304 Stainless steel g. Springs: Epoxy coated steel, pre-compressed h. Seals: NBR Nitrile rubber i. Lubricant: MoS2 5. The actuators shall be factory lubricated to allow for 1,000,000 maneuvers. 6. The actuators shall have adjustable travel stops for both directions. 7. Working temperature limits: 4SF to 186fiF. S. Solenoid Valves 1. Each filter shall include four (3) single solenoid, 4-way valves mounted on a multi-station manifold for operation of the pneumatic actuators and bump mechanism. 2. The solenoids valves shall include lighted DIN connectors. 3. The solenoid valves shall be factory lubricated and shall not require any field lubrication. 4. The solenoid valves with multi-station manifold shall be located on the bottom of the automatic controller, factory wired and include quick connect fittings for attachment to the pneumatic actuators and bump mechanism. 5. The solenoid valves shall be SMC Series SY 7000, or equal. T. Valves 1. All valves 3" - 12" shall be constructed with cast aluminum ASTM S12A housing and fully coated with Rilsan on all interior and exterior surfaces. Internal components include EPDM resilient lining, Rilsan coated ductile iron disc and T304 stainless steel shaft. Valves 14" and larger shall be constructed with cast iron housing fully coated with nylon and with nylon coated ductile iron disc. 2. Valves shall be butterfly valves or equal and shall be provided for the influent, effluent and precoat lines. U. System Valves 1. Each defender filter shall include Five (5) system valves to facilitate system fill after media recharge, precoat/regeneration, influent & effluent for filtering and media dump/drain valve. 2. The precoat/regeneration and effluent valves shall be butterfly type with pneumatic actuators per Part R. 3. The system fill valve shall be butterfly type with gear operator and shall be the same size as the precoat/regeneration valve. 4. The influent valve shall be a wafer type check valve, cast iron body w/double disc, SS type 316. 5. The dump/rinse valve shall be butterfly type, lever operated with SS extendion to facilitate operation. V. Media: 1. Media shall be expanded perlite with a median particle size of 37 microns. Percentage retained on a +150 Tyler Mesh shall not be less than 8% or more than 25%. Darcy permeability shall be between 1.2-1.85. October, 2009 13150-15 Job # R00483 2. The media shall contain no more than 1 tenth of one percent (.001) of crystalline silicate. 3. The media shall be certified by the Manufacturer for use in the filter. The media shall be NSF listed in Std. 61 and Std. 50. 4. Provide each filter tank loaded with the manufacturer's recommended media volume. In addition to the initial tank fill and after the owner training, also supply the Owner a minimum quantity of six (6) additional refills for each filter. Media shall be provided in the manufacturer's packaging in an undamaged condition. Store media in a location directed by the Owner and in ambient conditions as recommended by the media manufacturer. 5. The filter media product and manufacturer shall be approved for use by filter manufacturer. Use of filter media not listed below is prohibited, unless approval in writing from the filter manufacturer accompanies a submittal to the Architect/Engineer for approval. Approved Filter Media: a. Celaperl HOOP perlite media by EP Minerals, or b. Aquaperl perlite media by Harborlite (A World Minerals Company). W. Warranty 1. Defender filter tanks with Flexsol 3000 shall carry a 10 year limited fully rated warranty as regularly offered by the tank manufacturer. 2. Bump tire and internal tube elements shall carry a fully rated 3 year warranty. 3. Valve bodies shall carry a 5 year fully rated warranty. 4. Valve operators and system accessories including the RMF controller, quick exhaust valve and solenoid valve shall carry one year warranty as provided by the product manufacturer. 5. Unless otherwise specified, workmanship is to be guaranteed first class and carry a one (1) year warranty. X. Training and Start-Up 1. Filter installation shall include a filter system "start-up" and "system operator training (SOT)". Start- up shall include the first-time use of the filter in recirculation mode and all system adjustments as needed for proper operation of all filter modes. SOT shall include written and verbal instructions and demonstrations required for the system operator to properly operate and maintain the filter system in all filter operating modes. 2. Start-Up and SOT shall be completed by a fully trained and authorized filter manufacturer representative. 3. Prior to initiating the Start-Up procedures the contractor shall complete all equipment installation and tests as required for proper filter operations. Contractor shall obtain the "Pre-Start-Up" requirements/checklist directly from the filter manufacturer. 4. Contractor shall coordinate and schedule the system start-up and training directly with the filter manufacturer and Owner. 5. SOT session shall be a minimum of one (1) day duration. Obtain written documentation with a dated signature from the system operator that training was provided to their satisfaction. Y. Filter Element Cleaning Agent: October, 2009 13150-16 Job # R00483 1. The flexible filter elements should be cleaned (degreased/descaled) annually and possibly more often depending on water quality, bather load and exposure to oils and other contaminants. The filtration system shall never be operated in the recirculation mode without a proper media coating of the filter elements. The contractor shall provide the Owner a system with clean filter elements. If the Engineer or Filter Manufacturer determines that the elements require cleaning prior to project completion, the contractor shall clean the elements in accordance with the filter manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. 2. The filter manufacturer shall include in the Filter O&M Manual, and in the System Operator Training, all information required for filter element cleaning, including but not necessarily limited to the following: recommended cleaning frequency, cleaning instructions, and recommended cleaning agent. 3. The contractor shall provide to the Owner a supply of filter element degreaser/descaler cleaning agent with a copy of the material safety data sheet (MSDS). Quantity shall be 110% of the filter manufacturer's suggested quantity required to clean all filters one time. Include a copy of the MSDS sheet. 4. Filter element degreaser/descaler cleaning agent product: a. "Filter Cleanse" by Great Lakes Bio Chemical Co., Inc., or as recommended by the filter manufacturer. 2.9 WATER TREATMENT SYSTEM A. General 1. Provide a water treatment system as shown and scheduled on Contract Drawings. System shall include chemical controllers, chlorine feeders, acid feeders, chemical storage containers and valves and piping as required. Furnish all in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Provide for the owner a written water treatment program complete with written basic water chemical analysis and verbal instructions as to operation of system. B. Ultraviolet Disinfection Equipment: Shall operate within the UVC electromagnetic spectrum emitting wavelengths in the range of 200nm to 400nm. This required wavelength will provide constant disinfection / inactivation of bacteria, algae, molds, viruses and destruction of Monochloramines, Trichloramines, and Dichloramines. Ultraviolet Lamp / Chamber and spectra Control Panel by Engineered Treatment Systems / atg-willand (Telephone 920-885-4628, Fax 920-885-4386) or engineer approved equal. C. The UV System must be validated. The validation process must determine the UV unit's disinfection performance by indicating that a dose of 40mJ/cm2 (at end of lamp life) is achieved at a flow rate equal to or greater than the design flow rate at the set point intensity. Validation testing must be performed by an independent agency. D. Manufacturer of the UV unit to provide certificate of validation. E. The UV system must be equipped with an automatic shutdown feature to inactivate the water feature pump if the UV dosage drops below 40mJ/cm2. F. The UV System shall have an MET or equivalent (ETL, CSA, or UL) listing, and be NSF-50 certified and meet the requirements of the California Conference of Directors of Environmental Health Recreational Health Technical Advisory Committee "Guidelines for Construction and Operation of Spray Grounds". October, 2009 13150-17 Job # R00483 1. Equipment General Description a. The Ultraviolet System shall be provided in a complete package to include: 316L Stainless Steel Chamber, Spectra Control System located in a NEMA 12 rated panel, Medium Pressure Bulb(s) designed to emit wavelengths within the UVC electromagnetic spectrum, strainer basket automatic wiper system, and Project Commissioning by a Certified Ultraviolet Technician. 2. Unit Types: a. ECOFLO: Ultraviolet manufacturer to offer unit capability of a Horizontal OR vertical installation application using state of art design and direct flow through characteristics. Direct flow will be required in order to reduce total head loss through the system. Unit shall be a Multiple Lamp medium pressure system with a bulb range of (2) 1.5 kW - (5) 3.0 kW power range. Multiple lamp system is required in order to maintain quality disinfection in the event of a single bulb failure. ANSI flange range of 6" -14" and flow pattern of 560 - 4500 gpm. Chamber and Control Cabinet shall be as indicated on the drawings. Electrical requirements to include 480 volt 3-phase (XX) amp internal breaker. Electrical contractor to take into account plus/minus 3% for external breaker. All required electrical work to be performed by licensed electrician. b. SP Unit: Ultraviolet manufacturer to offer unit capability of Horizontal installations utilizing a traditional influent and effluent flow pattern with ANSI flange range of 2" -14" and flow pattern of 100 - 3400 gpm. Unit shall operate as a single or multiple lamp system with bulb range of 1.3 kW to 92) 7.3 kW power range. Chamber and Control Cabinet shall be as indicated on the drawings. Electrical requirements to include 480 Volt 3-phase (XX) amp internal breaker. Electrical contractor to take into account plus/minus 3% for external breaker. All required electrical work to be performed by licensed electrician. c. The Ultraviolet System shall be sized to emit a minimum dose of 40 mj/cm2, with flow rates and pipe sizes as indicated on the drawings. G. Ultraviolet Chamber: Shall be pressure rated for 100 psi (tested to 150 psi), and pressure drop across the unit will be minimal. The unit shall be constructed of 316L stainless steel to prevent corrosion within the harsh pool environment. The Ultraviolet chamber shall come complete with the following equipment: 1. Ultraviolet intensity monitor with built-in alarm system to notify operator when output level drops below required level of 40 mj/cm2 (or operator set dosing levels). 2. Ultraviolet temperature control system shall be provided to maintain system integrity in the event of flow interruptions to the chamber. 3. Ultraviolet chamber shall come complete with annealed quartz sleeve with "O" ring seals for water tightness. 4. Chambers shall be complete with ANSI flanges and all ports or vents shall be threaded NPT. The Ultraviolet chamber must be capable of installation in the system so that it remains full under all conditions. 5. The ultraviolet unit must be complete with appropriate brackets or feet for ease of installation. H. Ultraviolet Lamp 1. Ultraviolet lamp shall be medium pressure high intensity. Lamp shall be designed to emit continuous Ultraviolet wavelengths in the range of 200nm to 400nm. This will provide optimal disinfection benefits and destruction of the Monochloramine, Dichloramine, and Trichloramine October, 2009 13150-18 Job # R00483 compounds. Lamp must remain unaffected by temperature variance of 0 degrees to 200 degrees Fahrenheit. 2. The lamp unit must provide a dose not less than 60 mj/cm2 at the end of the lamp life and this must be based on the full recirculating flowrate, not on a sidestream treatment. I. Automatic Wiper System: An automatic cleaning system shall be provided for cleaning of quartz sleeve and Ultraviolet monitor probe. The system shall travel the entire length of the quartz sleeve twice per desired cleaning cycle. Precision molded wiper rings shall be provided to ensure thorough quartz tube cleaning and quartz tube protection. Wiper cycle shall be user selectable and adjustable within a range of 15 minutes to 24 hours depending on anticipated application and deposit build-up. At a minimum the Automatic Wiper system shall have the following characteristics: 1. System shall utilize direct Belt Drive with square machined pulleys and shafts to prevent slippage and pin shearing. Systems utilizing shear pins or complicated gear boxes will be unacceptable. 2. Wiper power supply shall be 24 volt DC for improved safety. 3. System shall incorporate Direct Shaft Encoding for positional location. Systems relying on external proxy switches or internally located magnets will be unacceptable. 4. Wiper interval shall be operator selectable with optional override switch. 5. Wiper faults are to be indicated on the control system display. 6. Wiper System to utilize "Intelligent Operation" for automatic start-up commissioning. a. Records wiper position at chamber ends. Position must be fixed and not dependent on a timed interval or component striking end of chamber. b. Establish a travel run without setting limit adjustments to ensure system integrity and longevity. J. Ultraviolet Control System: Control cabinet shall be Engineered Treatment System / atg-willand SPECTRA microprocessor control unit. (Phone: 920-885-4386) Systems shall be epoxy coated NEMA12 rated cabinet. Three levels of operation shall be provided to meet the needs of the operator and pool environment: Simple Control (start, stop and reset), Full Parameter Display, and Customized Operator Configuration. Modes of operation shall be password protected to secure system critical setup functions. Control system shall have clearly identifiable start, stop, and reset control buttons (suitable for gloved operation) with Running and Fault LCD indicators. 1. Two-line LCD screen shall display a minimum of the following: Ultraviolet dose (derived from flow and intensity inputs), Ultraviolet intensity (as a % and mw/cm2), Lamp Current, Flow rate (accepts signal from optional flow meter - displayed as gallons per minute), Chamber temperature (displayed as deg. F), Operation hour meter, System spares listing, Lamp fault, low Ultraviolet & temperature alarm, Ground fault trip, Wiper fault. All alarm functions shall have simple text message display to assist in fault finding. 2. Control system shall have a minimum of the following system interface control: Remote operation, Process interrupt features (from valves, flow meters), Low UV dose (configurable to shutdown or alarm only), Flow meter input, Auto-Restrike, Half to full power Ultraviolet setting with 24 hour / 7 day settable timer. 3. Control system shall have built in date-logging capabilities to record the following information: Ultraviolet intensity required, Ultraviolet intensity measured, Lamp current, Chamber temperature, Flow rate (if flow meter is connected), Time and date stamp, All alarms generated. K. Project Commissioning: Ultraviolet Chamber and Control Panel shall be commissioned by a qualified factory trained technician. During this time period, final electrical and control cabling will be connected October, 2009 13150-19 Job # R00483 from the Spectra control cabinet to the Ultraviolet disinfection chamber. Daily operation and simple maintenance instructions shall be provided during this commissioning process. A factory trained representative of the manufacturer shall perform all warranty work. Manufacturer to warranty Ultraviolet chamber and Spectra Control panel for a period of 12 months. Medium pressure Ultraviolet bulbs shall be warranted for a period of 4,000 hours. Intermittently operated bulbs (> 1 on/off cycles per day) will be replaced free of charge should failure occur prior to 3,000 hours and replacement will be prorated between 3,000 and 4,000 hours. A detailed warranty sheet shall accompany this document upon request. 2.10 PUMPS A. General 1. Pump capacity, horsepower, TDH (Total Dynamic Head), speed, suction and discharge diameters, type, and other requirements shall be as shown on the drawings and shall comply with the requirements as specified herein for each type of service. The General Conditions shall apply to this Section as fully as if repeated herein. 2. Pump performance shall be optimized with provision of variable speed drives where designated in the drawings. 3. Operational Pump Characteristics: Engineer has the right to reject any pump with a pump curve having a design point operating efficiency more than 5% below the operating efficiency of the scheduled pump provided on the drawings. 4. To assure a properly integrated and compatible system, all equipment described in this section shall be furnished by the Pump Manufacturer, who shall assume full responsibility for the warranty and proper operation of the pumps and associated equipment. 5. Standards: The work in this section is subject to the requirements of applicable portions of the following standards: a. Hydraulic Institute Standards b. IEEE Standards c. NEMA Standards d. OSHA Rules and Regulations 6. Installation a. The pumping units shall be installed in accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer and as shown on the drawings by the Pool Engineer. b. Installation shall include furnishing the required oil and grease for initial operation. The grades of oil and grease shall be in accordance with the manufacture's recommendations. c. The Contractor shall insure that the pumps and motors are properly installed with no pipe strain transmitted to the pump casing. 7. Training: a. The Contractor shall arrange for the Pump Manufacturer to provide a factory trained representative as required for the purpose of supervising installation, start-up final field acceptance testing, and providing instruction to the owner's operation personnel in the proper operation and maintenance of the equipment in this section. October, 2009 13150-20 Job # R00483 8. Submittals: Submit complete motor and pump data together with shop drawings for the driven machine. All material is to be collated in a card stock binder, with pockets for large drawings, and with index. This data shall be prepared by the motor and/or pump manufacturer and shall include: a. Pump manufacturer and model number, name of motor manufacturer, type of pump and motor with dimensioned drawings. b. Characteristic curves at full load motor speed showing flow, TDH, efficiency, horsepower, and NPSH required. For all VFD applications include a family of performance curves, separate of the full load motor speed curve, for speeds of 105%, 100%, 89%, 83%, 66%, and 50% of the scheduled RPM. c. Nominal motor horsepower, speed at full load, frame size, enclosure construction, winding insulation class and treatment, temperature rise at nominal horsepower, service factor, voltage rating (indicate if dual voltage), number of phases, frequency rating, full-load amperes at nominal horsepower for application voltage, starting code letter, or locked rotor KVA or amperes. d. Complete pump description plus material list including casings, impellers, seals, shaft, bearing frame, motor mounts, guards, base plate, exterior coating type and mill thickness. e. Manufacturer's standard pump warranty. Warranty on mechanical seals covering 100% of the cost on all parts and labor extending over the same time period as the standard pump warranty. f. Installation Instruction and Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall include recommended protection and maintenance required for storage prior to putting pumps in service, and may be submitted anytime before shipment of the pumps. B. Pumps: 1. Furnish and install horizontal close-coupled end suction centrifugal pumps as specified on the Contract Drawings or as pre-approved by the Architect/Engineer. 2. Coating: a. All wetted ferrous parts and the pump impeller shall be sandblasted per the coating manufacturer's recommendations, and coated with Scotchkote 134 or equal product. 3. Certifications: a. All pumps shall be NSF50 certified as provided, including required coatings and shall be labeled as such on the serial number identification tag. 4. Materials of Construction. a. Casing - Cast Iron (ASTM A48) b. Impeller - Bronze (ASTM B584) with maximum zinc content of 5% c. Case Wear Ring - Bronze (ASTM B62) d. Shaft- Hardened Steel (AIS11045) e. Shaft Sleeve - Bronze (ASTM B62) 5. Casting October, 2009 13150-21 Job # R00483 a. The casing will be of the end suction design with tangential discharge outlet. For suction piping diameters of 2" or greater, the suction inlet shall be a flat-faced flange connection and the discharge outlet shall be a bolt through flange connection. Flange connections shall be ANSI 125# rated. b. The casing shall have tapped and plugged holes for priming and draining. The casing bore shall be large enough to allow "back pullout" of the impeller without disturbing the casing or suction and discharge piping. The casing shall be supported by the driving unit. Pumps requiring a mounting point other than the driving unit shall not be allowed. 6. Impeller a. The impeller shall be of the enclosed type, vacuum cast in one piece. It shall be finished all over, the exterior being turned and the interior being finished smooth and cleaned of all burrs, trimmings and irregularities. The impeller shall be dynamically balanced. The impeller will be keyed to the shaft, and fastened with 316 stainless steel washers, gasket and cap screw. 7. Case Wearing Ring a. The pump casing shall be fitted with a bronze case wear ring to minimize abrasive and corrosive wear to the casing. The case wear ring shall be of the radial type, press fitted into the casing. 8. Mechanical Seal a. Shaft sealing shall be accomplished by means of a John Crane Type 21 or equal mechanical seal with solid silicone carbide face/primary ring; solid silicone carbide seat/mating ring;316 stainless drive band, retainer and spring; and Buna-N elastomers. 9. Shaft a. The impeller shall be direct coupled to the motor shaft. The motor shaft shall be machined to provide a key way, and drilled and tapped to accept the impeller fastener. Stub shafts are not acceptable. 10. Shaft Sleeve a. The pump shaft shall be fitted with a bronze shaft sleeve to minimize shaft wear. The sleeve shall be sealed to the impeller hub by an 0-ring, and shall be positively driven by a pin to the key way. The use of adhesive compounds to fasten the sleeve to the shaft shall not be accepted. 11. Motor a. The motor shall be a NEMA-JM configuration high efficiency motor meeting NEMA 2010 Standards in accordance with the latest NEMA Standards, and shall be totally enclosed fan cooled. NEMA -JP configurations shall not be allowed due to shaft overhang. b. The motor shall have a service factor of a least 1.15. The service factor is reserved for variations in voltage and frequency. c. Motor must be inverter duty rated meeting NEMA MG1 Part 30. d. The motor shall have a sufficient horsepower rating to operate the pump at any point on the pump's head capacity curve at full load speed (60 Hz) regardless of selected operating speed without overloading the nameplate horsepower rating of the motor, regardless of service factor. Vendor shall confirm that motor current does not exceed allowable full load amperage at reduced frequency. Vendor shall verify scheduled horsepower meets above requirements. October, 2009 13150-22 Job # R00483 In no case shall the horsepower be less than indicated on the Drawings without specific approval from the Engineer. e. Electrical requirements including phase, frequency, and voltage are indicated on the Drawings. 12. Warranty a. Pump failure of any pump component directly attributable to materials and/or workmanship within 1 year after shipment shall be repaired or replace FREE of charge by the pump manufacturer. b. Motor failure of any motor component directly attributable to materials and/or workmanship within 3 years after shipment shall be repaired or replace FREE of charge by the pump manufacturer. 2.11 PUMP STRAINERS A. Furnish and install pump strainers as indicated on Drawings. Unless the pump has an integral hair and lint strainer, supply and install strainers equal to those manufactured by Mer-Made Filter or Neptune Benson. Provide each strainer with two strainer baskets. 2.12 GAUGES A. Furnish and install compound gauges where called for on Drawings and as required by Code. Compound gauges shall be Liquid Filled, 30 Hg to 60 PSI with gauge cock and snubber as manufactured by Weksler, Marsh, Winters or equal. 2.13 FLOWMETERS A. Furnish and install Signet flow meters where called for on the Drawings and as required by Code on main lines and on branch lines of flow ranges indicated. 2.14 POOL VALVES AND PIPING MATERIALS A. Work Included: 1. Butterfly valves 2. Check valves 3. Flexible expansion connectors 4. PVC ball valves 5. Underwater service operators 6. Stainless steel extension handles 7. Float valves 8. Piping, hangers and supports - Refer to Section 13150, Part 3 9. Eccentric and concentric reducers B. Shop Drawings October, 2009 13150-23 Job#R00483 1. Submit detailed Shop Drawings (refer to General Requirements, General Conditions and Division 1) clearly indicate make, model, location, type, size, pressure rating, and type of service. C. Products 1. Provide valves of same manufacturer throughout where possible and practical. 2. Provide valves with manufacturer's name and pressure rating clearly marked on outside of body. D. Valve Connections 1. Provide valves suitable to connect to adjoining piping as specified for pipe joint. Use pipe size valves. E. Use of Valves 1. Pipe sizes 4" -12" - Butterfly Valves 2. Miscellaneous valves 1/2" - 3" - PVC True Union Ball Valves 3. All chemical lines and equipment - PVC True Union Ball Valves F. Butterfly Valves 1. Butterfly valves 4" -12" shall be wafer or lug bodies and shall be suitable for use between ANSI 125 and 150 Ib. Flanges. 2. Bodies of the flangeless design shall be provided with at least two (2) bolt guides to center the valve in the pipeline. 3. a. All valves 4" and larger shall have epoxy coated body, ductile iron-nylon II coated disc, one piece 416 stainless steel shaft with Buna-N or EPDM seat minimum, 150 PSI rating, or cast aluminum ASTM S12A housing and fully coated with Rilsan on all interior and exterior surfaces. Internal components include EPDM resilient lining, Rilsan coated ductile iron disc and T304 stainless steel shaft. 150 psi rating. b. Pool filter face piping valves and ozone influent, effluent and bypass valves: All valves 4" and larger shall be wafer valves with a cast iron - epoxy coated body, stainless steel disc, one piece 416 stainless steel shaft, with viton coated seat, 150 PSI rating. c. All butterfly valves shall have gear operators unless drawings indicate otherwise. Chain operators shall be required on all gear operators located 7'-0" or higher above finished floor. 4. All valves shall be as manufactured by Bray Valve (713) 894-5454, Dominion or equal as approved by the Architect/Engineer. 5. All bolts and nuts shall be corrosion resistant zinc plated steel with plated washers to be used when secured to PVC flanges. G. Ball Valves 1. PVC True Union Ball Valves, Eslon, Assahi, or equal. H. Check Valves 1. Vz thru 2 Vz" shall be PVC body, true union, ball type, seal material Buna-N as manufactured by Eslon, Assahi or equal as indicated on Contract Drawings. October, 2009 13150-24 Job # R00483 2. 3" thru 12" shall be cast iron epoxy coated body, bronze split disc, stainless steel fitted and Buna N seal material. Check valve shall be the CVXX style as manufactured by the Metraflex Company, model 5050 manufactured by Cameron Valves & Measurement, Series 8800 by Val- Matic, or approved equal. I. Expansion Joint/Flexible Connector (where required) 1. Shall be the Metrasphere. Style R with EPDM body and threaded bolt holes. Model #MSREE Series manufactured by Metraflex, as indicated on drawings. Install with a control unit assembly (tie rods) from flange to flange per manufacturer's instructions to minimize expansion joint damage caused by excessive motion. J. Modulating Float Valves 1. Shall be used in the surge tank as specified on the Contract Drawings. The valves shall be constructed with stainless rod and PVC or stainless steel floats allowing 20% maximum flow when fully closed. As manufactured by Sta-Rite Industries, Neptune or equal as approved by the Architect/ Engineer. K. Submerged Service Operators 1. Use only approved service operators for the valve requiring underwater operation in the surge tank or in manhole used for pool draining. L. Valve Operator Extension 1. Provide extension lengths as necessary to operate submerged or below surface valves and the appropriate valve box access cover. Extensions shall be stainless steel and by same manufacturer as the valve manufacturer. M. Drainage Valves 1. Provide min. 3/4" True Union Ball valve on all piping at such a location to allow complete drainage of system. N. Eccentric and Concentric Reducers 1. Use Eccentric reducers on pump suction lines only, and concentric reducers on pump discharge lines only. 2. Stainless steel body and flanges, T304 materials, ANS1125# rated flanges. 3. Use Neptune Benson, 15-CNS/15ECS series "or equal". 2.15 POOL HEATING SYSTEMS A. Pool Heaters 1. Provide gas fired heaters for pools, as scheduled on Contract Drawings complete with controls. 2. Heaters must be A.S.M.E. Coded and labeled by manufacturer. Provide and install per all State and Local Codes, including State Boiler Code control and safety device package. 3. Furnish and install thermometers in inlet and outlet piping to heater and downstream in the blended water stream. Thermometers shall have adjustable angle, 9" scale, insertion length to accommodate pipe size and separable brass socket as manufactured by Weksler, Marsh, Winters or approved equal. October, 2009 13150-25 Job # R00483 4. Furnish and install a pressure relief valve for each heater and pipe to within 6" of floor. 5. Furnish and install a flow switch per heater manufacturer's specification. 6. Factory authorized start-up required. Start up form shall be included in the Operating and Maintenance Manuals and submitted separately to the Architect/Engineer. B. Pool Heat Exchangers 1. Heat exchangers provided and installed by Mechanical Contractor per Division 15. 2. Furnish and install thermometers in inlet and outlet piping to heater and downstream in blended water stream. Thermometers shall have adjustable angle, 9" scale, A40 Series, insertion length to accommodate pipe size, separable socket. 3. Furnish and install a relief valve for each heat exchanger in the secondary piping. Pipe relief valve to within 6" of floor. 4. Furnish and install a flow switch for each heat exchanger in the secondary piping. 2.16 POOL FITTINGS, DECK, MAINTENANCE AND SAFETY EQUIPMENT A. Provide and install the following equipment and the equipment scheduled on the drawings. The equipment shall be the manufacturer and model number listed or a pre-approved equal. Although unit quantities are shown for value engineering purpose, it is the installing contractor's responsibility to verify actual quantities required. 1. Pool Fitting and Deck Equipment QTY. 1 See Plans See Plans See Plans See Plans See Plans See Plans DESCRIPTION ADA Compliant Portable Pod Lift Anchor Sockets Escuteheon Plates Floor Inlets Wall Inlets Suction Grates Gutter Weir Mesh MAKE RMT Spectrum or Paragon Aquatics Spectrum or Paragon Aquatics Sta-Rte Sta-Rite Grate Ideas Industrial Netting See Plans Hydrostatic Relief Valves & Sta-Rite Collection Tubes SeePlans Rope Cups & Eye Bolts Spedrumor Paragon Aquatics SeePlans SatetyRopes MODEL PAL (Cafibmia fift package) includes armrest package and spineboard. Must be ADA compliant with a minimum lifting capacity of 300 bs. Cast bronze, 4-1/4" long, accepts 1.900" O.D. tubing Standard, stainless steel stamping Swimquip, adjustable flow, molded ABS, white 8429-0000,1 -1/2", molded ABS, white Custom (see plan) Black, HOPE Diamond Mesh, Unit Weight120# peMOOOSF. 1/2" x Vs" openings as manufactured by Indusfrial Netting P. 763- 496-6355. Swimquip, 2" valve and tube 4" square stainless steel anchor and stainless steel eye bolt %" Polyethylene rope with 5 Whand-tocfcfloat-provide with October, 2009 13150-26 Job #R00483 2. Safety Equipment QTY DESCRIPTION Provided Life Buoy and Throwing Line by Owner Provided Rescue Tubes by Owner Provided Spineboarcl with Head Restraints by Owner Provided Life Hook and Rescue Pool by Owner Provided 25 Person Aquatics First Aid Kit by Owner MAKE Life Buoy - Diameter of 30", available in white or orange; madeofUnceH soft foam with hard shell coverings; U.S. Coast Guard approved; Water Safely Products No. 723 or equal Throwing Line - 60' marine porypro line, with 3" x 5" plastic lemon float; Water Safety Product No. 724 or equal Water Safely Products Phone: 321 -777-7051 Approximately 50" long x 6" wide x 4" thick; no dps, no rings; adjustable shoulder strap, 2' wide, connected to tube by 1" strapping; strapping extends completely through length of tube; meets recommendations of all nafonallifeguaiticsrtify^ equal Water Safety Products Phone: 321-777-7051 Seamless polyethylene plastic, 72" x 16" x 2 %"; 145 bs, vacuum formed ABS plastic seamless design, impervious to liquid, X-ray translucent; ergonomic design features large hand holds integrally molded pins, bottom runners for stability and handhold clearance, popon base plate for head restraint system, with vinyl-covered foam head blocks and padded head/chip strips; nylon web/Vebo body straps (set of 4); Water Safety Products No. 735M or equal Water Safely Products Phone: 321 -777-7051 Anocfeed aluminum pote,w/ double fife hook. 2-8 ft. sections with connector and rubber end cap. Provide each with two (2) stainless steel fife ring holders Water Safety Products No. 728 or equal 3. Specialty Equipment - Activities to be supplied by the owner. Quantity and type to be determined. MAKE Dolphin Dynamic ProX w/100' cord, wireless remote and caddy Dolphin 2x2 w/13Z cord, wireless remote and caddy Taylor 'Service Complete", FAS DPD Chlorine kit #K-2006C 4. Maintenance Equipment QTY DESCRIPTION 1 Automatic Vacuum Cleaning System 1 Water Test Kit 2.17 FINISHES A. Quartz Aggregate Finish 1. Work Included: a. Shall include but not limit to the complete installation of a quartz aggregate finish as designated in the plans and specifications within strict accordance to manufacturer instructions and listed references. 2. Experience/Qualifications. a. The installer shall provide documentation providing a minimum of five (5) successful installations of similar scope and complexity with current contact information and phone number. b. The installer shall be a member of the National Plasterer's Council in good standing. October, 2009 13150-27 Job # R00483 c. The installer shall provide documentation/certification that the laborer's performing the work on site have been factory trained by the pool finish manufacturer. d. The installer shall provide a letter of reference from the pool finish manufacturer. e. Applicable References: 1) National Plasterer's Council "Pool Plaster Technology", Phone* 714-459-8053. 2) National Spa and Pool Institute " Start Up Do's and Don'ts for Newly Plastered Swimming Pools; Why You Should Use Plaster in Your Swimming Pool; Care Tips for New Swimming Pool Plaster and Technical Manual", Phone # 703-838-0083. f. The pool finish applicator shall coordinate with the pool shell concrete contractor, specific concrete finish requirements for the pool finish application. g. All pool floors shall have a slip resistant finish. h. It is the applicator's responsibility to insure that the concrete substrate is adequate for proper bonding of pool finish in accordance with manufacturer recommendations. i. All pool finish work must strictly follow manufacturer installation guidelines, references and recommendations. j. Adding any supplements to the manufacturer's pre-bag mix is strictly prohibited unless manufacturer's approved written documentation is submitted and is pre-approved by the pool Architect/Engineer. k. A brush or roll on bonding coat produced and approved by the pool finish manufacturer is required to be applied to the entire pool structure where the pool finish is to be applied. The manufacturer's approved bond coat must be installed and cured in accordance with manufacturer instructions prior to applying the quartz aggregate finish. No exceptions. I. Prepare all pool surfaces to receive the quartz aggregate finish per manufacturer recommendation. m. Delivery, Storage and Handling 1) If material is stored, it must be in a cool, dry area, protected from the elements, n. Submittals 1) Submit product literature and sample colors for Quartz Aggregate Finish and manufacturer approved bond coat forty (40) days prior to use. Quartz Aggregate material shall be listed in the material submitted. 2) Submit all documents required above for experience and qualification. 3) Provide three (3) 3'x3' onsite mock-ups of varying grades of coarseness for Owner's approval. The pool contractor is responsible to coordinate approval of mock ups prior to the quartz aggregate pool finish installation. o. Environmental Requirements 1) Environmental conditions must comply with manufacturer's requirements and may not be applied to frozen or frost laden surfaces or when the temperature is 40 degrees F or due to fall to 40 degrees within 24 hours. October, 2009 13150-28 Job # R00483 p. Products 1) Acceptable Products and Manufacturers. a) Sun Stone by: CLI Industries, Inc. P.O. Box 593704 Orlando, FL 32859, (407)851-2660. www.clindustries.com b) Diamond Brite by: SGM Industries 1502 S.W. 2nd Place Pompano Beach, FL 33069 (800)641-9247. www.sqm.ee q. Inspection/meetings and preparation 1) Schedule a pool finish pre-installation conference before applying the pool finish. a) Attendees: Manufacturer's representative, Pool Finish Installer, Contractor and its superintendent and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with the Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the work. b) Agenda: Review the manufacturer's application instructions and discuss items of significance that could affect progress and installation, including but not limited to the following: • Construction schedule • Critical work sequencing • Accessibility • Designation of responsible personnel qualified to do the work • Concrete surface preparation requirements • Bond coat curing and application • Pool Finish application and surface preparation • Finishing methods as recommended by the manufacturer to include exposing the aggregate • Verify and discuss proposed work force is adequate to complete the installation as recommended by the manufacturer • Verify pool mechanical and chemical system is prepared for immediate start up after filling the pool c) Record significant discussions and agreements and disagreements of the conference, and the approved schedule. Promptly publish and distribute any issues or discrepancies to the Architect/Engineer prior to installing the pool finish. r. Execution 1) Finish quartz aggregate in a workmanlike fashion. Trowel surface smooth. Proceed with application to natural breaks. 2) Apply the quartz aggregate finish so that it is flush with the pool gutter, tiles and other imbedded items as detailed in the plans and specifications. October, 2009 13150-29 Job # R00483 3) The pool finish must be installed to a thickness and tolerance between 3/8" to Vz" or as recommended by the manufacturer. 4) No hollow areas, discolored or delaminated areas will be acceptable, any and all hollow areas must be chipped out and repaired, patching shall be done in a quality workmen's like fashion. If hollow spots are detected where individual patching required will reduce the over all aesthetic value, it will be the Architect/Engineers discretion to have an entire area between breaks removed and replaced. 5) The filtration and chemical system must be ready for start up and operating immediately after the pool is filled for pool finish curing per manufacture instruction. 6) The contractor is responsible for all brushing/cleaning, chemical monitoring and other requirements set forth by the manufacturer installation and curing instructions. This shall not be the responsibility of the owner. 7) The installing contractor shall guaranty the finish to be free of sharp edges and splatter that may cause cuts on swimmers feet s. Warranty 1) It shall be noted that the pools may be subject to be drained for the winter season and/or prolonged periods of time for normal maintenance and cleaning. 2) Provide Manufacturer's Product Warranty on the Quartz Aggregate Pool Finish Product. The pool finish manufacturer shall acknowledge that the pool(s) are subject to be drained completely for winterization and periods during normal maintenance and shall guarantee the pool finish for five (5) years covering any defects caused by product failure. 3) Provide Special Project Application Warranty on the Quartz Aggregate Finish Application. The pool finish installer shall acknowledge that the pool(s) are subject to be drained completely for winterization and periods during normal maintenance and shall guarantee the pool finish application for two (2) years covering any defects caused by the application of the product not limited to: abnormal cracks (other than closed shrinkage cracks that may appear), discoloration, hollow spots and de-lamination. 2.18 TILE AND TILE SETTING MATERIALS A. Work Included 1. Pool a. Furnish and install tiles as shown on the drawings and as listed in this Section. B. Submittals 1. Submit shop drawings for approval before ordering tile. (Refer to General Requirements, General Conditions and Division 1). Include the following: a. Plan, elevations, and sections of pool tank and deck. b. Plans of all tile marking showing exact locations and positions of individual tiles. October, 2009 13150-30 Job # R00483 C. Product Handling 1. Deliver all products to job in manufacturer's unopened containers with grade seals unbroken and labels intact. 2. Keep tile cartons dry. D. Environmental Conditions 1. Maintain temperature at 50 degrees F minimum during tile work and for seven (7) days after completion or furnish protection as approved by the Architect/ Engineer. E. Extra Stock 1. Supply extra 5% of each color of flat and trim in clean marked cartons for Owner's use. F. Ceramic Tile 1. Furnish all ceramic tile required as follows. Colors shall be as selected by Owner and Architect/Engineer. 2. Furnish all tile required for special markings and lettering in conformance with the drawings and applicable Codes, including depth markings and no diving markers. 3. Racing lane tile edges shall be installed flush with finish pool floor. 4. Target tile shall be installed flush with finish pool wall. 5. Use surface bullnose on pool edge where required for proper trim and as directed on the drawings. 6. Indoor Lap, Leisure Pool And Whirlpool a. Schedule - See Drawings b. Setting & Grouting Materials 1) Latex Portland Cement Thin-Set Mortar, ANSI A118.4 as manufactured by Custom Building Products, Laticrete International Inc., Mapei Corp. or a pre- approved equal. 2) Acrylic Latex Portland Cement Grout, ANSI A118.6 same manufacturer's as listed in 1 above. 3) Provide the same manufacturer for mortar and grout materials. 4) Set tile per manufacturer's requirements and instructions for specific locations and uses. 7. All Outdoor Pools a. Schedule - See Drawings b. Setting Materials 1) Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I 2) Hydrated lime: ASTM C206, 7 Type S 3) Sand: ASTM C144 October, 2009 13150-31 Job # R00483 4) Water: Clean and potable 5) Dry-set mortar: Multi-cure as manufactured by the C-Cure chemical company, used with latex additive or Kerabond with Kerolastic additive or PCI-USA Non-Sag mortar and PCI Lastoflex waterproof membrane c. Grout 1) Commercial sanded Portland cement type with latex additive 2) Flex grout by PCI-USA d. Setting Methods 1) Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar (Thin-Set) on concrete using a minimum leveling bed. a) Follow ANSI A108.5 (Reference TCA). G. Acceptability of Surfaces 1. Before tiling, check area to be tiled for acceptability as follows: a. Surface medium-rough texture b. All surfaces to be tiled shall be free of dust, rust, paint, from oil or other release coatings. c. Provision for ladders and other embedments at proper locations. d. Concrete true to line, level, plumb and curvature. e. Width, depth and length will permit finished accuracy of markings and dimensions. H. Layout 1. Align all joints to give straight uniform grout lines. 2. Observe exact minimum length per dimensions shown on Contract Drawings. 3. Observe maximum width tolerance of 1" over dimensions shown in Contract Drawings. 4. Observe +/-1/8" maximum finish elevation tolerance on all gutter edges. 5. Provide expansion joints every 12' to 16' on center (indoor and outdoor). I. Workmanship 1. Supply first-class workmanship in all tile work. 2. Install in accordance with the latest edition of Tile Council of North America (T.C.N.A.) handbook. 3. Use all products in strict accordance with recommendations and directions of manufacturer. 4. Proportion all mixes in accordance with latest ANSI Standard Specifications. 5. Smooth all exposed cut edges. October, 2009 13150-32 Job # R00483 6. Gutter edges shall not vary from level or true plane more than 1/8" of pool static water level. Contractor shall provide written verification to Architect/Engineer prior to filling pool with water. J. Cleaning 1. Clean tile surface as thoroughly as possible on completion of grouting. 2. Before acid cleaning, saturate with clean water all grout joints in areas to be cleaned. 3. Use one (1) part muriatic acid to nine (9) parts water for cleaning off grout film. 4. As soon as cleaning is done, hose down thoroughly to completely remove all traces of residual acid. K. Protection of Tile Work 1. Protect all newly tiled areas. PARTS EXECUTION 3.1 POOL CONCRETE WORK A. Cast-ln-Place Reinforced Concrete 1. Work Included a. Cast-In Place Reinforced Concrete shall be used for pool floor and wall construction. This section of the Specifications covers the furnishings of all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and the performance of all Work and services necessary or incidental to furnish and place all concrete necessary for a concrete reinforced cast-in-place pool as shown on the Contract Drawings and as specified, in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents, and completely coordinated with the Work of all other trades. b. The Concrete Contractor shall coordinate with the pool finish applicator any special concrete finish requirements prior to executing the concrete work. c. Refer to General Conditions and Division 1 for additional information not covered in this Section. 2. Materials a. Concrete shall be ready-mixed conforming to ASTM C 94 and these Specifications. Portland cement shall be ASTM C 150 Type I. The use of non-agitating equipment will not be allowed. October, 2009 13150-33 Job # R00483 b. Concrete shall be agitated by at least 70 revolutions of the mixing drum but not by more than 270 revolutions. Concrete shall be placed within 1-1/2 hours after the cement has been added to the mix. c. Minimum allowable 28-day compressive field strength shall be 4000 psi when cured and tested in conformance with ASTM C 31 and C 39. Size of coarse aggregate shall be 3/4 inch on slabs and footings; 3/4 inch for walls. Approval of other aggregate gradations must be received in writing before use on the project. d. Slump range shall be 2 to 4 inches and the air entrainment 6% plus or minus 11/a% by volume, as determined by ASTM C 173 or ASTM C 231. The water-cement ratio shall not exceed 0.49 by weight and the minimum cement content shall be 564 pounds per cubic yard - 6 bag mix. Submit complete data on the concrete mix for approval in conformance with the requirements of ASTM C 94, Alternate 2. e. Fine Aggregates: Conform to ASTM C 33. Materials finer than the 200 sieve shall not exceed 4 percent. Use only clean, sharp, natural sand. f. Coarse Aggregate: Conform to ASTM C 33. Use only natural gravels, a combination of gravels and crushed gravels, crushed stone, or a combination of these materials containing no more than 15 percent flat or elongated particles (long dimension more than five times the short dimension). Materials finer than the 200 sieve shall not exceed 0.5 percent. g. Fly Ash: Conform to ASTM C618. Limit cement replacement to 20% by weight. Use Class C, Class F or pre-approved equal. h. Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag: Conform to ASTM C989. Limit the cement replacement to 20% by weight. Use Grade 120. 3. Concrete Admixtures a. Air-entraining admixture: Provide air-entraining admixture in all concrete. Admixture shall conform to ASTM C 260, except it shall be nontoxic after 30 days and shall contain no chlorides. Furnish manufacturer's compliance statement for these requirements to Architect/Engineer forty (40) Days prior to use. 4. Water-Reducing Admixture a. All concrete shall contain a water-reducing admixture. The admixture shall conform to ASTM C 494, Type A or Type D; except it shall contain no chlorides, shall be nontoxic after 30 days, and shall be compatible with the air-entraining admixtures. The amount of admixture added to the concrete shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Furnish a compliance statement that the admixture used satisfies all requirements of this Specification to Architect/Engineer forty (40) days prior to use. B. Reinforcing Steel 1. Deformed bars of sizes shown conforming to Part 2.2 Reinforcing Steel. 2. Provide concrete blocks of same strength as the concrete mix to support reinforcing bars. Do not use broken concrete brick or stone. C. Waterstop 1. Place waterstops as required on Construction Documents in accordance with Section 2.3, Plastic Waterstop. October, 2009 13150-34 Job # R00483 2. If shotcrete is applied to pool walls within 24 hours of the pool floor pour, the waterstops may be omitted with prior written approval from the Architect/Engineer. Refer to Section 3.1 M. D. Forms: Materials shall produce tight forms and an acceptable finish. Patching shall conform to 3.1.Lof this section. E. Form Ties 1. Form ties shall be constructed so that the tie remains embedded in the wall, except for a removable portion at each end. Form ties shall have conical or spherical type inserts. Inserts shall be fixed so that they remain in contact with forming material, and shall be constructed so that no metal is within 1 inch of the concrete surface when the forms, inserts and tie ends are removed. Wire ties will not be permitted. Ties shall withstand all pressures and limit deflection of forms to acceptable limits. 2. Flat bar ties for panel forms shall have plastic or rubber inserts having a minimum depth of 1 inch and sufficient dimensions to permit proper patching of the tie hole. F. Workmanship 1. Forms: Construct forms accurately to dimensions and elevations required and to be strong and unyielding. Construct forms with tight joints to prevent the escape of mortar and to avoid the formation of fins. Brace as required to prevent distortion during concrete placement. 2. Placing reinforcing steel: Place reinforcing steel in conformance with the information on the Contract Drawings and CRSI Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars, except as modified herein. Minimum length of splices shall be as shown in table on Contract Drawings. Tie splices with 18-gauge annealed wire as specified in the referenced CRSI standard. 3. Placing concrete: Prior to placing concrete, remove water from excavation and all debris and foreign material from forms. Check the reinforcing steel for proper placement and correct any discrepancies. 4. Place concrete as soon as possible after leaving mixer, without segregation or loss of ingredients, without splashing forms or steel above, and in layers not over 2 feet deep. The vertical drop to final placement shall not exceed 6 feet. Placement shall conform to the requirements of ACI 318, except as modified herein. 5. Do not place concrete when the ambient temperature is below 40 degrees F and falling, without special protection as approved by the Architect/Engineer. Any concrete damaged by freezing shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. 6. Compaction: Apply approved vibrator at points spaced not farther apart than vibrator's effective radius. Apply close enough to forms to vibrate surface effectively but not damage form surfaces. Vibrate until concrete becomes uniformly plastic. Vibrator must penetrate the fresh placed concrete and into the previous layer of fresh concrete below. G. Construction Joints/Expansion Joints 1. Locate as shown or as approved in writing by Architect/Engineer. Caulk all expansion joints with gun grade sealant. Refer to gun grade sealant specification this section. H. Finishing 1. Screed surfaces of floor slabs and tops of exposed walls to true level plans. After the initial water has been absorbed, float and trowel with steel trowel. Provide rough broom October, 2009 13150-35 Job # R00483 finish on floor and walls to accommodate special aggregate mechanical bonding requirements. 2. Do not absorb wet spots with neat cement. Concrete floors shall not vary from level or true plane more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet when measured with a straightedge. I. Removal of Forms 1. Remove after concrete has set sufficiently to carry the dead load and construction load it has to sustain and when approved by the Architect/Engineer. Remove forms with care to prevent scarring and damaging the surface. J. Protection and Curing 1. Protect fresh concrete from direct rays of the sun, drying winds and wash by rain. The method of water curing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor; however, the method used shall guarantee that all concrete surfaces remain wet to the touch, (free moisture present), at all times during the cure period. 2. Wet cure shall be used conforming to ACI 308. Keep concrete slabs and wall continuously wet for a 7-day period. Intermittent wetting is not acceptable. Any product used shall be compatible with finish bond requirements. K. Protection of Adjacent Surfaces 1. Contractor shall take every possible precaution to protect adjacent concrete surfaces, equipment, etc., from being damaged by overshooting concrete. Overshot concrete and rebound materials deposited shall be removed at the Contractor's expense. L Finishing Formed Surfaces 1. Areas not subject to water: Cut out all honeycombed and defective areas. Cut edges perpendicular to surface at least 1 inch deep, no feather edge allowed, and patch. Using bonding agent fill holes flush with cement mortar composed of 1 part cement and 2 parts sand. Rub surface with wood float and burlap. Keep patches damp for a minimum of 7 days. Fill all form tie holes in same manner. 2. Areas subject to water: Cut out all honeycombed and defective areas, cut edges perpendicular to surface at least 1 inch deep, no featheredge allowed, soak area to be patched for 24 hours, then allow surface to drain free of standing water, then patch with color matched non-shrink grout: a. Upcon High Flow, the UPCO company, Cleveland, Ohio; Crystex, L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc., Omaha, Nebraska. 3. The grout used shall be cured as recommended by grout manufacturer. M. Pool Wall Shotcrete 1. Work Included a. Shotcrete construction can be used as an alternate to cast-in-place concrete for pool wall construction only if contractor's qualifications have been pre-approved by the Architect/Engineer. b. The Concrete Contractor shall coordinate with the pool finish applicator any special concrete finish requirements prior to executing the concrete work. c. Preparation of substrate surface and placing reinforcement October, 2009 13150-36 Job # R00483 d. Proper form work for gunning e. Gun applied concrete (Wet mix process only) 2. Related Work a. Reinforcing, sealants, waterstop, joints 3. Quality Assurance a. Perform shotcrete work in accordance with ACI 506. b. Qualifications of Pool Contractor 1) Work of this Section shall be performed by a Contractor who has a proven record of competence and experience in the construction of similar facilities of this size and complexity for not less than 5 years. Contractors shall have an established record of reliability. 4. References a. ACI 506 - Recommended Practice for Shotcreting b. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement 5. Testing a. Wet Mix Process Cylinder Sample: Where automated wet mix equipment as herein before specified is used, shotcrete cylinders shall be taken from the mixer or ready- mix truck and tested in accordance with the requirements specified in this Section. Wet mix processes shall only be used with approved automated equipment. 6. Mix Design a. A proven mix design shall be used for all shotcrete application. b. The shotcrete mix design shall be submitted 40 days prior to use. c. The redi-mix supplier to be used shall submit an analysis of the aggregate and sand to be used. Refer to Section 03300 - Part 2, Products. d. The cement used shall conform to ASTM C 150 Type I. e. The total volumetric air contact of the shotcrete before placement shall be 7Vz% plus or minus 11/2%, as determined by ASTM C 173 or ASTM C 231. Air entraining agents shall meet requirements of ASTM C 260. 7. Shotcrete Strength a. Shotcrete strengths, (f'c) at 28 days shall be no less than 5,000 psi. 8. Qualifications of Nozzleman and Gunman a. Any individual applying shotcrete must be certified as an ACI Shotcrete Nozzleman by the American Concrete Institute as outlined in ACI Certification publication CP-60. b. Except when shotcrete is applied under a fully automated process, the quality of shotcrete depends largely on the skill of nozzleman and gunman, and the Contractor October, 2009 13150-37 Job#R00483 shall satisfy the Architect/Engineer that the nozzleman has had a minimum of 2 years continuous experience on shotcreting of this type of work, and that the gunman has handled the gun for a period of at least 6 months. The nozzleman shall show proof of good quality successful shotcreting work similar to that required for this project. Experience gained on shotcrete and ditch construction will not be considered as experience for qualifying the nozzleman. 9. Rebound a. Rebound is aggregate mixed with some cement, which ricochets off the surface during the application of shotcrete because of collision with the hard surface, reinforcement, or with the aggregate particles themselves, which amount varies with the position of the work, air pressure, cement content, maximum size and grading of aggregate, amount of reinforcing and thickness of layer. Rebound materials may not be reused in any form for shotcrete work and shall never be worked into the construction by the nozzleman. 10. Wet Mix Process a. The delivery equipment shall be of an approved design and size that has given satisfactory results in similar previous work. b. The equipment must be capable of discharging mixed material into the hose under close control, and it must be able to deliver a continuous smooth stream of uniformly mixed material at the proper velocity to the discharge nozzle, free from slugs of any kind. c. The nozzle shall be of a design and size that will ensure a smooth and uninterrupted flow of materials. d. Delivery equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned at the end of each shift. 11. Surface Preparation a. Verify forms are true to line and dimensions, adequately braced against vibration, and constructed to permit escape of air and rebound during gunning operations. b. Do not place shotcrete on any surface which is frozen, spongy, or where there is free standing water. 12. Alignment Control a. Provide alignment wires to establish thickness and plane surface. b. Install alignment wires at corners and offsets not established by form work. c. Verify alignment wires are tight, true to line, and placed to allow further tightening. 13. Application a. Ensure correct placement of reinforcement. Ensure sufficient clearance around reinforcement to permit complete encasement. b. Allow easy access to shotcrete surfaces for screeding and finishing, to permit uninterrupted application. c. Determine operating procedures for placement in close quarters, extended distances, or around unusual obstructions where placement velocities and mix consistency must be adjusted. October, 2009 13150-38 Job # R00483 d. In shotcreting walls, begin application at bottom. Ensure work does not sag. e. Hold nozzle as perpendicular to surface as work will permit, to secure maximum compaction with minimum rebound. f. Follow routine that will fill and completely encase reinforcement, using maximum layer thickness. g. Build up layers by making several passes of nozzle over work area. Completely encase reinforcement with first layer. h. After initial set, remove excess material outside of forms and alignment lines, i. Allow each layer of shotcrete to take initial set before applying succeeding layers, j. Remove laitance that has taken final set, by sandblasting. Clean with air-water jet. k. Sound work with hammer for voids. Cut out voids and replace with succeeding layers. I. Keep rebound, and other loose or porous material out of new construction, m. Remove rebound that does not fall clear to work. Discard salvaged rebound, n. Remove trapped rebound at construction and expansion joints. 3.2 PIPING AND PIPE FITTINGS - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Work Included 1. Pipe, fittings, connections, wall penetrations, hangers and supports, equipment bases and supports, excavation and backfill. B. References 1. ANSI/ASTM D2564 - Solvent cements, and ASTM F656 - Primers for polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic pipe and fittings. 2. ASTM D2855 - Practice for making solvent cemented joints with PVC pipe and fittings. 3. ANSI/ASTM D1785 - Standard specification for polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic pipe schedules 40, 80 and 120, NSF seal for potable water. 4. ASTM D2466 - PVC Plastic Pipe Fittings, schedule 40, injection molded, sizes through 12", NSF Listed. 5. ASTM D2467 - Socket Type PVC Plastic Pipe Fittings, schedule 80, injection molded, sizes through 24", NSF Listed. 6. ASTM F679 - PVC Large Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings, bell gasketed joints, sizes 18" through 36". 7. ASTM B88 - Seamless copper water tube 8. Eslon Engineering Manual for plastic piping systems October, 2009 13150-39 Job # R00483 C. Placement and Use 1. Use the prescribed pipe type in the following areas: a. All pool gutter lines shall be Schedule 40 PVC, conforming to ASTM D1785/76. All gutter lines shall drain by gravity to the surge tank. b. All pressure, suction and main drain lines shall be Schedule 40 PVC, conforming to ASTM D1785/76. c. All buried supply lines shall be Schedule 40 PVC, conforming to ASTM D1785/76. d. All above grade piping inside the pool mechanical rooom and above grade piping at the remote surge tanks shall be Schedule 80 PVC, conforming to ASTM D1785/76. e. All chemical piping shall be Schedule 80 PVC, conforming to ASTM D1785/76. f. Pool heater connections (heater influent and effluent lines from bypass to the heater) shall be type "L" copper piping, with wrought copper or cast brass fittings, 95/5 solder, and shall conform to ASTM B 800. g. Where specifically called for on the drawings, plastic greater than 24" in diameter shall conform to ASTM F 679 and shall be as manufactured by U-M Manufacturing Co., Inc., "perma-\oc" or approved equivalent. 2. All PVC pipe connections shall be flanged or solvent welded. 3. All plastic flanges shall be Schedule 80 PVC with neoprene gaskets where required. 4. Use of fittings: a. All pipe fittings through 12" shall be socket-type, injection molded, as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing Company, Class 150, or approved equivalent. b. Fittings 12" and greater in size shall be Schedule 80 manufactured fittings. Fittings shall be as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing Company, Class 150, or approved equivalent. 5. All above grade outdoor piping shall be painted, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, to protect against ultraviolet degradation. D. Hangers and Supports 1. General a. All mechanical room piping must be properly supported using the schedule indicated on the drawings as a guideline for maximum allowable spacing between supports. b. It shall be the contractor's responsibility to properly support piping at all valves, pumps, equipment, overhead areas, changes in direction, etc. c. Use of the proper hanger for the conditions is essential. All piping must be supported laterally as well as vertically hung. d. All hangers, pipe supports, threaded rod, hardware, etc. shall be zinc plated or galvanized steel. October, 2009 13150-40 Job # R00483 e. All piping connections and support hardware shall be stainless steel inside surge tanks and gutters. f. Ring, clevis, roller and J hook type hangers are not acceptable. 2. Strut a. Minimum height 1 5/8", minimum width 1 5/8", minimum thickness 12-gauge material. b. Finish shall be hot-dip galvanized steel, ASTM A123; or type 304 stainless steel or better grade, ASTM A240. 3. Strut Clamps a. Pipe sizes Vz thru 12", two-piece clamps with clamping bolt and nut. Pipe sizes 14" and larger, provide "U" bolts, nuts and washers. b. Finish shall be hot-dip galvanized steel, ASTM A123; or type 304 stainless steel or better grade, ASTM A240. 4. Strut Accessories a. Flat plate fittings, corner braces, post bases, etc. Finish shall be hot-dip galvanized steel, ASTM A123; or type 304 stainless steel or better grade, ASTM A240. 5. Wedge Anchors a. One-piece assembly, 3/8" minimum body diameter. b. Grade 2, zinc plated with stainless steel clips; or type 304 stainless steel or better grade, ASTM A240. 6. Beam Clamps a. Steel "C" clamp type with locknut. b. Finish shall be electro-plated galvanized; or type 304 stainless steel or better grade, ASTM A240. 7. Support Components a. All threaded rod, threaded rod couplings, nuts, washers, etc. Finish shall be electro- plated galvanized; or type 304 stainless steel or better grade, ASTM A240. E. Pool Pipe Underground Installation, Excavation and Backfill 1. Excavation for all pool systems and related piping. a. Comply with General Conditions and Division 1 and Division 2. 2. Special backfill and bedding materials. a. Existing subsoil materials shall not be used for pipe bedding. b. All piping shall be bedded with a minimum of Q" clear stone material and a minimum of 2'-0" clear stone material top cover. The balance may be existing site material, provided no organic material, clay or topsoil is used. October, 2009 13150-41 Job # R00483 c. A minimum of 6" clear stone material shall be placed between pipes that are stacked in a trench. F. Piping 1. Piping must be laid on a grade so it will drain completely by gravity. In all instances where gravity drainage is not provided, the contractor shall install drain valves so that all lines can be drained completely. Shop drawings will be required on any such installation. 2. Cut all pipe with mechanical cutter without damage to pipe. 3. Placing and laying: Inspect pipe for defects before installation. Clean the interior of pipe thoroughly of foreign matter and keep clean during laying operation. Pipe shall not be laid in water or when trench conditions are unstable. Water shall be kept out of the trench until the pipe is installed. When Work is not in progress, open ends of pipe and fittings shall be securely closed so that no trench water, earth or other substance will enter the pipes or fittings. 4. Threaded joints: After cutting and before threading, the pipe shall be reamed and shall have burrs removed. Screw joints shall be made with graphite or inert filler and oil or with an approved graphite compound applied to male threads only. Threads shall be full-cut and not more than 3 threads on the pipe remained exposed. Use Teflon II tape on the male threads of all threaded pipe joints. Caulking of threaded joints to stop or prevent leaks will not be permitted. Unions shall be provided where required for disconnection of exposed piping. Unions will be permitted only where access is provided. 5. Solvent welded joints shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions and the following minimum standards: a. All fittings shall fit easily on the pipe before applying cement. The outer surface area of pipe and inner wall of fitting shall be dry and clean. Cleaner is to be applied to the outer surface of the pipe and to the inner surface of the fitting. Cement is to be applied to the outer surface of the pipe, or on the male section of fittings only. When the outside surface area of the pipe is satisfactorily covered with cement allow ten (10) seconds open time to lapse before inserting pipe end into fittings. After full insertion of pipe into fitting, turn fitting about the pipe end approximately 1/8 to 1/4 of a turn. Wipe off excess cement at the joint in a neat cove bead. Follow manufacturer's instructions on solvents. b. All joints shall remain completely undisturbed for a minimum of 10 minutes from time of jointing the pipe and fitting. If necessary to apply pressure to a newly made joint, limit to 10% of rated pipe pressure, during the first 24 hours after the joint has been made. c. Full working pressure shall not be applied until the joints have set for a period of 24 hours. d. Make provisions for expansion and contraction by way of swing joints or snaking. e. Protect plastic pipe from exposure to aromatic hydrocarbons, halogenated hydrocarbons, and most of esters and keytones that attack the material. Protect all pipe from mechanical damage and long exposure to sunlight during storage. f. PVC welding is not allowed without prior approval of the Architect/Engineer. 6. No installation shall be made that will provide a cross connection or inter-connection between distribution supply for drinking purposes and the swimming pool that will permit a backflow of water into the potable water supply. Pipe openings shall be closed with caps or plugs during installation. Equipment and pool fittings shall be tightly covered and October, 2009 13150-42 Job#R00483 protected against dirt, water and chemical or mechanical injury. At the completion of work the fittings, materials and equipment shall be thoroughly clean and adjusted for proper operation. G. Overhead piping in mechanical room/pool room shall be run such that a minimum head clearance of 7'-0" is observed to all piping, pipe fittings and pipe hangers/supports. Piping runs shall not create path obstruction or a tripping hazard. H. Pipe Identification 1. Provide identification on all piping located in mechanical equipment, chlorine, acid rooms, heater courts, etc. 2. Identify the contents and direction of flow. 3. Mark at least once on each line and at 5 ft. intervals minimum. Consult Health Department Code for minimum marking requirements. 4. Color code per Health Department requirements. If code does not identify color coding requirements consult Architect/Engineer. 5. Brady, B-946, custom legend, self sticking markers and arrows or equal. 3.3 EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS A. Provide for major equipment, reinforced concrete housekeeping bases poured directly on structural floor slabs (as required by equipment manufacturer) 4 inches thick minimum; unless noted otherwise on plans, extended 4 inches minimum beyond machinery bedplates. Provide templates, anchor bolts, rubber vibration isolators and accessories required for mounting and anchoring equipment. Anchorage system shall be in accordance with the equipment manufacturer's specifications. Consult with equipment manufacturer for length and installation of anchor bolts. 3.4 SLEEVES AND WALL PENETRATIONS A. Pipes penetrating all water tight walls shall use "Century Line" thermoplastic wall sleeves in combination with "Link Seals" having stainless steel service designation. As manufactured by Thunderline Corporation, or the Metraflex Company, "or approved equal". Patch exterior side of wall penetrations with non-shrink grout as specified in Section 13150-3.1. Other methods of water tightness shall be pre-approved by the Architect/Engineer. B. Provide shop drawings on proposed location of all pipes penetrating water tight walls. These should indicate how contractor proposes to operate and drain the systems. 3.5 DECK, CLEANING AND SAFETY EQUIPMENT A. Incorporate pool steps, ladders, and/or recessed stair wells into the pool as shown on the Contract Drawings. B. Install all deck, cleaning, and safety equipment in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations; as required by Department of Public Health, and as approved by Architect/Engineer. 3.6 INSTRUCTION OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL A. The Pool Sub-contractor shall supply the services of an experienced swimming pool operator instructor for a period of not less than three days (two (2) full days operations and start-up, one (1) full day shut-down assistance) after the pool has been filled and initially placed in operation. During this period the Owner's designated representatives shall be thoroughly October, 2009 13150-43 Job # R00483 instructed in all phases of the pool's operation. Contractor shall provide videotape cassette of complete start-up and shut-down operations. 1. Prior to this instructor leaving the job, he shall obtain written certification from the Owner's designated representative acknowledging that the instruction period has been completed and all necessary operating information provided. Pool Contractor shall, in his contract, include the cost of three more days of instruction and operational checkout by a qualified representative of the contractor during the first year's operation. Written reports of each of these three visits outlining the pool's operation, competence and performance of the pool's operating personnel and other pertinent comments shall be submitted to the Owner and Architect/Engineer within one week after each visit. B. Pool Contractor shall deliver four complete sets of operating and maintenance instructions for the swimming pool structures, finishes and all component equipment to the Architect/Engineer. Including, but not limited to the following: 1. Bound together in a complete manual and three ring binder. 2. All equipment cut sheets. 3. Accurate parts lists. 4. Pool start-up and pool emptying instructions. 5. Narrative on the pool operation through all sequences. 6. All valves must be permanently plastic tagged along with valve legend and explanation. 7. Trouble shooting information. 8. A schematic of piping as installed providing elevations and dimensions. 9. All piping in Mechanical Room to be labeled with description of line and arrows indicating direction of flow. 3.7 CLEAN UP AND PROTECTION A. After work of this section has been completed, clean up work area and remove all equipment, excess materials, and debris. Protect pool from damage until time of final completion. Remove and replace finishes that are chipped, cracked, abraded, improperly adhered, or otherwise damaged. B. At turnover to Owner, Contractor shall be responsible for, but not limited to, the following: 1. Vacuuming and cleaning all pool floors, steps and walls. 2. Cleaning all depth marker tiles, pool tile and gutter grating. 3. Cleaning and waxing of all pool deck equipment, water features and stainless steel products per Manufacturer's instructions. 4. See also Division 001 Specification requirements. C. In addition to initial pool instruction listed in 13150-3.6, the Pool Contractor shall perform the first season pool closing (winterizing) and the following season pool start-up. All materials and labor required shall be by the Pool Contractor. END OF SECTION October, 2009 13150-44 Job # R00483 and Inc. A LE16HJOM GROUP COMPANY November 6,2009 Project No. 960151-031 To: LEGOLAND California One LEGOLAND Drive Carlsbad, California 92008 Attention: Mr. Chris Romero Subject: Geotechnical Review of Grading, Foundation, and Pool Plans for the Proposed Waterworks Cluster, LEGOLAND California, Carlsbad, California In accordance with your request, we have performed a geotechnical review of the grading, foundation, and pool plans (Hofman 2009, DSI 2009, WTI 2009) for the proposed Waterworks Cluster to be constructed in the North Expansion Area of the LEGOLAND California theme park.Based on our review of these plans and project geotechnical report (Leighton, 2009), the plans have been prepared in general accordance with the project geotechnical recommendations with the following comments: Grading Plans • Sheet No. 1, Work To Be Done Note 6: The notes should be revised to include the current geotechnical report (Leighton, 2009). • Sheet No. 5, Typical Road Section Detail: The pavement section shown as 4 inches of asphalt concrete over 4 inches of base should be revised to 4 inches of asphalt concrete over 7 inches of base per Table 4 (Leighton, 2009). Foundation Plans • Drawing Number S200: It is noted that in addition to 18 and 24 inch drilled piles, piles with 30, 36 and 42 inch diameters are proposed to maximum depths of 30 feet. The Allowable Downward Pile Capacity Chart (Figure 2) has been updated to include these diameters. H 5 3934 Murphy Canyon 858.292.8030 960151-031 Pool Plans • Sheet PL1.02, Detail 10: Active earth pressures are considered appropriate for walls that are allowed to rotate an amount equal to 0.002H at the top of the wall, where H is equal to the wall height. Where walls are not allowed to rotate that minimum amount, at-rest pressures are considered appropriate. Limitations The conclusions and recommendations in this report are based in part upon data that were obtained from a limited number of observations, site visits, excavations, samples, and/or tests. Such information is by necessity incomplete. The nature of many sites is such that differing geotechnical or geological conditions can occur within small distances and under varying climatic conditions. Changes in subsurface conditions can and do occur over time. Therefore, the findings, conclusions, and recommendations presented in this report can be relied upon only if Leighton has the opportunity to observe the subsurface conditions during grading and construction of the project, in order to confirm that our preliminary findings are representative for the site. If you have any questions regarding our report, please contact this office. We appreciate this opportunity to be of service. Respectfully submitted, LEIGHTON AND ASSOCIATES, INC. Sean Colorado, GE Principal Engineer Mike D. Jensen, CEG 2457 Project Geologist NO. 2457 - CERTIFIED ENGINEERING GE EXR Attachments: Figure 2 - Allowable Downward Pile Capacity Chart Appendix A - References Distribution: (2) Addressee (1) R.W. Apel Landscape Architects, Inc, Attention: Richard Apel (1) Hofrnan Planning & Engineering, Inc, Attention: Natalie Roderick (1) Dunn Savoie, Inc. Attention: Rhett Savoie (1) Water Technology Inc., Attention: Matthew Freeby -2- Leighton APPENDIX A REFERENCES Hofinan Planning & Engineering, 2009, Grading Plans, LEGOLAND California Pirate Shores, Carlsbad, California, Sheets: 1, 5, and 6, dated October 22,2009, Dunn Savoie, Inc. (DSI), 2009, Project Area: Waterworks, LEGOLAND California, Sheets: SI00, S101, S102, S200, S300, S301, S303, S305, S400, S402, dated October 26,2009. Leighton and Associates, Inc., 2009, Geotechnical Investigation, Proposed Waterworks Cluster, LEGOLAND Theme Park, Carlsbad, California, Project No. 960151-031, dated September 30,2009. Water Technology, Inc. (WTI), 2009, Project Area: Waterworks, LEGOLAND California, Sheets: PL0.01, PL1.00, PL1.01, PL1.02, PL1.10, PL1.11, PL1.12, PL1.20, PL1.21, PL1.30, PL1.31, PL1.40, PL1.41, PL1.50, PL1.51, dated October 28, 2009. A-l 42" CIDH Pile 36" CIOH Pile 30" CIDH Pile I 24" CIDH Pile -40 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 Allowable Downward Pile Capacity (kips) 450 500 ALLOWABLE DOWNWARD PILE CAPACITY CHART LEGOLAND Waterworks Cluster Carlsbad, California Project No. 960151-031 Date November 2009 Leightori and Associates, Inc. ' 'Figure No. 2 and Inc. ft LEIGHTON GROUP COMPANY December 16,2009 Project No. 960151-031 To: LEGOLAND California One LEGOLAND Drive Carlsbad, California 92008 Attention: Mr. Chris Romero Subject: Geotechnical Review of Mechanical Building Foundation Plans for the Proposed Waterworks Cluster, LEGOLAND California, Carlsbad, California In accordance with your request, we have performed a geotechnical review of the foundation plans (DSI, 2009) for the proposed Mechanical Building of the Waterworks Cluster to be constructed in the North Expansion Area of the LEGOLAND California theme park. Based on our review of these plans and project geotechnical report (Leighton, 2009), the plans have been prepared in general accordance with the project geotechnical recommendations with the following comments: Foundation Plans • Drawing Number S-306: Due to the presence of dense piping, use of material with a sand equivalent greater than 30 (SE>30) is recommended around these pipes. See Section 7.0 in Appendix E of the geotechnical report (Leighton, 2009). • Drawing Number S-404: As recommended in the soils report, the details show the inclusion of a retaining wall drain. Provisions to connect the wall drain system to the storm drain or to a sump should be incorporated in the design. Limitations The conclusions and recommendations in this report are based in part upon data that were obtained from a limited number of observations, site visits, excavations, samples, and/or tests. Such information is by necessity incomplete. The nature of many sites is such that differing geotechnical or geological conditions can occur within small distances and under varying climatic conditions. Changes in subsurface conditions can and do occur over time. Therefore, the 3934 Murphy Canyon Road, 858.292.8030 * San Diego, CA 92123-4425 960151-031 findings, conclusions, and recommendations presented in this report can be relied upon only if Leighton has the opportunity to observe the subsurface conditions during grading and construction of the project, in order to confirm that our preliminary findings are representative for the site. If you have any questions regarding our report, please contact this office. We appreciate this opportunity to be of service. Respectfully submitted, LEIGHTON AND ASSOCIATES, INC. Se; Principal Engineer Mike D. Jensen, CEG 2457 Project Geologist Attachment: Appendix A - References Distribution: (1) Addressee (1) R.W. Apel Landscape Architects, Inc, Attention: Richard Apel (1) Hofinan Planning & Engineering, Inc, Attention: Natalie Roderick (1) Dunn Savoie, Inc. Attention: Rhett Savoie (1) Water Technology Inc., Attention: Matthew Freeby CERTIFIED ENGINEERING -2-4 Leighton APPENDIX A REFERENCES Dunn Savoie, Inc. (DSI), 2009, Project Area: Waterworks, LEGOLAND California, Sheets: S-306, S-404, dated December 11,2009. Leighton and Associates, Inc., 2009, Geotechnical Investigation, Proposed Waterworks Cluster, LEGOLAND Theme Park, Carlsbad, California, Project No. 960151-031, dated September 30,2009. A-l 1 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION, PROPOSED WATERWORKS CLUSTER LEGOU\ND THEME PARK CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA Prepared for: LEGOLAND California One Lego Drive Carlsbad, California 92008 Project No. 960151-031 September 30, 2009 Leighton and A LEIGHTON Leighton and Associates, Inc. A LEIGHTON GROUP COMPANY September 30, 2009 Project No. 960151-031 To: LEGOLAND California One Lego Drive Carlsbad, California 92008 Attention: Mr. Chris Romero Subject: Geotechnical Investigation, Proposed LEGOLAND Waterworks Cluster, LEGOLAND Theme Park, Carlsbad, California In accordance with your request and authorization, Leighton and Associates, Inc. (Leighton) has conducted a geotechnical investigation for a proposed Waterworks Cluster that is planned for the LEGOLAND Theme Park in Carlsbad, California (Figure 1). This report presents the results of our field investigation activities, review of the laboratory testing, geotechnical analyses, and provides our conclusions and recommendations for the proposed improvements. Based on the result of our preliminary geotechnical investigation, the proposed project is considered feasible from a geotechnical standpoint provided our recommendations are implemented in the design and construction of the project. If you have any questions regarding our report, please do not hesitate to contact this office. We appreciate this opportunity to be of service. Respectfully submitted, LEIGHTON AND ASSOCIATES, INC. Sean Principal Engineer N0.20S3 <: CERTIFIED ENGINEERING Distribution:(2) (3) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) .obert Stroh, CEG 2099 enior Project Geologist \®SteMt&&S Addressee R.W. Apel Landscape Architects, Attention: Richard Apel Hofman Planning and Engineering, Attention: Joe Cohan Nogle Onufer Associates Architects, Attention: Joseph Holasek Dunn Savoie Inc., Attention: Rhett Savoie Water Technology Inc., Attention: Nate Soto Whitewater West Industries, Ltd., Attention Eddie Dwyer 3934 Murphy Canyon Road, Suite B205 • San Diego, CA 92123-4425 858.292.8030 • Fax 858.292.0771 960151-031 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1 1.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE 1 1.2 SITE LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION 1 1.3 PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT 2 2.0 SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION AND LABORATORY TESTING 3 2.1 SUBSURFACE FIELD INVESTIGATION 3 2.2 LABORATORY TESTING 3 3.0 SUMMARY OF GEOTECHNICAL CONDITIONS 4 3.1 GEOLOGIC SETTING 4 3.2 SITE-SPECIFIC GEOLOGY 4 3.2.1 Undocumented Artificial Fill (Map Symbol - Afu) 4 3.2.2 Artificial Fill (Map Symbol - Af) 5 3.2.3 Quaternary-Aged Terrace Deposits (Map Symbol - Qt) 5 3.4 GROUND WATER 5 3.5 LANDSLIDES 5 3.6 ENGINEERING CHARACTERISTICS OF ON-SITE SOIL 6 3.6.1 Soil Compressibility and Collapse Potential 6 3.6.2 Expansive Soils 6 3.6.3 Soil Corrosivity 7 3.6.4 Excavation Characteristics 7 4.0 FAULTING AND SEISMICITY 8 4.1 FAULTING 8 4.2 SEISMICITY 8 4.3 SEISMIC DESIGN PARAMETERS 9 4.4 SECONDARY SEISMIC HAZARDS 10 4.4.1 Shallow Ground Rupture 10 4.4.2 Liquefaction 11 4.4.3 Tsunamis and Seiches 11 5.0 CONCLUSIONS 12 6.0 RECOMMENDATIONS 14 6.1 SITE PREPARATION 14 6.2 FOUNDATION DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS 14 6.2 FOUNDATION DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS 14 6.2.1 Conventional Spread Foundations 14 6.2.2 Drilled Pile Foundations 15 € Leighton 960151-031 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued') Section 6.2.3 Mat Slab 6.3 FLOOR SLAB CONSIDERATIONS 6.4 RETAINING WALL DESIGN 6.5 EARTHWORK 6.5.1 Site Preparation 6.5.2 Excavations and Oversize Material 6.6 PROPOSED SWIMMING POOLS 6.6.1 Pool Deck Recommendations 6.7 SURFACE DRAINAGE AND EROSION 6.8 VEHICULAR PAVEMENTS 6.9 PLAN REVIEW 6.10 CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATION Page .16 .16 ,16 ,17 ,18 ,18 19 .19 .20 ,20 ,21 ,21 Tables Table 1 - Seismic Parameters for Active Faults - Page 9 Table 2 - 2007 CBC Seismic Parameters - Page 10 Table 3 - Static Equivalent Fluid Weight (pcf) - Page 17 Table 4 - Preliminary Pavement Sections - Page 20 Figure 1 - Site Location Map - rear of text Figure 2 - Allowable Downward Pile Capacity - rear of text Plate Plate 1 - Geotechnical Map - In Pocket Appendices Appendix A - References Appendix B - Boring Logs Appendix C - Laboratory Results Appendix D - Site-Specific Ground Motion Analysis Appendix E - General Earthwork and Grading Specifications Leighton 960151-031 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Purpose and Scope This report presents the results of our geotechnical investigation for the proposed Waterworks Cluster that is to be constructed in the North Expansion area of the LEGO LAND Theme Park in Carlsbad, California (Figure 1). The purpose of our investigation was to identify and evaluate the existing geotechnical conditions present at the site and to provide conclusions and recommendations relative to the proposed development. Our scope of services included: • Review of pertinent documents regarding the geotechnical conditions at the site (Appendix A). • Notification and coordination of underground utility locators. • Advancement of 5 exploratory hollow-stem borings throughout the site to evaluate the subsurface conditions. Borings were performed with a truck-mounted drill rig. The borings were backfilled with bentonite chips. • Geologic logging of all borings. • We obtained representative soil samples during exploration and performed laboratory testing and analysis. Laboratory tests included in-place moisture and density, expansion index, shear strength, and an evaluation of chemical characteristics such as minimum resistivity, sulfate content, chloride content, and pH. • Geotechnical analysis of data obtained. • Preparation of this report presenting our findings, conclusions, and geotechnical recommendations with respect to the proposed geotechnical design, site grading and general construction considerations. 1.2 Site Location and Description The LEGOLAND Theme Park is located north of Palomar Airport Road and west of College Boulevard in Carlsbad, California (Figure 1). The location of the proposed Waterworks site is in the northwestern portion of the LEGOLAND Park property as shown on the Geotechnical Map (Plate 1) property. The conceptual site plan prepared by R.W. Apel Landscape Architects, Inc., (Apel, 2009) was utilized as the base map for the geotechnical map. Topographically, the site consists of a relatively level area (with stockpiled undocumented fill piles across the site) with elevations ranging from approximately 193 to 165 feet above mean sea level. Leighton 960151-031 1.3 Proposed Development It is our understanding that the proposed development will consist of several new ride attractions including a Family Raft Ride, Lazy River Raft Ride, and a three slide Body Slide Ride and subsidiary structures such as a mechanical building, raft conveyor and surge tank, and a tube and life jacket storage building. The area will also include several pools with play areas, a shower area, and a food court. Additional improvements will include access ramps, walkways, cabanas, ponds, pedestrian bridges, and retaining walls to create the access ramps. We anticipate the site grading will consist of exporting the onsite undocumented stockpiled fill (up to approximately 20 feet) with minor cuts and fills to reach site finish grades. We anticipate the foundation system for the attractions are planned to be shallow spread footings or mat type foundations with some shallow isolated pole foundations. The site plan (Apel, 2009) was utilized as a base for the accompanying Figure 1. -2-Leighton 960151-031 2.0 SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION AND LABORATORY TESTING 2.1 Subsurface Field Investigation Our subsurface exploration consisted of the excavation of five small diameter (8-inch) hollow-stem auger borings drilled to depths ranging from approximately 20 feet to 30 feet below the existing ground surface (bgs). The purpose of these excavations was to evaluate the engineering characteristics of the on-site soils with regard to the proposed Waterworks development. The borings allowed evaluation of the onsite soils, including those likely to be encountered at the proposed foundation elevations and provided samples for laboratory testing. We recorded the number of blows necessary to drive either a Standard Penetration Test (SPT) sampler or a California sampler at each sampling location. The exploratory excavations were logged by a geologist from our firm. Representative bulk and relatively undisturbed samples were obtained at frequent intervals for laboratory testing. The approximate locations of the borings are depicted on Plate 1. Subsequent to logging and sampling, the borings were backfilled with bentonite chips. 2.2 Laboratory Testing Laboratory testing was performed on representative samples to evaluate moisture and density, shear strength, expansion index, and chemical characteristics of the subsurface soils. In-situ moisture and density test results are provided on our boring logs (Appendix B). In addition, a discussion of the laboratory tests performed and a summary of the laboratory test results are presented in Appendix C. -3-Leighton 960151-031 3.0 SUMMARY OF GEOTECHNICAL CONDITIONS 3.1 Geologic Setting The site is located in the coastal section of the Peninsular Range Province, a geomorphic province with a long and active geologic history throughout Southern California. Throughout the last 54 million years, the area known as "San Diego Embayment" has undergone several episodes of marine inundation and subsequent marine regression, resulting in the deposition of a thick sequence of marine and nonmarine sedimentary rocks on the basement rock of the Southern California batholith. Gradual emergence of the region from the sea occurred in Pleistocene time, and numerous wave-cut platforms, most of which were covered by relatively thin marine and nonmarine terrace deposits, formed as the sea receded from the land. Accelerated fluvial erosion during periods of heavy rainfall, coupled with the lowering of the base sea level during Quaternary times, resulted in the rolling hills, mesas, and deeply incised canyons which characterize the landforms we see in the general site area today. 3.2 Site-Specific Geology Based on our subsurface exploration, geologic mapping during previous grading operations (Leighton, 1998), and review of pertinent geologic literature and maps, the geologic units underlying the site consist of documented artificial fill soils and Quaternary-aged Terrace Deposits. Specifically, the site of the proposed Waterworks project is overlain by 0 ft to 20 ft undocumented stockpiled fill which is underlain by 2 to 25 feet of documented Artificial Fill (Af). Terrace Deposits (Qt) underlie the fill materials. It should be noted, that at the time of our site exploration a large portion of the site was being utilized for temporary stockpiling of fill soils (up to 21 feet in depth). These soils are anticipated to be exported off the site prior. A brief description of the geologic units present on the site is presented in the following sections. The approximate aerial distributions of those units are shown on the Geotechnical Map (Plate 1). 3.2.1 Undocumented Artificial Fill (Map Symbol - Afu) As encountered during our exploration, the artificial fill consists of dry to moist, dark red-brown to brown, loose to medium dense silty sands and clayey sands. The fill was derived from on-site excavations that was placed following the rough grading operations which occurred in the late 1990's. -4-Leighton 960151-031 3.2.2 Artificial Fill (Map Symbol - Af) As encountered during our exploration, the artificial fill consists of damp to moist, dark red-brown to brown, medium dense to very dense/stiff silty sands and clayey sands. The fill was derived from on-site excavations that was placed and compacted during the rough grading operations in the late 1990's. The fill soils were compacted to at least 90 percent relative compaction based on ASTM Test Method D1557 (Leighton, 1998). 3.2.3 Quaternary-Aged Terrace Deposits (Map Symbol - Qt) Quaternary Terrace Deposits are present across the site beneath the artificial fill (and stockpiled fill to be removed). These Terrace Deposits consist of brown to reddish brown, damp to moist, medium dense to very dense, silty fine- to medium- grained sandstone. It should be noted that the top 3 to 5 feet of Terrace Deposits that were weathered and/or disturbed by previous agricultural use were removed and replaced by compacted fill during grading operations (Leighton, 1988). 3.4 Ground Water No indication of surface water or evidence of surface ponding was encountered during our field investigation. However, surface water may drain as sheet flow across the site during rainy periods. Ground water was not observed in the exploration borings during our investigation. Perched ground water levels may develop and fluctuate during periods of precipitation. Based on our experience and given the approximate elevation of the site, we anticipate the ground water to be at a depth of 75 feet or more. However, it should be noted that previous nearby investigations have encountered perched ground water accumulated on the geologic contact between the Santiago Formation (not encountered during this investigation) and the Terrace Deposits observed at the site. Therefore, based on the above information, we do not anticipate ground water will be a constraint to the construction of the project. 3.5 Landslides Landslides are deep-seated ground failures (several tens to hundreds of feet deep) in which a large arcuate shaped section of a slope detaches and slides downhill. Landslides -5-Leighton 960151-031 are not to be confused with minor slope failures (slumps), which are usually limited to the topsoil zone and can occur on slopes composed of almost any geologic material. Landslides can cause damage to structures both above and below the slide mass. Structures above the slide area are typically damaged by undermining of foundations. Areas below a slide mass can be damaged by being overridden and crushed by the failed slope material. Several formations within the San Diego region are particularly prone to landsliding. These formations generally have high clay content and mobilize when they become saturated with water. Other factors, such as steeply dipping bedding that project out of the face of the slope and/or the presence of fracture planes, will also increase the potential for landsliding. Based on our site reconnaissance and geologic mapping, the materials on site are generally massive with no distinctive structure. No active landslides or indications of deep-seated landsliding were noted at the site during our field reconnaissance or our review of available geologic literature, topographic maps, and stereoscopic aerial photographs. Furthermore, our field reconnaissance and the local geologic maps indicate the site is underlain by favorable oriented geologic structure, and no nearby slopes. Therefore, the potential for significant landslides or large-scale slope instability at the site is considered low. 3.6 Engineering Characteristics of On-Site Soil Based on the results of our previous geotechnical investigations, the current laboratory testing of representative on-site soils (Appendix C), and our professional experience on adjacent sites with similar soils, the engineering characteristics of the on-site soils are discussed below. 3.6.1 Soil Compressibility and Collapse Potential Based on the dense nature of the on-site documented fill and Terrace Deposits, it is our opinion that the potential for settlement and collapse at the site is low. Existing undocumented artificial fills that are present are considered compressible but are expected to be removed by planned grading. 3.6.2 Expansive Soils Based upon our review of previous geotechnical reports and laboratory tests performed for the preparation of this report, the near surface soils at the site are expected to generally possess a very low to low potential expansion. Locally, soils may have a medium potential expansion. Soils generated from excavations in the -6-Leighton -m 960151-031 Terrace Deposits are expected to possess a very low to low potential expansion while excavations into the artificial fill are expected to possess a low to medium potential expansion. 3.6.3 Soil Corrosivitv Laboratory tests carried out on selected soil samples collected from our subsurface investigation (Appendix C) indicate the soils possess a low soluble sulfate content, slightly alkaline pH, and low electrical resistivity. These results are consistent with the results presented in our previous reports (Appendix A). These findings indicate that the corrosive effects to buried ferrous metal are expected to be moderate to severe. Affects to properly designed and placed concrete are considered low. 3.6.4 Excavation Characteristics It is anticipated the on-site soils can be excavated with conventional heavy-duty construction equipment. Localized loose soil zones, if encountered, may require special excavation techniques to prevent collapsing of the excavation. -7-Leighton 960151-031 4.0 FAULTING AND 5EISMICITY 4.1 Faulting Our discussion of faults on the site is prefaced with a discussion of California legislation and policies concerning the classification and land-use criteria associated with faults. By definition of the California Geological Survey, an active fault is a fault which has had surface displacement within Holocene time (about the last 11,000 years). The state geologist has defined a potentially active fault as any fault considered to have been active during Quaternary time (last 1,600,000 years). This definition is used in delineating Earthquake Fault Zones as mandated by the Alquist-Priolo Geologic Hazards Zones Act of 1972 and most recently revised in 2007 (Bryant and Hart, 2007). The intent of this act is to assure that unwise urban development and certain habitable structures do not occur across the traces of active faults. The subject site is not included within any Earthquake Fault Zones as created by the Alquist-Priolo Act. Our review of available geologic literature (Appendix A) indicates that there are no known major or active faults on or in the immediate vicinity of the site. The nearest active regional fault is the offshore segment of the Rose Canyon Fault Zone located approximately 4.7 miles (7.6 kilometers) west of the site. 4.2 Seism icitv The site can be considered to lie within a seismically active region, as can all of Southern California. Table 1 (below) identifies potential seismic events that could be produced by the maximum magnitude earthquake. A maximum magnitude earthquake is the maximum expectable earthquake given the known tectonic framework. Site-specific seismic parameters for the site included in Table 1 are the distances to the causative faults, earthquake magnitudes, and expected ground accelerations as generated by the deterministic fault modeling software EQFAULT. The fault parameters are updated based on the California Geological Survey models (CGS, 2003). -8-Leighton 960151-031 Table 1 Seismic Parameters for Active Faults Potential Causative Fault Rose Canyon (Offshore) Newport-Inglewood (Offshore) Coronado Bank/Aqua Blanca Elsinore (Julian) Distance from Fault to Site (miles/km) 4.7/7.6 6.9/11.1 20.8/33.5 24.4/39.2 Maximum Magnitude (Mw) 7.2 7.1 7.6 7.1 Peak Horizontal Ground Acceleration (g) 0.46 0.35 0.21 0.14 As indicated in Table 1, the offshore segment of the Rose Canyon Fault Zone is the 'active' fault considered to have the most significant effect at the site from a design standpoint. For a magnitude of 7.2 earthquake on the fault, a peak horizontal ground acceleration of 0.46g is estimated at the site. 4.3 Seismic Design Parameters We have provided updated seismic design parameters per California Building Code (CBC 2007). The following seismic design parameters have been determined in accordance with the 2007 CBC and the USGS Ground Motion Parameter Calculator (Version 5.0.9). -9-Leighton 960151-031 Table 2 2007 CBC Seismic Parameters Description Site Class Short Period Spectral Acceleration 1 -Second Period Spectral Acceleration Short Period Site Coefficient 1 -Second Period Site Coefficient Adjusted Short Period Spectral Acceleration Adjusted 1 -Second Period Acceleration Design Short Period Spectral Acceleration Design 1 -Second Period Spectral Acceleration Values D Ss s, Fa Fv SMS SMI SDS SDI 1.266 0.478 1.0 1.522 1.266 0.728 0.844 0.485 CBC Reference Table 1613.5.2 Figure 1613.5(3) Figure 1613.5(4) Table 1613.5.3(1) Table 1613.5.3(2) Equation 16-37 Equation 16-38 Equation 16-39 Equation 16-40 4.4 Secondary Seismic Hazards Secondary effects that can be associated with severe ground shaking following a relatively large earthquake include shallow ground rupture, soil liquefaction and dynamic settlement, lateral spreading, seiches and tsunamis. These secondary effects of seismic shaking are discussed in the following sections. 4.4.1 Shallow Ground Rupture No active faults are mapped crossing the site, and the site is not located within a mapped Alquist-Priolo Earthquake Fault Zone (Bryant and Hart, 2007). Shallow ground rupture due to shaking from distant seismic events is not considered a significant hazard, although it is a possibility at any site. -10- 4 Leighton 960151-031 4.4.2 Liquefaction Liquefaction and dynamic settlement of soils can be caused by strong vibratory motion due to earthquakes. Research and historical data indicate that loose granular soils underlain by a near surface ground water table are most susceptible to liquefaction, while the stability of most clayey material are not adversely affected by vibratory motion. Liquefaction is characterized by a loss of shear strength in the affected soil layer, thereby causing the soil to behave as a viscous liquid. This effect may be manifested at the ground surface by settlement and, possibly, sand boils where insufficient confining overburden is present over liquefied layers. Where sloping ground conditions are present, liquefaction- induced instability can result. Based on the results of our subsurface explorations, laboratory testing, and geotechnical analysis it is our professional opinion that the site is not considered susceptible to liquefaction resulting from ground shaking at the design ground motion. 4.4.3 Tsunamis and Seiches Based on the distance between the site and large, open bodies of water, and the elevation of the site with respect to sea level, the possibility of seiches and/or tsunamis is considered to be very low. -11-Leighton 960151-031 5.0 CONCLUSIONS Based on the results of our geotechnical review of the site, it is our opinion that the proposed development is feasible from a geotechnical viewpoint, provided the following conclusions and recommendations are incorporated into the project plans and specifications. The following is a summary of the significant geotechnical factors that we expect may affect development of the site. • Localized areas of undocumented stockpiled fill soils up to approximately 20 feet in thickness are located across the site. We understand that these materials will be removed prior to the commencement of site construction. • We anticipate that the soils present on the site will be generally rippable with conventional heavy-duty earthwork equipment. • Although foundation plans have not been finalized and building loads were not provided at the time this report was drafted, we anticipate that a lightly loaded conventional foundation system, consisting of continuous and spread footings with slab-on-grade flooring supported by competent fill materials, will be utilized for the site structures. Additionally we understand that some of the Waterworks structures may utilize drilled piles, and/or mat foundations to compensate for overturning forces. • Based on laboratory testing and visual classification, the soils on the site generally possess a very low to medium expansion potential. Nevertheless, there may be localized areas across the site and between our exploration locations having a higher expansion potential. • Laboratory test results indicate the soils present on the site have a negligible potential for sulfate attack on normal concrete, but are moderately to severely corrosive to buried ferrous metals. These tests should be confirmed upon completion of the grading activities where appropriate. A corrosion consultant should be consulted. • The existing onsite soils are suitable material for fill construction provided they are relatively free of organic material, debris, and cobbles or rock fragments larger than 8 inches in maximum dimension. • Ground water was not encountered during our investigation. Therefore, ground water is not considered a constraint on the proposed project development. However, perched ground water and seepage may develop along the less permeable clay and silt layers within the Terrace Deposits and along the fill and Terrace Deposit contact during periods of precipitation or increased landscape irrigation. • Active faults are not known to exist on or in the immediate vicinity or project toward the site. However, the proposed project is located in the seismically active region or southern California and can expect to be subjected to seismic shaking during its design life. Leighton 960151-031 Our review of the geologic literature (Appendix A) along with the results of our study, indicate that the probability of geologic hazards including, tsunamis and seiche, landsliding, liquefaction, and seismic induced settlement are considered low for the site. -13-Leighton 960151-031 6.0 RECOMMENDATIONS The conclusions and recommendations in this report are based in part upon data that were obtained from a limited number of observations, site visits, excavations, samples, and tests. Such information is by necessity incomplete. The nature of many sites is such that differing geotechnical or geological conditions can occur within small distances and under varying climatic conditions. Changes in subsurface conditions can and do occur over time. Therefore, the findings, conclusions, and recommendations presented in this report can be relied upon only if Leighton has the opportunity to observe the subsurface conditions during earthwork operations and construction of the project, in order to confirm that our preliminary findings are representative for the site. 6.1 Site Preparation A consideration regarding the planned site development is the presence of the existing stockpiles of undocumented fill. It is our understanding that these soil materials are to be ** completely removed by the planned grading. In their current state they are unsuitable for the support of site structures. If excavations to attain the design grades do not remove the materials, then these materials should be completely removed and recompacted as part of the site preparation. In addition, localized areas of grass and shrubs may have developed m over time. These materials and any construction debris that may have accumulated over time on the ground surface should also be removed from the site and disposed of at an approved location. 6.2 Foundation Design Considerations As discussed in the preceding section, we anticipate that the proposed improvements will be supported on spread footings, drilled piles, and/or mat slabs. The following sections address the recommendations for these types of foundation systems. 6.2.1 Conventional Spread Foundations Footings should extend at least 18-inches beneath the lowest adjacent finish grade. At these depths, footings founded in properly compacted fill soil or formational material may be designed for a maximum allowable bearing pressure of 3,500 psf. The allowable pressures may be increased by one-third when considering loads of short duration such as wind or seismic forces. The minimum recommended width of footings is 15 inches for continuous footings and 18 inches for square or round footings. Footings should be designed in accordance with the structural engineer's -14-Leighton 960151-031 requirements and have a minimum reinforcement of four No. 5 reinforcing bars (two top and two bottom). The recommended allowable bearing capacity for spread footings is based on a maximum allowable total and differential settlements of 1-inch and 3/4-inch. Since settlements are functions of footing size and contact bearing pressures, some differential settlement can be expected between adjacent columns, where large differential loading conditions exist. With increased footing depth to width ratios, differential settlement should be less. We recommend a horizontal setback distance from the face of slopes and retaining wall for all structural footings and settlement-sensitive structures. The distance is measured from the outside edge of the footing, horizontally to the slope face (or to the face of a retaining wall) and should be a minimum of H/2 and need not be greater than 15 feet. Utility trenches that parallel or nearly parallel structural footings should not encroach within a 1:1 plane extending downward from the outside edge of footing. Please note .that the soil within the structural setback area posses poor lateral stability, and improvements (such as retaining walls, sidewalks, fences, pavements, etc) constructed within this setback area may be subject to lateral movement, and/or differential settlement. Potential distress to such improvements may be mitigated by providing a deepened footing or a pier and grade beam foundation system to support the improvement. Deepened footings should meet the setback as described above. 6.2.2 Drilled Pile Foundations Drilled piles may be designed for the skin friction capacities shown in Figure 2 plus 7,000 psf for end bearing. The capacity of the pile should be reduced by the capacity within the influence zone of the agricultural debris. Upward capacity equal to one-half the value on Figure 2 may be utilized to resist tensile loads. Pier settlement is anticipated to be less than 1/4 inch under design loads and normal service conditions. The design chart contained in the accompanying Figure 2 is based on center to center pile spacings of at least 3 pile diameters. Where piles are spaced more closely, reduction in pile capacity is necessary. Construction of piles should be sequenced such that the concrete of constructed piles are allowed to setup prior to construction of piles within 3 diameters. Lateral loads on the face of caissons/piers may be resisted by using a lateral bearing of 300 psf/foot elevation. Where piles are situated at least 5 diameters (center to center) apart, the effective diameter of the pile may be increased by 1.5 for resisting lateral loads. Intermediate cases can be evaluated on a case-by-case basis. -15-Leighton 960151-031 6.2.3 Mat Slab A soil modulus of 200 pounds per cubic inch is recommended for design of structural slab foundations. Structural foundations should be designed by the project structural engineer utilizing the parameters outlined below in Table 3 and an allowable bearing pressure of 1,500 psf. 6.3 Floor Slab Considerations Slab on grade floors should be at least 5 inches thick and reinforced with a minimum of No. 3 rebars at 18 inches on center each way, placed at mid height in the slab. Slabs should be underlain by a 2-inch layer of clean sand or clean crushed gravel. We recommend that the architect follow the guidance of ACI 302.2R-06 for design of the under slab moisture protection measures and development of construction specifications. We recommend control joints be provided across the slab at appropriate intervals as designed by the project architect. Prior to placement of the sand layer, the upper 6-inches of slab subgrade should be moisture conditioned to a moisture content at or above the laboratory optimum. The potential for slab cracking may be further reduced by careful control of water/cement ratios. The contractor should take the appropriate precautions during the pouring of concrete in hot weather to minimize cracking of slabs. We recommend that a slip-sheet (or equivalent) be utilized above the concrete slab if crack-sensitive floor coverings are to be placed directly on the concrete slab. If heavy vehicle or equipment loading is proposed for the slabs, greater thickness and increased reinforcing may be required. 6.4 Retaining Wall Design For design purposes, the following lateral earth pressure values in Table 3 for level or sloping backfill are recommended for walls backfilled with very low to low expansion potential (Expansion Index less than 50). -16- Leighton 960151-031 Table 3 Static Equivalent Fluid Weight (pcf) Conditions Active At-Rest Passive Level 35 55 300 (maximum of 3 ksf) 2:1 Slope 55 85 150 (sloping down) Retaining structures should be provided with a drainage system, as illustrated in Appendix D, to prevent buildup of hydrostatic pressure behind the wall. For sliding resistance, a friction coefficient of 0.35 may be used at the soil-concrete interface. The lateral passive resistance can be taken into account only if it is ensured that the soil against embedded structures will remain intact with time. Retaining wall footings should have a minimum embedment of 12 inches below the adjacent lowest grade unless deeper footings are needed for other reasons. To account for potential redistribution of forces during a seismic event, walls that fall within the requirements of ASCE 7-05 Section 15.6.1 should also be checked considering an additional inverted triangular seismic pressure distribution equal to 20 H psf, where H equals the overall retained height in feet. If conditions other than those covered herein are anticipated, the equivalent fluid pressure values should be provided on an individual case basis by the geotechnical engineer. A surcharge load for a restrained or unrestrained wall resulting from automobile traffic may be assumed to be equivalent to a uniform lateral pressure of 75 psf, which is in addition to the equivalent fluid pressure given above. For other uniform surcharge loads, a uniform lateral pressure equal to 0.35q should be applied to the wall (where q is the surcharge pressure in psf). If segmental walls are planned, a friction angle of 34 degrees and a unit weight of 120 to 125 pcf are considered appropriate for the onsite materials. The design should be performed in accordance with NCMA methodology (NCMA, 2009) and design requirements of the wall system. 6.5 Earthwork We anticipate that earthwork at the site will consist of remedial grading of the near- surface soils and associated improvements; utility construction; subgrade preparation in pavement areas; foundation excavation; and retaining wall construction and backfill -17- Leighton 960151-031 operations. We recommend that earthwork on the site be performed in accordance with the following recommendations and the General Earthwork and Grading Specifications for Rough Grading included in Appendix E. In case of conflict, the following recommendations shall supersede those in Appendix E. mi • I 6.5.1 Site Preparation The areas to receive structural fill, engineered structures, or hardscape should be cleared of surface and subsurface obstructions, including any existing debris and undocumented or loose fill soils, and stripped of vegetation. Removals should extend the competent documented fill soils and/or competent formational soils. Removed vegetation and debris should be properly disposed off site. Holes resulting from the removal of buried obstructions which extend below finish site grades should be replaced with suitable compacted fill material. All areas to receive fill and/or other surface improvements should be scarified to a minimum depth of 12 inches, brought to above optimum moisture conditions, and recompacted to at least 90 percent relative compaction based on ASTM Test Method D1557. If clayey soils that are more expansive (EI>70) are encountered, increased moisture and revised recommendations may be needed. • I 6.5.2 Excavations and Oversize Material Shallow excavations of the onsite materials may generally be accomplished with conventional heavy-duty earthwork equipment. Localized heavy ripping may be required if cemented and concretionary lenses are encountered in deeper excavations. Shallow, temporary excavations, such as utility trenches with vertical sides, in the engineered fill and formational materials should remain stable for the period required to construct the utility, provided they are free of adverse geologic conditions or seeps. In accordance with OSHA requirements, excavations deeper than 5 feet should be shored or be laid back to if workers are to enter such excavations. Temporary sloping gradients should be determined in the field by a "competent person" as defined by OSHA. For preliminary planning, sloping of surficial soils at 1:1 (horizontal to vertical) may be assumed. Excavations greater than 20 feet in height will require an alternative sloping plan or shoring plan prepared by a California registered civil engineer. -18-Leighton 960151-031 6.6 Proposed Swimming Pools The swimming pools and water elements should be designed by a structural engineer to resist the forces lateral earth pressures soils and differential settlement of the fill. The following items should be taken into consideration in the design and construction of the swimming pools and water elements: • Installation of a pressure release valve system beneath the pool bottom is also recommended. • The pool contractor should provide a sufficient level of inspection and control to assure that approved pool plans and specifications are implemented during construction. • Observations and testing should be performed by a geotechnical consultant during pool excavation and backfill operations to verify that exposed soil conditions are consistent with the design assumptions. 6.6.1 Pool Deck Recommendations We recommend that the pool deck be a minimum of 5-inches thick, reinforced with No. 3 rebars at 18 inches on center each way, and underlain by a minimum 2 inch layer of clean sand. The clean sand should be underlain by a 10-mil visqueen moisture barrier properly lapped and sealed, which is in-turn underlain by an additional of 2 inches of sand (minimum). The moisture barrier should be sloped away from the pool at a minimum gradient of 2 percent. The perimeter of the decking should be constructed with a perimeter footing a minimum of 8 inches wide and deep. The deck should have appropriate crack control and expansion joints to reduce the potential for the formation of unsightly cracks as the deck responds to the underlying expansive soils. In general, the construction joints should be a minimum of 5 feet on center (each way) and extend to a depth of at least 1/3 of the concrete thickness. The joints should not cut the rebar reinforcement. Special attention should be given to ensure that the joint between the pool decking and pool coping is properly sealed with a flexible, watertight caulking to prevent water infiltration. The concrete decking should be sloped to area drains with sufficient gradient to maintain active flow, even if the deck is subject to minor movement. -19- Leighton 960151-031 6.7 Surface Drainage and Erosion Surface drainage should be controlled at all times. The proposed structures should have appropriate drainage systems to collect runoff. Positive surface drainage should be provided to direct surface water away from the structure toward suitable drainage facilities. In general, ponding of water should be avoided adjacent to the structure or pavements. Over-watering of the site should be avoided. Protective measures to mitigate excessive site erosion during construction should also be implemented in accordance with the latest City of Carlsbad grading ordinances. 6.8 Vehicular Pavements The pavement section design below is based on an assumed Traffic Index (TI), our visual classification of the site soils, and previous laboratory testing (we have utilized a R-Value of 11). The TI values were chosen based on our experience with similar projects. Actual pavement recommendations should be based on R-value tests performed on bulk samples of the soils that are exposed at the finished subgrade elevations across the site at the completion of the grading operations. Flexible pavement sections have been evaluated in general accordance with the Caltrans method for flexible pavement design. The recommended flexible pavement section for this condition is given in Table 4 below: Table 4 Preliminary Pavement Sections Traffic Description Auto Parking Driveways Assumed Traffic Index (TI) 4.5 5.0 Asphalt Concrete (inches) 4.0 4.0 Aggregate Base (inches) 5.0 7.0 Flexible pavements should be constructed in accordance with current Caltrans Standard Specifications. Aggregate base should comply with the Caltrans Standard Specifications of Section 26. The upper 12 inches of subgrade and the aggregate base should be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent relative compaction (ASTM D 1557). For areas subject to regular truck loading (i.e., trash truck apron), we recommend a full depth of Portland Cement Concrete (P.C.C.) section of 7.0 inches with appropriate steel reinforcement and crack-control joints as designed by the project structural engineer. We -20- Leighton 960151-031 recommend that sections be as nearly square as possible. A 3,250-psi mix that produces a 550-psi modulus of rupture should be utilized. Additional City of Carlsbad specifications are presented on Detail GS-16 of the City of Carlsbad Engineering Standards Volume 3 - Standard Drawing and Notes. If pavement areas are adjacent to heavily watered landscape areas, we recommend some measure of moisture control be taken to prevent the subgrade soils from becoming saturated. It is recommended that the concrete curing separating the landscaping area from the pavement extend below the aggregate base to help seal the ends of the sections where heavy landscape watering may have access to the aggregate base. Concrete swales should be designed in roadway or parking areas subject to concentrated surface runoff. 6.9 Plan Review Foundation and grading plans should be reviewed by Leighton to confirm that the recommendations in this report are incorporated in project plans. 6.10 Construction Observation The recommendations provided in this report are based on preliminary design information, our experience during rough grading, and subsurface conditions disclosed by widely spaced excavations. The interpolated subsurface conditions should be checked in the field during construction. Construction observation of all onsite excavations and should be performed by a representative of this office so that construction is in accordance with the recommendations of this report. All footing excavations should be reviewed by this office prior to steel placement. -21- Leighton Figures Base Map: AenalsExpress, GDT-Teleatlas Street Data, Spring 2005 Approximate Site Boundary Waterworks Cluster LEGOLAND California 1 Lego Drive Carlsbad, California SITE LOCATION MAP Project No. 960151-031 Date September 2009 Figure 1 \\GIS\Drafting\960151\03t\G IStof_09-09-24\Figure1-SiteLocationMap.m>al -60 100 200 300 400 Allowable Downward Pile Capacity (kips) 600 ALLOWABLE DOWNWARD PILE CAPACITY CHART LEGOLAND Waterworks Cluster Carlsbad, California Project No. 960151-031 Date September 2009 Leighton and Associates, Inc. A LEIGHTON GROUP COMPANY Figure No. 2 APPENDIX A References 960151-031 APPENDIX A References American Concrete Institute (ACI), 2006, Guide for Concrete Slabs that Receive Moisture- Sensitive Flooring Materials. Bryant, W. A. and Hart, E. W., 2007, Fault Rupture Hazard Zones in California, Alquist-Priolo Special Studies Zones Act of 1972 with Index to Special Study Zone Maps, Department of Conservation, Division of Mines and Geology, Special Publication 42, dated 1997 with 2007 Interim Revision. California Building and Safety Commission (CBSC), 2007, California Building Code. California Geologic Survey (COS), 2003, Revised 2002, California Probabilistic Seismic Hazard Maps, June, 2003. Kennedy, M.P., and Tan, S.S., 2005, Geologic Map of the Oceanside 30'x60' Quadrangle, California, California Geologic Survey, 1:100,000 scale. Leighton and Associates, Inc., 1995, Preliminary Geotechnical Investigation, Lego Family Park and Pointe Resorts, Lots 17 and 18 of the Carlsbad Ranch, Carlsbad, California, Project No. 950294-001, dated October 5, 1995. -, 1996, Supplemental Geotechnical Investigation, Lego Family Park, Carlsbad Ranch, Carlsbad, California, Project No. 960151-001, dated July 23, 1996. , 1998, Final As-Graded Report of Rough-Grading, LEGOLAND, Carlsbad, Project No. 4960151-003, dated February 10. NCMA, 2009, Design Manual for Segmental Retaining Walls, 3rd Edition R.W.Apel Landscape Architects, Inc., 2009, Waterworks Site Plan, LEGOLAND California, dated September 22 Post-Tensioning Institute (PTI), 2008, Standard Requirements for Analysis of Shallow Concrete Foundations on Expansive Soils, May 2008. Tan, S. S. and Kennedy, M. P., 1996, Geologic Maps of the Northwestern Part of San Diego County, California, Division of Mines and Geology (DMG) Open-File Report 96-02, San Luis Rey and San Marcos Quadrangles. Treiman, J.A., 1993, The Rose Canyon Fault Zone, Southern California: California Division of Mines and Geology, Open-File Report 93-02,45 p. -1- APPENDIX B Boring Logs GEOTECHNICAL BORING LOG KEY Date Sheet 1 of 1m MB Project KEY TO BORING Drilling Co. Hole Diameter Elevation Top of Elevation ' LOG GRAPHICS Drive Weight Location Project No. Type of Rig Drop "ElevationFeet^ SAMF S S R R B B T T _O O N S 0 ^^H J|| 1ft •tt; •j 20— 25 — •tn -z-z- 11111 ilil^jjjj °ofv5 kfr $%§ YQ;.;-' 2- '••'• p#j? ^^Attitudes»LE TYPES: PUT SPOON ING SAMPLE ULK SAMPLE UBE SAMPLE 6 0) Q. reV) B-l C-l 1 G-l [ R-l 1 SH-1 S-l *-•(flO1?00 0)CL 'io QQ. Q MoistureContent, %°2- CL CH OL ML MH ML-CL GW GP GM GC sw SP SM SC DESCRIPTION Logged By Sampled By Asphaltic concrete Portland cement concrete Inorganic clay of low to medium plasticity; gravelly clay; sandy clay; _^ silty clay; lean clay ^_ Inorganic silt; clayey silt with low plasticity Inorganic silt; diatomaceous fine sandy or silty soils; elastic silt Clayey silt to silty clay Well-graded gravel; gravel-sand mixture, little or no fines Poorly graded gravel; gravel-sand mixture, little or no fines Clayey gravel; gravel-sand-clay mixture Well-graded sand; gravelly sand, little or no fines Poorly graded sand; gravelly sand, little or no fines Silty sand; poorly graded sand-silt mixture Bedrock Ground water encountered at time of drilling Bulk Sample Core Sample Grab Sample Modified California Sampler (3" O.D., 2.5 I.D.) Shelby Tube Sampler (3" O.D.) Standard Penetration Test SPT (Sampler (2" O.D., 1.4" I.D.)Type of TestsTYPE OF TESTS: ^^ G GRAB SAMPLE DS DIRECT SHEAR SA SIEVE ANALYSIS ^^9^ SH SHELBY TUBE MD MAXIMUM DENSITY AT ATTERBURG UMITS ^9£ CN CONSOLIDATION El EXPANSION INDEX ^^9 CR CORROSION RV R-VALUE ^^ LEIGHTON GEOTECHNICAL BORING LOG B-1 Project No. Project Drilling Co. Drilling Method Location 960151-031 LEGO/Waterworks Cluster Baja Exploration Hollow Stem Auqer - 140lb Southwest Portion of Site - 30" Drop Date Drilled 8-25-09 Logged By MDJ Hole Diameter 8" Ground Elevation 167' Sampled By MDJ c Hi 165 160 155 150 145 140 !"- _ - 5— 10 — 15 — - - 20— - 25 — - A O D-O«° N S </) 0)Attitud30 i oz 0) Q. raCO B-l 2'-4' R-l 1 M0) !> o ffl(P o> Q. 13 • 38 • 50 R-2 • 14 • 17 • 29 R-3 • 24 I 43 • 50/4" H_ HH R-4 • 36 • 50/3" [ >, '5> CK-d)O QQ. IM Q 127 122 130 115 *£ -MoistuContent11 9 9 7 WOT CO O^D SM SOIL DESCRIPTION The So/7 Description applies only to a location of the exploration at the time of drilling. Subsurface conditions may differ at other locations and may change with time. The description is a simplification of the actual conditions encountered. Transitions between soil types may be gradual. ARTIFICIAL FILL (Af) @ 0': Silty fine SAND with clay: Dark red-brown, moist, medium dense, top 2 inches dry @ 6': Silty medium SAND: Red-brown, moist, very dense @ 10': Silty fine SAND: Red-brown, moist, dense, traces of clay @ 15': Same as 10 feet except very dense QUATERNARY TERRACE DEPOSITS (Qt) @ 17.5': Silty fine to medium SANDSTONE: Red-brown, damp to moist, very dense Total Depth = 21 Feet No ground water encountered at time of drilling Backfilled on 8/25/09 wo>1—i«—o 0> 1- CR SAMPLE TYPES: TYPE OF TESTS: j^. S SPLIT SPOON G GRAB SAMPLE DS DIRECT SHEAR SA SIEVE ANALYSIS -200 % FINES PASSING 4^8 R RING SAMPLE C CORE SAMPLE MD MAXIMUM DENSITY SE SAND EQUIVALENT AL ATTERBERG LIMITS -^jj^T B BULK SAMPLE CN CONSOLIDATION El EXPANSION INDEX CO COLLAPSE '^^Bt TlTncciUDlP CR CORROSION RV RVALUE PP POCKET PENETROMETER ^^StI lUBEbAMKLt uc UNCONFINED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH ^T ' * This log is a part of a report by Leighton and should not be used as a stand-alone document. * * *Page 1 of 1 GEOTECHNICAL BORING LOG B-2 Project No. Project Drilling Co. Drilling Method Location 960151-031 LEGO/Waterworks Cluster Baja Exploration Hollow Stem Auger- 140lb - 30" Drop Center of Site Date Drilled 8-25-09 Logged By MDJ Hole Diameter 8" Ground Elevation 173' Sampled By MDJ ^ElevatiolFeet170 165- 160 155 150 145 £*- & — — - - - - 10 — — — IS —u - 20 —*U - — 25— 1A .£2 QLQro i o N S \ Ift Attitude:dz "5. re CO B-l 3'-5' - T V)0) S> o °- 0) Q. R-l • 7 1 l8 • 27 HuR-2 • 7 • 29 • 50 R S-l S-2 - j - - X - - - 11 15 15 10 16 17 >, •RCH-UG QQ. D 125 120 ^MoistunContent,10 10 ._ '013 (0=- SM SM SM SOIL DESCRIPTION The So/7 Description applies only to a location of the exploration at the time of drilling. Subsurface conditions may differ at other locations and may change with time. The description is a simplification of the actual conditions encountered. Transitions between soil types may be gradual. UNDOCUMENTED ARTIFICIAL FILL (Afu) @ 0': Silty fine SAND: Medium to dark red-brown, moist, dense ARTIFICIAL FILL (Af) @ 5': Silty fine SAND. Medium to dark red-brown, moist, dense QUATERNARY TERRACE DEPOSITS(Qt) @ 7.5': Silty fine to medium SANDSTONE: Red-brown, damp to moist, very dense @ 10': Same as above @ 12': Very dense @ 15': Silty fine SANDSTONE: Red-brown, damp and moist, dense, several friable layers @ 20': Same as above except more friable Total Depth = 21.5 Feet No ground water encountered at time of drilling Backfilled on 8/25/09 to "o 0) 1- SAMPLE TYPES: TYPE OF TESTS: ^. S SPLIT SPOON G GRAB SAMPLE DS DIRECT SHEAR SA SIEVE ANALYSIS -200 % FINES PASSING -4^8 R RING SAMPLE C CORE SAMPLE MD MAXIMUM DENSITY SE SAND EQUIVALENT AL ATTERBERG LIMITS ^j^T R BULK SAMPLE CN CONSOLIDATION El EXPANSION INDEX CO COLLAPSE I^JK, T T^IOC^»MDIC CR CORROSION RV RVALUE PP POCKET PENETROMETER ^^5lT TUBES>AIWLt uc UNCONFINED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH ^^ ' * * This log is a part of a report by Leighton and should not be used as a stand-alone document. * * *Page 1 of 1 GEOTECHNICAL BORING LOG B-3 Project No. Project Drilling Co. Drilling Method Location 960151-031 LEGO/Waterworks Cluster Baja Exploration Hollow Stem Auqer - 140lb Northeast Portion of Site - 30" Drop 8-25-09 MDJ Date Drilled Logged By Hole Diameter Ground Elevation Sampled By MDJ 8" 193' c-ElevatioiFeet190- 185 180 175 170 165 £*-fsa"- _ - - 5 — - 10 — - 15— — 20 — - 25— - -»A o '•CO)Q.Q 5 N S 'fflffift •/%///%/> im%$%/ s/S/S/S// in Attitude:6z 0) Q. (0 V) _^ B-l j| 0)w-c> o Q) CL 3'-4' 1 R-l I 8 1 "• 17 Pn R-2 I 8 • 12 R-3 I 14 I 14 • 39 Hn R-4 • 15 • 25 • 38 P ,, jj 10 15 22 >, '55 QQ. Q 115 114 120 117 MoistunContent,12 11 13 8 (OT sc SM SM SOIL DESCRIPTION The So/7 Description applies only to a location of the exploration at the time of drilling. Subsurface conditions may differ at other locations and may change with time. The description is a simplification of the actual conditions encountered. Transitions between soil types may be gradual. UNDOCUMENTED ARTIFICIAL FILL (Afu) @ 0': Silty clayey fine SAND: Brown, dry to damp, loose to medium dense @ 3': Gets moist @ 6': Silty fine to medium SAND: Red-brown, moist, medium dense @ 10': Silty fine to medium SAND with clay: Dark red-brown, moist, medium dense @ 15': Silty fine SAND: Red-brown, moist, dense QUATERNARY TERRACE DEPOSITS f Qt) @ 18.5': Silty fine to medium SANDSTONE: Red-brown, damp, dense @ 25': Silty fine SANDSTONE with clay: Red-brown, damp to moist, dense Total Depth = 26.5 Feet No ground water encountered at time of drilling Backfilled on 8/25/09 "550) *oo> §;H EI SAMPLE TYPES: TYPE OF TESTS: ^. S SPLIT SPOON G GRAB SAMPLE DS DIRECT SHEAR SA SIEVE ANALYSIS -200 % FINES PASSING 4^4 R RING SAMPLE C CORE SAMPLE MD MAXIMUM DENSITY SE SAND EQUIVALENT AL ATTERBERG LIMITS ^j^T R Rl UK SAMPLE CN CONSOLIDATION El EXPANSION INDEX CO COLLAPSE 1^9K ° °ToccA..nic CR CORROSION RV RVALUE PP POCKET PENETROMETER ^^SlT TUBE SAMPLE uc UNCONFINED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH ^T " This log is a part of a report by Leighton and should not be used as a stand-alone document. * * *Page 1 of 1 GEOTECHNICAL BORING LOG B-4 Project No. Project Drilling Co. Drilling Method Location 960151-031 LEGO/Waterworks Cluster Baia Exploration Hollow Stem Auger - 140lb Northwest Portion of Site - 30" Drop Date Drilled Logged By Hole Diameter Ground Elevation Sampled By 8-25-09 MDJ 8" 175' MDJ o&*ga>Ju- LLJ 175- 165 160 155 150- £ 10 — - 15 — - — 20— - 25— o •=0)Q-O 5 M S (/>Q>T3 31 6z 0) Q. E(0 OT 1 " </>0) 0) Q. R-l | IS • 25 • 31 R-2 | 12 B-l • 22 10'-13'|| 44 R-3 I 9 m u • 14 • 20 I 45 ' 50/4" >, 'wCM-0>UQQ- ^Q 128 129 117 121 ^>-^r MoistuContent8 9 10 8 . WOT || SOIL DESCRIPTION 77je Soil Description applies only to a location of the exploration at the time of drilling. Subsurface conditions may differ at other locations and may change with time. The description is a simplification of the actual conditions encountered. Transitions between soil types may be gradual. UNDOCUMENTED ARTIFICIAL FILL (AM @ 0': Silty fine to medium SAND: Red-brown, moist, medium dense; top 4 inches dry ARTIFICIAL FILL (Af) @ 5': Silty fine to medium SAND: Red-brown, moist, dense @ 10': Same as 5 feet @ 15': Silty fine SAND with clay: Red-brown, moist, medium dense QUATERNARY TERRACE DEPOSITS (Qt) @ 18': Silty SANDSTONE: Red-brown, damp, dense 42V)V "o 0) t— El DS 143 ju SAMPLE TYPES: TYPE OF TESTS: ^, S SPLIT SPOON G GRAB SAMPLE DS DIRECT SHEAR SA SIEVE ANALYSIS -200 % FINES PASSING -41^4 R RING SAMPLE C CORE SAMPLE MD MAXIMUM DENSITY SE SAND EQUIVALENT AL ATTERBERG LIMITS -H^T B BULK SAMPLE CN CONSOLIDATION El EXPANSION INDEX CO COLLAPSE 1^3K T TIIBC«MDIC CR CORROSION RV RVALUE PP POCKET PENETROMETER ^^MP1 lUbtiAMKLt uc UNCONF1NED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH ^^ * * * This log is a part of a report by Leighton and should not be used as a stand-alone document. * * *Page 1 of 2 GEOTECHNICAL BORING LOG B-4 Project No. Project Drilling Co. Drilling Method Location 960151-031 LEGO/Waterworks Cluster Baja Exploration Hollow Stem Auqer - 140lb Northwest Portion of Site - 30" Drop Date Drilled 8-25-09 Logged By MDJ Hole Diameter 8" Ground Elevation 175' Sampled By MDJ ElevationFeet |145 140 135 130 125 120 115 SAMF S -JA 35— 40— 45— 50— 55 — y QiQ(0 j <5 N S AttitudesLE TYPES: dz 0> Q. EreV) - - - - - VI0> 1k Q.Dry DensitypcfMoistureContent, % |II SOIL DESCRIPTION The Soil Description applies only to a location of the exploration at the time of drilling. Subsurface conditions may differ at other locations and may change with time. The description is a simplification of the actual conditions encountered. Transitions between soil types may be gradual. Total Depth = 30 feet No ground water encountered at time of drilling Backfilled on 8/25/09 Type of TestsTYPE OF TESTS: A. S SPLIT SPOON G GRAB SAMPLE DS DIRECT SHEAR SA SIEVE ANALYSIS -200 % FINES PASSING 4fif R RING SAMPLE C CORE SAMPLE MD MAXIMUM DENSITY SE SAND EQUIVALENT AL ATTERBERG LIMITS -^j^T R BULK SAMPLE CN CONSOLIDATION El EXPANSION INDEX CO COLLAPSE ^^flB* T TiiHC«fiMDic CR CORROSION RV RVALUE PP POCKET PENETROMETER ^^SfT TUBt SAIWKLt uc UNCONFINED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH ^^ * * * This log is a part of a report by Leighton and should not be used as a stand-alone document. * * *Page 2 of 2 GEOTECHNICAL BORING LOG B-5 Project No. Project Drilling Co. Drilling Method Location 960151-031 LEGO/Waterworks Cluster Baja Exploration Hollow Stem Auger-140lb - 30" Drop Southeast Portion of Site Date Drilled Logged By Hole Diameter 8" Ground Elevation Sampled By 8-25-09 MDJ 169' MDJ ^ElevatiolFeet165 160 155 150 145 140- t5 - — - 5 — _ - - 10 — - 15 - - - - 25— in U ^O " -J5 N S in Attitude!SAMPLE TYPES: d Sample NB-l 0-2' R-l B-2 7-9' R-2 S-l V>0) 2-g 1- 0>Q_ 13 20 50 16 31 50 10 15 16 •*-• '55c*-0>UQQ- Q 116 122 ^MoistureContent,8 10 «"' SOIL DESCRIPTION The Soil Description applies only to a location of the exploration at the time of drilling. Subsurface conditions may differ at other locations and may change with time. The description is a simplification of the actual conditions encountered. Transitions between soil types may be gradual. ARTIFICIAL FILL (Af) @ 0': Silty fine SAND: Red/orange-brown, dry to damp @ 2': Damp QUATERNARY TERRACE DEPOSITS (Qt) @ 6': Silty fine SANDSTONE: Red-brown, damp, dense, massive @ 10': Same as above Total Depth = 20 Feet No ground water encountered at time of drilling Backfilled on 8/25/09 £in £ M-o 0) Q. 1- TYPE OF TESTS: ^fe. S SPLIT SPOON G GRAB SAMPLE DS DIRECT SHEAR SA SIEVE ANALYSIS -200 % FINES PASSING -^St R RING SAMPLE C CORE SAMPLE MD MAXIMUM DENSITY SE SAND EQUIVALENT AL ATTERBERG LIMITS -410^ B BULK SAMPLE CN CONSOLIDATION El EXPANSION INDEX CO COLLAPSE )^3K T niDCCAUDiE CR CORROSION RV RVALUE PP POCKET PENETROMETER ^^5lT TUBE SAMPLE uc UNCONFINED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH ^F urn ' * This log is a part of a report by Leighton and should not be used as a stand-alone document.'Page 1 of 1 APPENDIX C Laboratory Test Results 960151-031 APPENDIX C Laboratory Testing Procedures and Test Results Following are tables that summarize laboratory testing that was performed by other consultants and provided to Leighton. Copies of the tests results we were provided are included at the end of this appendix. Moisture and Density Determination Tests: Moisture content and dry density determinations were performed on relatively undisturbed samples obtained from the test borings according to ASTM D 2216 and D 2937. The results of these tests are presented in the boring logs. Where applicable, only moisture content was determined from "undisturbed" or disturbed samples. Direct Shear: A direct shear test was performed in accordance with ASTM D3080 on selected a sample that were soaked for under a surcharge equal to the applied normal force during testing. The rate of shearing used for the tests was reported to be 0.05 in/min. Plots of the individual test results are provided within this appendix. Strength envelopes are provided on each of the individual plots. Those envelopes correspond to the peak shear resistance and the shear resistance at the end of the test. Expansion Index Tests: The expansion potential of selected materials was evaluated by the Expansion Index Test; ASTM Standard D4829 Specimens are molded under a given compactive energy to approximately 50 percent saturation. The prepared 1-inch thick by 4-inch diameter specimens are loaded to an equivalent 144 psf surcharge and are inundated with water until volumetric equilibrium is reached. The results of these tests are presented in the table below: Sample Location B-3 @ 3-4 feet B-4 @ 10-13 feet Compacted Dry Density (pcf) 114.9 116.9 Expansion Index 20 11 Minimum Resistivity and pH Tests: Minimum resistivity and pH tests were performed in general accordance with Caltrans Test Method CT643. The results are presented in the table below: Sample Location B-l @ 2-4 feet PH 7.2 Minimum Resistivity (ohms-cm) 1,570 Soluble Sulfates: The soluble sulfate contents of selected samples were determined by Caltrans Test Method CT417. The test results are presented in the table below: C-l 960151-031 Sample Location B-l @ 2-4 feet Sulfate Content (ppm) 210 Potential Degree of Sulfate Attack* Negligible * Based on the American Concrete Institute (ACI) Committee 318-08, Table No. 4.3.1. C-2 3000 2500 2000 1500 OZ jjj CO 1000 500 Peak Point Residual Point •Linear (Peak Point) •Linear (Residual Point) 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 NORMAL STRESS (PSF) Location B-4 Sample No. R-3 Depth (ft) 15 uses SC Interpreted Shear Strength Peak Cohesion (psf) 100 Friction Angle (deg) 42 Relaxed Cohesion (psf) 50 Friction Angle (deg) 35 Sample Description: Dark brown clayey SAND Strain Rate = 0.05 in./min. ASTM D 3080 Leighton DIRECT SHEAR TEST RESULTS Project No. 960151-031 LEGOLAND Waterworks Cluster Carlsbad, California APPENDIX D Site-Specific Ground Motion Evaluation E Q F A U L T Version 3.00 DETERMINISTIC ESTIMATION OF PEAK ACCELERATION FROM DIGITIZED FAULTS JOB NUMBER: 9842-0000 DATE: 09-28-2009 JOB NAME: Test Run CALCULATION NAME: Test Run Analysis FAULT-DATA-FILE NAME: C:\Program Files\EQFAULTl\CGSFLTE.DAT SITE COORDINATES: SITE LATITUDE: 33.1296 SITE LONGITUDE: 117.3136 SEARCH RADIUS: 100 mi ATTENUATION RELATION: 3) Boore et al. (1997) Horiz. - NEHRP D (250) UNCERTAINTY (M=Median, S=Sigma): M Number of Sigmas: 0.0 DISTANCE MEASURE: cd_2drp SCOND: 0 Basement Depth: 5.00 km Campbell SSR: Campbell SHR: COMPUTE PEAK HORIZONTAL ACCELERATION FAULT-DATA FILE USED: C:\Program Files\EQFAULTl\CGSFLTE.DAT MINIMUM DEPTH VALUE (km): 0.0 EQFAULT SUMMARY DETERMINISTIC Page 1 ABBREVIATED FAULT NAME ROSE CANYON NEWPORT- INGLEWOOD (Offshore) CORONADO BANK ELSINORE (JULIAN) ELSINORE (TEMECULA) ELSINORE (GLEN IVY) SAN JOAQUIN HILLS PALOS VERDES EARTHQUAKE VALLEY SAN JACINTO-ANZA SAN JACINTO-SAN JACINTO VALLEY NEWPORT -INGLEWOOD (L. A. Basin) CHINO-CENTRAL AVE . (Elsinore) SAN JACINTO- COYOTE CREEK WHITTIER ELSINORE (COYOTE MOUNTAIN) SAN JACINTO-SAN BERNARDINO PUENTE HILLS BLIND THRUST SAN JACINTO - BORREGO SAN ANDREAS - San Bernardino M-l SAN ANDREAS - Whole M-la SAN ANDREAS - SB-Coach. M-lb-2 SAN ANDREAS - SB-Coach. M-2b SAN JOSE CUCAMONGA PINTO MOUNTAIN SIERRA MADRE SAN ANDREAS - Coachella M-lc-5 NORTH FRONTAL FAULT ZONE (West) BURNT MTN. CLEGHORN UPPER ELYSIAN PARK BLIND THRUST EUREKA PEAK NORTH FRONTAL FAULT ZONE (East) SAN ANDREAS - Cho-Moj M-lb-1 SAN ANDREAS - Mojave M-lc-3 SAN ANDREAS - 1857 Rupture M-2a SUPERSTITION MTN. (San Jacinto) RAYMOND CLAMSHELL-SAWPIT SITE PARAMETERS ESTIMATED MAX. DISTANCE mi 4. 6. 20. 24. 24. 35. 37 . 37. 42. 47. 48. 48. 49. 51. 53. 56. 61. 63 . 64. 66. 66. 66. 66. 70. 72 . 72 . 72. 73 . 76. 77. 79. 79. 80. 80. 80. 80. 80. 81. 81. 82. 7( 9( 8( 4( 4 ( 5( 4 ( 7( 5( 2 ( 0( 3( 2( 8( 4( 2( 5( 8( 9( 8( 8( 8( 8( 3( 3( 6( 9( 4( K K 2( 2( 3( 8( 8( 8( 8( K 4( 4( (km) 7. 11. 33 . 39. 39. 57. 60. 60. 68. 75. 77. 77. 79. 83. 86. 90. 98. 102. 104. 107. 107. 107. 107. 113. 116. 116. 117. 118. 122. 124. 127. 127. 129. 130. 130. 130. 130. 130. 131. 132. MAXIMUM EARTHQUAKE EVENT PEAK |EST. SITE EARTHQUAKE] SITE INTENSITY MAG 6) 7 1) 7 5) 7 2) 7 2) 6 2) 6 2) 6 7) 7 4)6 9) 7 3) 7) 2) 4) 0) 5) 9) 6) 5) 5) 5) 5) 5) 1) 4) 8) 4) 1) 5) 1) 4) 5) 3) 0) 1) 1) 1) 5) 0) 6) 6 7 6 6 6 6 6 7 6 7 8 7 7 6 6 7 7 7 7 6 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 6 6 6 (Mw) 2 1 6 1 8 8 6 3 5 2 9 1 7 6 8 8 •7 1 6 5 0 7 7 4 9 2 2 2 2 5 5 4 4 7 8 4 8 6 5 5 ACCEL, g | MOD. MERC. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 .455 .348 .207 . 141 .121 .090 .095 . 112 .067 .090 .075 .083 .081 .061 .066 .063 .056 .082 .051 .080 .104 .089 .089 .052 .067 .064 .078 .064 .075 .042 .041 .048 .039 .055 .081 .066 .081 .043 .049 .049 X IX VIII VIII VII VII VII VII VI VII VII VII VII VI VI VI VI VII VI VII VII VII VII VI VI VI VII VI VII VI V VI V VI VII VI VII VI VI VI DETERMINISTIC SITE PARAMETERS Page 2 ABBREVIATED FAULT NAME VERDUGO ELMORE RANCH SUPERSTITION HILLS (San Jacinto) HOLLYWOOD LAGUNA SALADA LANDERS HELENDALE - S. LOCKHARDT SANTA MONICA LENWOOD-LOCKHART-OLD WOMAN SPRGS MALIBU COAST BRAWLEY SEISMIC ZONE JOHNSON VALLEY (Northern) EMERSON So. - COPPER MTN. SIERRA MADRE (San Fernando) NORTHRIDGE (E. Oak Ridge) ANACAPA-DUME SAN GABRIEL [ESTIMATED MAX. EARTHQUAKE EVENT APPROXIMATE DISTANCE mi 84 .6 ( 84 .7( 85. 7( 86.6 ( 87.4 ( 87.8 ( 89.5 ( 90.7 ( 93 .3 ( 94. 1( 94 .2 ( 95.6 ( 96.4 ( 97.6 ( 97.7 ( 99.4 ( 99.4 ( (km) 136. 136. 138. 139 . 140 . 141. 144. 146. 150. 151. 151. 153 . 155. 157. 157. 159. 159. | MAXIMUM | EARTHQUAKE | MAG. (Mw)1 1) | 6.9 3) | 6.6 0) | 6.6 3) | 6.4 7) | 7.0 3) | 7.3 1) 0) 1) 4) 6) 8) 2) 0) 3) 9) 9) 7.3 6.6 7.5 6.7 6.4 6.7 7.0 6 .7 7.0 7.5 7.2 PEAK SITE ACCEL . g ========== 0.059 0.041 0.041 EST. SITE INTENSITY MOD . MERC . VI V V 0.045 | VI 0.050 0.058 0.057 0.048 0.062 0.049 0.034 0.040 0.046 0.048 0.056 0.072 0.050 VI VI VI VI VI VI V V VI VI VI VI VI -END OF SEARCH- THE ROSE CANYON 57 FAULTS FOUND WITHIN THE SPECIFIED SEARCH RADIUS. FAULT IS CLOSEST TO THE SITE. IT IS ABOUT 4.7 MILES (7.6 km) AWAY. LARGEST MAXIMUM-EARTHQUAKE SITE ACCELERATION: 0.4549 g Conterminous 48 States 2003 NEHRP Seismic Design Provisions Latitude = 33.1295 Longitude = -117.31469 Spectral Response Accelerations Ss and SI Ss and SI = Mapped Spectral Acceleration Values Site Class B- Fa = 1.0 ,Fv = 1. 0 Data are based on a 0.01 deg grid spacing Period (sec) 0.2 1.0 Sa (g) 1.266 0.478 (Ss, Site Class B) (SI, Site Class B) Conterminous 48 States 2003 NEHRP Seismic Design Provisions Latitude = 33.1295 Longitude = -117.31469 Spectral Response Accelerations SMs and SMI SMs = Fa x Ss and SMI = Fv x SI Site Class D - Fa = 1.0 , Fv = 1.522 Period Sa (sec) (g) 0.2 1.266 (SMs, Site Class D) 1.0 0.728 (SMI, Site Class D) Conterminous 48 States 2003 NEHRP Seismic Design Provisions Latitude = 33.1295 Longitude = -117.31469 Design Spectral Response Accelerations SDs and SD1 SDs = 2/3 x SMs and SD1 = 2/3 x SMI Site Class D - Fa = 1.0 , Fv = 1.522 Period Sa (sec) (g) 0.2 0.844 1.0 0.485 (SDs, Site Class D) (SD1, Site Class D) APPENDIX E General Earthwork and Grading Specifications For Rough Grading *«^»*^^ Leighton and Associates, Inc. GENERAL EARTHWORK AND GRADING SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 6 LEIGHTON AND ASSOCIATES, INC. GENERAL EARTHWORK AND GRADING SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROUGH GRADING 1.0 General 1.1 Intent: These General Earthwork and Grading Specifications are for the grading and earthwork shown on the approved grading plan(s) and/or indicated in the geotechnical report(s). These Specifications are a part of the recommendations contained in the geotechnical report(s). In case of conflict, the specific recommendations in the geotechnical report shall supersede these more general Specifications. Observations of the earthwork by the project Geotechnical Consultant during the course of grading may result in new or revised recommendations that could supersede these specifications or the recommendations in the geotechnical report(s). 1.2 The Geotechnical Consultant of Record: Prior to commencement of work, the owner shall employ the Geotechnical Consultant of Record (Geotechnical Consultant). The Geotechnical Consultants shall be responsible for reviewing the approved geotechnical report(s) and accepting the adequacy of the preliminary geotechnical findings, conclusions, and recommendations prior to the commencement of the grading. Prior to commencement of grading, the Geotechnical Consultant shall review the "work plan" prepared by the Earthwork Contractor (Contractor) and schedule sufficient personnel to perform the appropriate level of observation, mapping, and compaction testing. During the grading and earthwork operations, the Geotechnical Consultant shall observe, map, and document the subsurface exposures to verify the geotechnical design assumptions. If the observed conditions are found to be significantly different than the interpreted assumptions during the design phase, the Geotechnical Consultant shall inform the owner, recommend appropriate changes in design to accommodate the observed conditions, and notify the review agency where required. Subsurface areas to be geotechnically observed, mapped, elevations recorded, and/or tested include natural ground after it has been cleared for receiving fill but before fill is placed, bottoms of all "remedial removal" areas, all key bottoms, and benches made on sloping ground to receive fill. The Geotechnical Consultant shall observe the moisture-conditioning and processing of the subgrade and fill materials and perform relative compaction testing of fill to determine the attained level of compaction. The Geotechnical Consultant shall provide the test results to the owner and the Contractor on a routine and frequent basis. 3030.1094 Leighton and Associates, Inc. GENERAL EARTHWORK AND GRADING SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 6 1.3 The Earthwork Contractor: The Earthwork Contractor (Contractor) shall be qualified, experienced, and knowledgeable in earthwork logistics, preparation and processing of ground to receive fill, moisture-conditioning and processing of fill, and compacting fill. The Contractor shall review and accept the plans, geotechnical report(s), and these Specifications prior to commencement of grading. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for performing the grading in accordance with the plans and specifications. The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the owner and the Geotechnical Consultant a work plan that indicates the sequence of earthwork grading, the number of "spreads" of work and the estimated quantities of daily earthwork contemplated for the site prior to commencement of grading. The Contractor shall inform the owner and the Geotechnical Consultant of changes in work schedules and updates to the work plan at least 24 hours in advance of such changes so that appropriate observations and tests can be planned and accomplished. The Contractor shall not assume that the Geotechnical Consultant is aware of all grading operations. The Contractor shall have the sole responsibility to provide adequate equipment and methods to accomplish the earthwork in accordance with the applicable grading codes and agency ordinances, these Specifications, and the recommendations in the approved geotechnical report(s) and grading plan(s). If, in the opinion of the Geotechnical Consultant, unsatisfactory conditions, such as unsuitable soil, improper moisture condition, inadequate compaction, insufficient buttress key size, adverse weather, etc., are resulting in a quality of work less than required in these specifications, the Geotechnical Consultant shall reject the work and may recommend to the owner that construction be stopped until the conditions are rectified. 2.0 Preparation of Areas to be Filled 2.1 Clearing and Grubbing: Vegetation, such as brush, grass, roots, and other deleterious material shall be sufficiently removed and properly disposed of in a method acceptable to the owner, governing agencies, and the Geotechnical Consultant. The Geotechnical Consultant shall evaluate the extent of these removals depending on specific site conditions. Earth fill material shall not contain more than 1 percent of organic materials (by volume). No fill lift shall contain more than 5 percent of organic matter. Nesting of the organic materials shall not be allowed. If potentially hazardous materials are encountered, the Contractor shall stop work in the affected area, and a hazardous material specialist shall be informed immediately for proper evaluation and handling of these materials prior to continuing to work in that area. As presently defined by the State of California, most refined petroleum products (gasoline, diesel fuel, motor oil, grease, coolant, etc.) have chemical constituents that are considered to be hazardous waste. As such, the indiscriminate dumping or spillage of these fluids onto the ground may constitute a misdemeanor, punishable by fines and/or imprisonment, and shall not be allowed. 3030.1094 Leighton and Associates, Inc. GENERAL EARTHWORK AND GRADING SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 6 2.2 Processing: Existing ground that has been declared satisfactory for support of fill by the Geotechnicai Consultant shall be scarified to a minimum depth of 6 inches. Existing ground that is not satisfactory shall be overexcavated as specified in the following section. Scarification shall continue until soils are broken down and free of large clay lumps or clods and the working surface is reasonably uniform, flat, and free of uneven features that would inhibit uniform compaction. 2.3 Overexcavation: In addition to removals and overexcavations recommended in the approved geotechnical report(s) and the grading plan, soft, loose, dry, saturated, spongy, organic-rich, highly fractured or otherwise unsuitable ground shall be overexcavated to competent ground as evaluated by the Geotechnical Consultant during grading. 2.4 Benching: Where fills are to be placed on ground with slopes steeper than 5:1 (horizontal to vertical units), the ground shall be stepped or benched. Please see the Standard Details for a graphic illustration. The lowest bench or key shall be a minimum of 15 feet wide and at least 2 feet deep, into competent material as evaluated by the Geotechnical Consultant. Other benches shall be excavated a minimum height of 4 feet into competent material or as otherwise recommended by the Geotechnical Consultant. Fill placed on ground sloping flatter than 5:1 shall also be benched or otherwise overexcavated to provide a flat subgrade for the fill. 2.5 Evaluation/Acceptance of Fill Areas: All areas to receive fill, including removal and processed areas, key bottoms, and benches, shall be observed, mapped, elevations recorded, and/or tested prior to being accepted by the Geotechnical Consultant as suitable to receive fill. The Contractor shall obtain a written acceptance from the Geotechnical Consultant prior to fill placement. A licensed surveyor shall provide the survey control for determining elevations of processed areas, keys, and benches. 3.0 Fill Material 3.1 General: Material to be used as fill shall be essentially free of organic matter and other deleterious substances evaluated and accepted by the Geotechnical Consultant prior to placement. Soils of poor quality, such as those with unacceptable gradation, high expansion potential, or low strength shall be placed in areas acceptable to the Geotechnical Consultant or mixed with other soils to achieve satisfactory fill material. 3.2 Oversize: Oversize material defined as rock, or other irreducible material with a maximum dimension greater than 8 inches, shall not be buried or placed in fill unless location, materials, and placement methods are specifically accepted by the Geotechnical Consultant. Placement operations shall be such that nesting of oversized material does not occur and such that oversize material is completely surrounded by compacted or densified fill. Oversize material shall not be placed within 10 vertical feet of finish grade or within 2 feet of future utilities or underground construction. 3030.1094 Leighton and Associates, Inc. GENERAL EARTHWORK AND GRADING SPECIRCATIONS Page 4 of 6 3.3 Import: If importing of fill material is required for grading, proposed import material shall meet the requirements of Section 3.1. The potential import source shall be given to the Geotechnical Consultant at least 48 hours (2 working days) before importing begins so that its suitability can be determined and appropriate tests performed. 4.0 Fill Placement and Compaction 4.1 Fill Layers: Approved fill material shall be placed in areas prepared to receive fill (per Section 3.0) in near-horizontal layers not exceeding 8 inches in loose thickness. The Geotechnical Consultant may accept thicker layers if testing indicates the grading procedures can adequately compact the thicker layers. Each layer shall be spread evenly and mixed thoroughly to attain relative uniformity of material and moisture throughout. 4.2 Fill Moisture Conditioning: Fill soils shall be watered, dried back, blended, and/or mixed, as necessary to attain a relatively uniform moisture content at or slightly over optimum. Maximum density and optimum soil moisture content tests shall be performed in accordance with the American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM Test Method D1557-07). 4.3 Compaction of Fill: After each layer has been moisture-conditioned, mixed, and evenly spread, it shall be uniformly compacted to not less than 90 percent of maximum dry density (ASTM Test Method D1557-07). Compaction equipment shall be adequately sized and be either specifically designed for soil compaction or of proven reliability to efficiently achieve the specified level of compaction with uniformity. 4.4 Compaction of Fill Slopes: In addition to normal compaction procedures specified above, compaction of slopes shall be accomplished by backrolling of slopes with sheepsfoot rollers at increments of 3 to 4 feet in fill elevation, or by other methods producing satisfactory results acceptable to the Geotechnical Consultant. Upon completion of grading, relative compaction of the fill, out to the slope face, shall be at least 90 percent of maximum density per ASTM Test Method D1557-07. 4.5 Compaction Testing: Field tests for moisture content and relative compaction of the fill soils shall be performed by the Geotechnical Consultant. Location and frequency of tests shall be at the Consultant's discretion based on field conditions encountered. Compaction test locations will not necessarily be selected on a random basis. Test locations shall be selected to verify adequacy of compaction levels in areas that are judged to be prone to inadequate compaction (such as close to slope faces and at the fill/bedrock benches). 4.6 Frequency of Compaction Testing: Tests shall be taken at intervals not exceeding 2 feet in vertical rise and/or 1,000 cubic yards of compacted fill soils embankment. In addition, as a guideline, at least one test shall be taken on slope faces for each 5,000 square feet of slope face and/or each 10 feet of vertical height of slope. The Contractor shall assure that fill construction is such that the testing schedule can be accomplished by the Geotechnical Consultant. The Contractor shall stop or slow down the earthwork construction if these minimum standards are not met. 3030.1094 Leighton and Associates, Inc. GENERAL EARTHWORK AND GRADING SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 6 4.7 Compaction Test Locations: The Geotechnical Consultant shall document the approximate elevation and horizontal coordinates of each test location. The Contractor shall coordinate with the project surveyor to assure that sufficient grade stakes are established so that the Geotechnical Consultant can determine the test locations with sufficient accuracy. At a minimum, two grade stakes within a horizontal distance of 100 feet and vertically less than 5 feet apart from potential test locations shall be provided. 5.0 Subdrain Installation Subdrain systems shall be installed in accordance with the approved geotechnical report(s), the grading plan, and the Standard Details. The Geotechnical Consultant may recommend additional subdrains and/or changes in subdrain extent, location, grade, or material depending on conditions encountered during grading. All subdrains shall be surveyed by a land surveyor/civil engineer for line and grade after installation and prior to burial. Sufficient time should be allowed by the Contractor for these surveys. 6.0 Excavation Excavations, as well as over-excavation for remedial purposes, shall be evaluated by the Geotechnical Consultant during grading. Remedial removal depths shown on geotechnical plans are estimates only. The actual extent of removal shall be determined by the Geotechnical Consultant based on the field evaluation of exposed conditions during grading. Where fill-over-cut slopes are to be graded, the cut portion of the slope shall be made, evaluated, and accepted by the Geotechnical Consultant prior to placement of materials for construction of the fill portion of the slope, unless otherwise recommended by the Geotechnical Consultant. 3030.1094 Leighton and Associates, Inc. GENERAL EARTHWORK AND GRADING SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 6 7.0 Trench Backfills 7.1 The Contractor shall follow all OHSA and Cal/OSHA requirements for safety of trench excavations. 7.2 All bedding and backfill of utility trenches shall be done in accordance with the applicable provisions of Standard Specifications of Public Works Construction. Bedding material shall have a Sand Equivalent greater than 30 (SE>30). The bedding shall be placed to 1 foot over the top of the conduit and densified by jetting. Backfill shall be placed and densified to a minimum of 90 percent of maximum from 1 foot above the top of the conduit to the surface. 7.3 The jetting of the bedding around the conduits shall be observed by the Geotechnical Consultant. 7.4 The Geotechnical Consultant shall test the trench backfill for relative compaction. At least one test should be made for every 300 feet of trench and 2 feet of fill. 7.5 Lift thickness of trench backfill shall not exceed those allowed in the Standard Specifications of Public Works Construction unless the Contractor can demonstrate to the Geotechnical Consultant that the fill lift can be compacted to the minimum relative compaction by his alternative equipment and method. 3030.1094 FILL SLOPE PROJECTED PLANE 1 TO 1 MAXIMUM FROM TOE OF SLOPE TO APPROVED GROUND EXISTING GROUND SURFACE BENCH HEIGHT (4' TYPICAL) REMOVE UNSUITABLE MATERIAL 2' MIN.—' KEY DEPTH LOWEST BENCH (KEY) FILL-OVER-CUT SLOPE EXISTING GROUND SURFACE BENCH HEIGHT (4' TYPICAL) REMOVE UNSUITABLE MATERIAL CUT-OVER-FILL SLOPE •CUT FACE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED PRIOR TO FILL PLACEMENT TO ASSURE ADEQUATE GEOLOGIC CONDITIONS EXISTING- GROUND SURFACE OVERBUILD AND TRIM BACK PROJECTED PLANE 1 TO 1 MAXIMUM FROM TOE OF SLOPE TO APPROVED GROUND UT FACE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED PRIOR TO FILL PLACEMENT REMOVE UNSUITABLE MATERIAL LBENCH HEIGHT (41 TYPICAL) FOR SUBDRAINS SEE STANDARD DETAIL C LOWEST BENCH (KEY) BENCHING SHALL BE DONE WHEN SLOPE'S ANGLE IS EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN 5:1. MINIMUM BENCH HEIGHT SHALL BE 4 FEET AND MINIMUM FILL WIDTH SHALL BE 9 FEET. KEYING AND BENCHING GENERAL EARTHWORK AND GRADING SPECIFICATIONS STANDARD DETAILS A FINISH GRADE SLOPE FACE OVERSIZE ROCK IS LARGER THAN 8 INCHES IN LARGEST DIMENSION. EXCAVATE A TRENCH IN THE COMPACTED FILL DEEP ENOUGH TO BURY ALL THE ROCK. BACKFILL WITH GRANULAR SOIL JETTED OR FLOODED IN PLACE TO FILL ALL THE VOIDS. DO NOT BURY ROCK WITHIN 10 FEET OF FINISH GRADE. WINDROW OF BURIED ROCK SHALL BE PARALLEL TO THE FINISHED SLOPE. GRANULAR MATERIAL TO BE' DENSIFIED IN PLACE BY FLOODING OR JETTING. — — — — ^-JETTED OR FLOODED — — GRANULAR MATERIAL TYPICAL PROFILE ALONG WINDROW OVERSIZE ROCK DISPOSAL GENERAL EARTHWORK AND GRADING SPECIFICATIONS STANDARD DETAILS B \-EXISTING GROUND SURFACE _<* S^r? -:-:-::-: / / / / / BENCHING REMOVE UNSUITABLE MATERIAL SUBDRAIN TRENCH SEE DETAIL BELOW CALTRANS CLASS 2 PERMEABLE OR #2 ROCK (9FT~3/FT) WRAPPED IN FILTER FABRIC FILTER FABRIC (MIRAFI 140N OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT)* =-=iSJ 4" MIN. BEDDING COLLECTOR PIPE SHALL BE MINIMUM 6" DIAMETER SCHEDULE 40 PVC PERFORATED PIPE. SEE STANDARD DETAIL D FOR PIPE SPECIFICATIONS SUBDRAIN DETAIL DESIGN FINISH GRADE NONPERFORATED 6"0 MIN.6" 0MIN. PIPE FILTER FABRIC (MIRAFI 140N OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT) CALTRANS CLASS 2 PERMEABLE OR #2 ROCK (9FT"3/FT) WRAPPED IN FILTER FABRIC DETAIL OF CANYON SUBDRAIN OUTLET CANYON SUBDRAINS GENERAL EARTHWORK AND GRADING SPECIFICATIONS STANDARD DETAILS C 15' MINI. OUTLET PIPES 4" 0 NONPERFORATED PIPE. 100' MAX. O.C. HORIZONTALLY, 30' MAX O.C. VERTICALLY BACK CUT 1:1 OR FLATTER •SEE SUBDRAIN TRENCH DETAIL LOWEST SUBDRAIN SHOULD BE SITUATED AS LOW AS POSSIBLE TO ALLOW SUITABLE OUTLET -KEY DEPTH (2' MIN.) KEY WIDTH AS NOTED ON GRADING PLANS (15' MIN.)12" MIN. OVERLAP — FROM THE TOP HOG RING TIED EVERY 6 FEET CALTRANS CLASS II PERMEABLE OR #2 ROCK (3 FT~3/FT) WRAPPED IN FILTER FABRIC r-4" 0 // \ NON-PERFORATED \ OUTLET PIPE t — ^ PROVIDE POSITIVE SEAL AT THE JOINT T-CONNECTION FOR COLLECTOR PIPE TO OUTLET PIPE 6" MIN. COVER 4" 0 PERFORATED PIPE FILTER FABRIC ENVELOPE (MIRAFI 140 OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT) -4" MIN. BEDDING SUBDRAIN TRENCH DETAIL SUBDRAIN INSTALLATION - subdroin collector pipe sholl be installed with perforation down or, unless otherwise designated by the geotechnical consultant. Outlet pipes shall be non-perforated pipe. The subdroin pipe sholl have ot least 8 perforations uniformly spaced per foot. Perforation shall be 1/4" to 1/2" if drill holes are used. All subdrain pipes shall hove a gradient of ot least 2% towards the outlet. SUBDRAIN PIPE - Subdrain pipe sholl be ASTM D2751. SDR 23.5 or ASTM D1527. Schedule 40. or ASTM D3034, SDR 23.5, Schedule 40 Polyvinvl Chloride Plastic (PVC) pipe. All outlet pipe shall be placed in a trench no wide than twice the subdrain pipe. Pipe shall be in soil of SE >/=30 jetted or flooded in place except for the outside 5 feet which shall be native soil backfill. BUTTRESS OR REPLACEMENT FILL SUBDRAINS GENERAL EARTHWORK AND GRADING SPECIFICATIONS STANDARD DETAILS D SOIL BACKFILL. COMPACTED TO 90 PERCENT RELATIVE COMPACTION BASED ON ASTM 01557 m m RETAINING WALL— ^ VALL WATERPROOFING >ER ARCHITECT'S ^^\ SPECIFICATIONS \ FINISH GRADE — ^ X •:<<.-'<-:-:«-".--«COM p AC TE D FI LL~->------------ NX :ooo£S££c rr^fn , 6" MINI. ' OVERLAP o' o- ° 0 1 MIN. o • ° . • -VI r'.'.-: *-? /•' °(r\° ,\J°\° o1_^_>=J -:-:-: 32" f YP .:-:-:-:-:-- "jr. " '_~ -"_"-"-"-" • .-.-.-.-.-.-.- FILTER FABRIC ENVELOPE .-.-.-^.•--''(MIRAFI 140N OR APPROVED ^y EQUIVALENT)" -"-"-"-" ^/i" TO 1 1/9" C\ FAN HRA -:::::: _^-—4" (MIN.) DIAMETER PERFOR/ <y£^ PVC PIPE (SCHEDULE 40 OR::-::>:: EQUIVALENT) WITH PERFORAI -:-:-:-:- ORIENTED DOWN AS DEPICTE -:-:-:-:- MINIMUM 1 PERCENT GRADO -.-.-.-.- TO SUITABLE OUTLET ^^- 3" MIN. WALL FOOTING- COMPETENT BEDROCK OR MATERIAL AS EVALUATED BY THE GEOTECHNICAL CONSULTANT NOTE: UPON REVIEW BY THE GEOTECHNICAL CONSULTANT, COMPOSITE DRAINAGE PRODUCTS SUCH AS MIRADRAIN OR J-DRAIN MAY BE USED AS AN ALTERNATIVE TO GRAVEL OR CLASS 2 PERMEABLE MATERIAL. INSTALLATION SHOULD BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. RETAINING WALL DRAINAGE DETAIL GENERAL EARTHWORK AND GRADING SPECIFICATIONS STANDARD DETAILS E INSTALLATION AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS RAYTHERM™ HOT WATER SUPPLY HEATERS Models 0133-4001 Types WH & NH CATALOG NO. 3000.521 Effective: 08-14-07 Replaces: 07-15-06 FOR YOUR SAFETY Do not store or use gasoline or other flammable vapors and liquids or other combus- tible materials in the vicinity of this or any other appliance. To do so may result in an explosion or fire. WARNING: Improper installation, adjustment, alteration, service or maintenance can cause property damage, personal injury or loss of life. Refer to this manual. Installation and service must be performed by a qualified installer, service agency or the gas supplier. FOR YOUR SAFETY WHAT TO DO IF YOU SMELL GAS *Do not try to light any appliance. *Do not touch any electrical switch; do not use any phone in your building. 'Immediately call your gas supplier from a neighbor's phone. Follow the gas supplier's instructions. *lf you cannot reach your gas supplier, call the fire department. This manual should be maintained in legible condition and kept adjacent to the heater or in a safe place for future reference.Iwl RECEMNGEQUPMENT 3 MODELDENTIHCATON 3 GENERALSPECIF1CATTONS 3 GENERALSAFETYPFECAJTIONS 4 INSTALLAT10NINSTRUCTIONS 5 CLEARANCES 6 SPECIFICAT1ONSANDDIMENSIONS 7 OIJTDOORINSTALLAT1ONS 10 HIGHWINDCONDmONS 10 COMBUSTDNAIR 10 VENT1MG 11 VENTPIPING 14 VENTTDAMPERINSTALLATION 15 PLJUWBNG 17 GASSUPPLYCONNECT1ONS 17 GASPRESSUREREGULATOR 18 VENT1NGOFDIAPHRAGMGAS COMPONENTS 18 FLGWRATES 19 UNfTEMPSOSPECIFICATlONS 20 PIPINGCHAGRAMS 21 TYPEWHUNITEMP80 21 7YPENHINSTANTANEOUS 22 TYPENHDUALMODELS 23 CONTROLS 24 RELJEFVALVE 24 EOMDMASTERaDNTROL 24 EUECTRCWOGNmON 24 OPERATINGCGNTRDLS 24 LMTCONTROLS 25 HIGHLJMIT 25 FLOWSWTTCH 25 100%PILOTSAFETY 25 LOWWATERCUT-OFF 25 HIGHANDLOWGASPRESSURESWITCHES 25 (XJNPONENT1DENTTFIC/VT10N 26 EUECmCAL<XX*ECnONS 27 UDCAnONOFCOMTROLS 23 START-UPPROCEDURES 30 GENERAL 33 PUMPANDMOTOR 3D GENERALSAFETYPRECAUnONS 31 UGHT1NGINSTRUCT1ONS 32 AFTERSTART-UP 33 NSPECT10NPROCEDURES 33 BURNERS 33 CONTROLS 33 INSPECT1ONPRCCEDURES 34 ADDENDA:LOWNOxHEATERS181-401 35 TTOUBL£SH(XnWGELECmiCAL 37 WMNGDIAGRAMS 33 WH2-182-260 33 WH2-330^00 39 WH2-514^24 40 WH2-724-1336 41 WH2-1414-1826 42 WH2-2100-2500 43 WH2-3001-4001 44 WH1 -181-261 LOWNQx 45 WH1-331^01LOWNOx 46 TROUBLESHOOmNGIUECHAMCAL 47 TROUBLESHOOnNGPUVPS 48 SERVlCEANDMAiriTENANCEPROCEDURES 48 TUBECLEANING 48 BURNERTRAYREMOVAL 49 GASVALVEREMOVAL 49 MAINBURNERANDORIFICEREMOVAL 49 PILOTREMOVALANDCL£ANING 49 HIGHLIMUORTANKSTATREMOVAL 49 HEATEXHANGERREMOVAL 49 COMBUST10NCHAMBERREMOVAL 50 CONTROLWELLREPLACEMENT 50 TUBEREPLACEMENT 50 CLEANINGFLUEGASPASSAGEWAYS 51 REPLACEIUENTPARTS 51 WARRANTY 52 ALL MODELS (APPROVED) On receipt of the equipment, visually check for external damage to the carton or the shipping crate. If the carton or shipping crate is damaged, make a note on the Bill of Lading and report the damage to the Carrier immediately. Remove the heater from the carton or the shipping crate. Do NOT use the shipping crate base as an instal- lation base. On occasion, items are shipped loose. Be sure that you receive the number of packages indicated on the Bill of Lading. When ordering parts, you must specify Model and Serial Number of the heater. When ordering under warranty conditions, you must also specify date of installation. Raypak recommends that this manual be reviewed thoroughly before installing your Raypak heater. If there are any questions which this manual does not answer, please contact the factory or your local Raypak representative. Claims for shortages and damages must be filed with carrier by consignee. Permission to return goods must be factory-authorized and are subject to a stock- ing charge. Purchased parts are subject to replacement only under the manufacturer's warranty. Debits for defec- tive replacement parts will not be accepted and will be replaced in kind only per our standard warranties. MODEL IDENTIFICATION The model identification number and the heater serial number are found on the heater data plate. The model number will have the form WH1-0514A or simi- lar depending on the heater model. (WH = Hot Water Supply System, 1 = on/off firing, 0514 = size of heater). Rated inputs are suitable for up to 2000 feet eleva- tion. For elevations above 2000 feet, reduce input 4% for each 1000 feet above sea level. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS The Raypak water heaters are design certified and tested under the latest requirements of the American National Standard, ANSI Z21.10.3/CSA4.3. Each heater has been constructed and pressure tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IV of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers Code, and factory fire tested. CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING: This product contains chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects or other reproductive harm. All models are National Board approved. Tem- perature and pressure gauge is standard. Intermittent ignition device is standard on models 0514 and up. Model 0133 has 4-pass heat exchanger, 1 tube per pass. Models 0181-0401 have 2-pass heat exchangers, 5 tubes first pass, 4 tubes second pass. Models 0514-1826 have 2-pass heat exchangers, 5 tubes first pass, 4 tubes second pass. Models 2100-4001 have 2-pass heat exchangers, 9 tubes per pass. Models 926-4001 have optional single pass with cast iron headers only. HOT WATER SUPPLY HEATERS All Raypak hot water supply heaters are ASME and design certified as hot water heaters, with 125 PSI pressure relief valves. TYPE WH1 WITH ON/OFF CONTROLS Models 0133-4001 To be used with storage tank systems. Available with integrally mounted pump, factory mounted and wired for models 0133-1826. Models 181,261,331 and 401 are Low NOx Hot Water Heaters. TYPE WH2 WITH MODULATING CONTROLS Models 0133-4001 Hot water supply heater with 110°-170°F gas modulation. Available with integrally mounted pump, factory mounted and wired for models 0133-1826. To be used with storage tank systems. TYPE WH3 WITH 2-STAGE CONTROLS Models 0181-4001 Hot water supply heater with low-high fire for 2-stage control. Available with integrally mounted pump, factory mounted and wired for models 0181- 1826. To be used with storage tank systems. TYPE NH INSTANT-PAK Models 0514-1826 Tankless instantaneous direct fired hot water sup- ply heater with 110°-170°F gas modulation, factory mounted bronze body or cast iron bronze fitted pump and flow switch. General Safety Precautions Be sure to read and understand the entire Instruction Manual before attempting to install or operate this water heater. Pay particular attention to the following general Safety Precautions. Failure to follow these warnings could result in a fire or explosion, causing property damage, bodily injury or death. Should you have any problems understanding the instructions in this manual, STOP, and get help from a qualified installer or service technician or the gas supplier. A WARNING Gasoline, as well as other flammable materials and liquids (adhesives, solvents, etc.), and the vapors they produce, are extremely dangerous. DO NOT handle, use or store gasoline or other flammable or combustible materials anywhere near or in the vicinity of a water heater. Be sure to read and follow the warning label pictured below and other labels on the water heater, as well as the warnings printed in this manual. Failure to do so can result in property damage, bodily injury, or death. A DANGER Failure to install the drafthood and properly vent the water heater to the outdoors as outlined in the Venting Section of this manual can result in unsafe operation of the water heater. To avoid the risk of fire, explosion, or asphyxiation from carbon monoxide, never operate this water heater unless it is properly vented and has an adequate air supply for proper operation. Be sure to inspect the vent system for proper installation at initial start-up; and at least annually thereafter. Refer to the Venting section of this manual (pg. 11) for more information regarding vent system inspections. A DANGER Vapors from flammable liquids will explode and catch fire causing death or severe burns. Do not use or store flammable products such as gasoline sol- vents or adhesives in the same room or area near the water heater. Keep flammable products: 1. Far away from heater, 2. In approved containers, 3. Tightly closed and 4. Out of children's reach. Water healer has a main burner and pilot flame. The pilot flame: 1. Is on all the time or intermit- tently (IID). 2. Will ignite flammable va- pors. Vapors: 1. Cannot be seen, 2. Are heavier than air, 3. Go a long way on the floor, 4. Can be carried from other rooms to the pilot flame by air currents. Installation: Do not install water heater where flammable products will be stored or used unless the main burner and pilot flames are at least 18" above the floor. This will reduce, but not eliminate, the risk of vapors being ignited by the main burner or pilot flame. Read and follow water heater warnings and instructions. If owners manual is missing, contact the retailer or manufacturer. A DANGER PROPANE MODELS - Propane must be used with great caution. • It is heavier than air and will collect first in lower areas making it hard to detect at nose level. • Make sure to look and smell for propane leaks before attempting to light appliance. Use a soapy solution to check all gas fittings and connections. Bubbling at a connection indicates a leak that must be corrected. When smelling to detect a propane leak, be sure to sniff near the floor too. • Gas detectors are recommended in propane applications and their installation should be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and/or local laws, rules, regulations or customs. • It is recommended that more than one method be used to detect leaks in propane applications. IF PROPANE IS PRESENT OR SUSPECTED: • DO NOT attempt to find the cause yourself; • DO NOT try to light any appliance; • DO NOT touch any electrical switch; • DO NOT use any phone in your building. • Leave the building immediately and make sure that every- one else leaves also. • Leave the doors open for ventilation and contact the gas supplier, a qualified service agency or the fire department. • Keep the area clear until the service call has been made, the leak is corrected, and a qualified agency has determined the area to be safe. A WARNING Both propane and natural gas have an odorant added to help detection. Some people may not physically be able to smell or recognize this odorant. If unsure or unfamiliar about the smell associated with propane or natural gas, ask the gas supplier. Other conditions, such as "Odorant Fade", which causes the odorant to "fade", or diminish in intensity can also hide or camouflage a gas leak. A DANGER Water heaters utilizing propane are different from natural gas models. A natural gas heater will not function safely on propane and vice versa. Conversion from natural gas to propane (or vice versa) must be done by a qualified service technician. To avoid possible equipment damage, personal injury or fire: DO NOT connect this water heater to a fuel type not in accordance with unit data plate. Use propane for propane units, natural gas for natural gas units. These units are not certified for any other type fuel. A WARNING Propane appliances should not be installed below-grade (for example, in a basement) if such installation is prohibited by federal, state and/or local laws, rules, regulations or customs. INSTALLATION CODES Installation must be in accordance with local codes, or, in the absence of local codes, with the latest editions of the National Fuel Gas Code, ANSI Z223.1/NFPA 54, and the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70. In Canada installations must conform with the current CAN/CSA B149.1 and the Canadian Electrical Code Part 1 CSA C22.2 No.1. Where required by the authority having jurisdiction, the installation must conform to American Society of Mechanical Engineers Safety Code for Controls and Safety Devices for Automatically Fired Heaters, CSD- 1. INSTALLATION BASE The heater should be mounted on a level, non-combustible surface. Heater must not be installed on carpeting. The heater can be installed on a combustible surface only when the appropriate listed floor shield base is provided. An optional listed floor shield base is available for factory installation with the heater on all indoor models. Do NOT use the shipping base crate as an installation base. NOTE: The heater should be located in an area where water leakage will not result in damage to the area adjacent to the appliance or to the structure. When such locations cannot be avoided, it is recommended that a suitable drain pan, adequately drained, be installed under the appliance. The pan must not restrict air flow. In addition, the heater shall be installed such that the gas ignition system components are protected from water (dripping, spraying, rain, etc.) during appliance operation and service (circulator replacement, control replace- ment, etc.). Combustible floorshield ordering information: ALTERNATE METHOD FOR PROVIDING A NON- COMBUSTIBLE BASE 12" Minimurr Heater Model Number 133 182/181 260/261 330/331 400/401 514 624 724 824 926* 1083* 1178* 1287* 1414* 1571* 1758* 962 1125 1223 1336 1468 1631 1826 Floor Base Part Number 001749 058313 058314 058315 058316 056199 056200 056201 056202 054597 054598 054599 054600 054601 058378 058379 059233 059234 059235 059236 059237 059238 059239 4" Minimum x Sheet Metal 24 Gauge Hollow concrete cinder block, align holes and leave ends open. Fig.#8148 *Models with factory installed floor shield as standard BOLD TYPE indicates Low NOx models. CLEARANCES INSTALLATION CLEARANCES (All Dimensions Are In Inches) CLEARANCES FROM COMBUSTIBLE SURFACES Location Floor Front Back Right Left *Vent Indoor Top Outdoor Top Heater Size 133 181 to 401 514 to 824 926 to 1826 2100 to 4001 See Note 1 See Note 2 12 6 12 6 42 12 12 12 6 39 12 6 18 6 36 24 24 24 6 24 Unobstructed 24 24 24 6 24 NA Note 1: Combustible floor shield is required when heater is to be installed on a combustible surface. (See ordering info, on pg.5.) Note 2: Servicing Clearances: Provide at least 24" (Models 0133-1826), 48" (Models 2100-4001) in front of unit for removal & servicing of the Controls & Burner Tray. Provide at least 18" on side opposite water connec- tions for deliming of Heat Exchanger Tubes. *Vent includes factory supplied drafthoods and does not include field supplied vent systems above the drafthood. On Models 2100-4001 drafthood is built into heater. CLEARANCES TO PROTECTED SURFACES Note: The heater shall be installed in a space large in comparison to the size of the heater. Large space is defined as having a volume at least sixteen (16) times the total volume of the heater. Description a, 3-1ffi in, Ifiiclt masonry walls without vtifltitated air 3P3C*». B, 1/2 in ansulaikm board we* 1 *rt, <$a$& fiber of minwj WKXJ! katts. c 0.024 sheet metal over 1 an, gtass fiber * mtnara) wool t»att* rasfifcseefil with w«« o« rear fac« with v*Krt8ate<i air spac«. d. 3-1/2 H ttick roasoiwy wall wfth v*jn&ifeite<& mt space. o 0 024 sheet roeta2 with vemiUited air (space. 1. Win. ttidu[Wul»ti«i boaiKwiti ventilated a« spaca g. 0 .084 utwai metal wilh V8F]ifla1a3d Sff Sp3€& GV6F 0,024 sheet mesas wftf* venS'lated a*r space. h- 1 «a gfcm fiber or mineral wool bafts samfwiehed btttweawt two stress 0.02:4 sheet (MB! wttfi venttlafKf air sj>ae« location Back Right Loft Vent Indoor Toj» Outdoor Top Bach RlBNt UR Vmt Indoor Top Outdoor Top Back Riant UK Vent InifowToo Outdoor To|t Bach Right Lett Vent Indoor To£ Outdoor Top Back _SSafii__Left Vmt Indoor Top Chitdoor Top Back Rteht Left V«n( Indoor To^ Outdoor Top Back Rikt Loft Vont indoor Top Outdoor Top Back Rlfll't Left Vwtt Indoor Top Outdoor Ton f'W&trMMI. 133 » » 9 _§_J 43 6 3 6 _i_H30 4; a- 4 ,3 L a4 t_ 6 6 ')e , 42 NA 4 ? 4 X 24 4 3 4 3 24 MA 4 3 4 3 24 4 3 4 3 J iZ4 "i N* »81to 001 9 9 asS u (> 15 6 3 30 U 4 4 4 3 "1 24 U S 9 6 6| __ $14)0 S24 9 S 12 —_JL__J 36 mto&tmrt B j » 3 24 nobstmclt 4 3 6 3 1« nobstfwaj 6 8 6 6 » Unobstftfi u 4 4_4" 2 24 ti 4 4 4 ™_J_;__|4_J U 4 4 4 3 24 U 4 4 4 3 24 4 2 "" 6 2 IS 92610 1826 1« 18 18 S 24 M •2 12 12 3 16 sJ 8 fla 3 12 •d 8 '8 8 6 ^j— :<! 8 8 8? !2 nob&trucfcss 4 3 (. » 18 KSbstru«t( 4af$ if mstistfiict* 4 3e> 3 1« <j 8 8 3 J2 d « 8 8 3 W Kl 6aa 3 (2 UoefotstfwcfoKf Z100 to 40»1| 16 16 16 "Jr,i _. ,, fJA '__, 12 1k '3 16 ' MA ^ 8 ' 8 1 «3 12 ] MA , 8 «"" 8 i C> 74 NA "*e 1 s ™"s ' "^ L_J__I -_ , NA 8 8 '*" | ZUZ]12 ^_NA__J 8 ' 8 7T 1 :> 12 , NA ' 8 «H___ 9 _Ji_iNA SPECIFICATIONS AND DIMENSIONS MODEL 133 14 1/2 7 1/4 1 1/4 NPT OUTLET INDOOR DRAFT DIVERTER OUTDOOR STACKLESS TOP 1 1/4 NPT WATER INLET COMBUSTIBLE FLOOR SHIELD (OPTIONAL) Model Number WH-133 Indoor Input MBH 136.0 Recovery QPH* 135 Outdoor Recovery GPH" 132 NOTE: Ratings are shown for elevations up to 2,000 feet. For elevations over 2,000 feet, reduce ratings 4% for each 1,000 feet above sea level. * Recovery based on manufacturer's rating. MODELS 182-400 and 181-401 - ,* OUTLET 1-1/2" NPT WATERCONNECTIONS 40STACKLESSOUTDOOR TOP CONNECTION 3-7/8 L-21-1/4"ELECT.CONN Model Number WH-1 82/181 WH-260/261 WH-330/331 WH-400/401 indoor Input MBH 181.0 264.0 334.0 399.0 Recovery GPH* 180 262 332 397 Dimensions (inches) Width A 18-1/4 22-3/8 25-3/4 29-1/4 Height C §2-5/8 62-7/8 63-3/4 65-3/8 J 12-1/16 11-1/8 10-3/4 12-1/2 Flue Diameter K 6 7 8 9 COMBUSTIBLE FLOOR SHIELD (OPTIONAL) NOTE: Ratings are shown for elevations up to 2,000 feet. For elevations over 2,000 feet, reduce ratings 4% for each 1,000 feet above sea level. Bold type indicates Low NOx models. * Recovery based on manufacturer's rating. MODELS 514-824 DRAFT HOOD STACKLESS TOP 44-1/6 PUMP COVER(OPTIONAL) COMBUSTIBLE FLOOR SHIELD(OPTIONALI Model Kumber WH-514 WH-624 WH-724 WH-824 Indoor/Outdoor Input MBH 511.5 627.0 726.0 825.0 Recovery GPH* 508 623 722 820 ^ Dimensions (Inches) Width A 32-3/4 37-1/2. 41-5/8 45-3/4 Gas Conn. G Rue Diameter K 1 I 10 1 I 12 1 1 12 14 L 25-3/8 29-1/2 34-1/4 38-1/2 NOTE: Ratings are shown for elevations up to 2,000 feet. For elevations over 2,000 feet, reduce ratings 4% for each 1,000 feet above sea level. 'Recovery based on manufacturer's rating. MODELS 962-1826 ELEC.CONN.(J-BOX) Model Number WH-962 WH-1125 WH-1223 WH-1336 WH- 1.468 WH-1631 WH-1828 Input MBH 961.7 1124.7 1222.5 1336.6 1467.0 1630.0 182S.6 Recovery GPH* 956 1118 1215 1328 1458 1620 1814 amenatons fineries) Width A 52-3/8 59-1/4 (J3-5/S 68-5/8 74-7/8 82-1/8 89-3/8 Overall Height B 68-3/4 74-1/2 74-1/2 76-1/2 76-1/2 79-1/2 81-1C jfadtet Height C 33-1/2 33-1/2 33-1/2 33-1/2 33-ttZ 36-1/2 36-1/2 Gas Conn. G 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 Water Conns. H 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 J 18 23-5/8 23-W8 23*8 23-5*8 23-5/8 23*8 Plus Diameter K 14 1© 16 18 18 18 20 L 28 32 32 36 36 36 40 NOTE: Ratings are shown for elevations up to 2,000 feet. For elevations over 2,000 feet, reduce ratings 4% for each 1,000 feet above sea level. 'Recovery based on manufacturer's rating. MODELS 926-1758 27-3/4 46 3/4 5-1/8 1-1/8 19-1/2 •- _L .— I 1-1/8 COMBUSTIBLE FLOOR SHIELD (OPTIONAL) PUMP COVER (OPTIONAL) Model Number WH-926 WH-1083 WH-1178 WH-1287 WH-1414 WH-1S71 WH-1758 Input MBH 926.0 1083.0 1178.0 1287.0 1413.0 1S70.0 1758.0 Recovery GPH* 920 1076 1171 1279 1404 1560 1747 Dimensions (Inches) Width A 52-3/8 S9-1/4 63-5/8 68-5/8 74-7/e 82-1/8 89-3/8 Gas Conn. a 1 1 1-1/4 1-1M 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 Water Conns. H 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 •Recovery based on manufacturer's rating. MODELS 2100-4000 NOTE: Ratings are shown for elevations up to 2,000 feet. For elevations over 2,000 feet, reduce ratings 4% for each 1,000 feet above sea level. Model Number WH-2100 WH-2500 WB-3001 WH-3500 WB4001 (nput MBH 2100.0 2499.0 3000.0 3500,0 4QGO.O Recovery GPH* 2CB7 2484 2982 3479 3976 Dimensions (Inches) Width A 61 70 81-1/4 92-1/2 103-3/4 Overall Height B 68-1/4 68-1/4 68-1/4 68-1/4 68-1/4 Gas Conn. G »•» •* 2 2 2 Water Conns. H 3 3 3 3 3 Hue Diameter K 24 26 28 30 32 « 1-1J2* or 2* ccmtingertt on code requirements, 'Recovery based on manufacturer's rating. NOTE: Ratings are shown for elevations up to 2,000 feet. For elevations over 2,000 feet, reduce ratings 4% for each 1,000 feet above sea level. OUTDOOR WATER HEATERS These heaters are design certified for out- door installation. Heaters must not be installed under an overhang of less than three (3) feet from the top on the heater. Three (3) sides must be open in the area under the overhang. Roof water drainage must be diverted away from the heaters installed under overhangs with the use of gutters. The point from where the flue products exit the heater must be a minimum of four (4) feet below, four (4) feet horizontally from or one (1) foot above any door, window or gravity inlet to a building. The top surface of the heater shall be at least three (3) feet above any forced air inlet, or intake ducts located within ten (10) feet horizon- tally. 3 foot 10 foot JU Forced Air Met Fig. #8245 HIGH WIND CONDITIONS (Outdoor Units Only) In areas where high winds are frequent, it may be necessary to locate the heater a minimum of 3' from high vertical walls, or install a wind break so the heater is not in direct wind current. COMBUSTION AIR (Indoor Units Only) Air For Combustion And Ventilation The heater must have both combustion and ventilation air. Minimum requirements for net free air supply openings are 12 inches from ceiling for ventilation and 12 inches from the floor for combustion air as outlined in ANSI Z223.1, and any local codes that may have jurisdiction. CAUTION: Combustion air must not be contaminated by corrosive chemical fumes which can damage the heater. Measures must be taken to prevent the entry of corrosive chemical fumes to the combustion and ventilation air supply. Such chemicals include, but are not limited to, chlorinated and/or fluorinated hydrocarbons such as found in refrigerants, aerosol propellants, dry-cleaning fluids, degreasers, and paint removers. Other harmful elements may come from bleaches, air fresheners, or mastics. Vapors from these types of products can form corrosive acid compounds when burned in a gas flame. The resulting acid condensate can damage or substantially reduce the life of the heater. It may become necessary to provide outside air directly to the heater in order to avoid this problem. a. All Air From Inside The Building: Each opening shall have a minimum net free square inches as noted: Model 133 182/181 260/261 330/331 400/401 514 624 724 824 982 112S Square Inches 136 181 284 334 399 512 627 726 828 962 1125 Model 1223 1336 1468 1631 1626 2100 2S00 3001 3500 4001 Square Inches 1223 1337 1467 1630 1826 2100 2499 3000 3500 4000 BOLD TYPE indicates Low NOx models. b. All Air From Outdoors: When air is supplied directly from outside of building, each opening shall have a minimum net free square inches as noted: Model 133 182/181 260/261 330/331 400/401 S14 624 724 824 962 1125 Square Inches 34 46 66 84 100 128 1ST 182 207 241 282 Modet 1223 1336 1468 1631 1826 2100 2SOO 3001 3500 400? Square Inches 306 33S 367 408 457 525 62S 750srs 1000 SOLD TYPE Wic«i«s Low NOx models. NOTE: If louvers, grills or screens are used on the openings, obtain the net free area from their supplier or manufacturer. If the design free area of a louver is not known nor available, it shall be assumed that wood louvers will have 20-25 percent free area and metal louvers will have 60-75 percent free area as shown in Sec. 5.3.5 National Fuel Gas Code. 10 VENTING OUTDOOR INSTALLATIONS MODEL 133 Step 1: Remove the front (4) screws. Step 2: Line up outdoor top vent opening over heater vent opening. Step 3: Lower outdoor top onto unit lining up slots in the outdoor top with screws holes in jacket top. Step 4: Reinstall (5) screws to secure jacket top and outdoor top to unit. FRONT OF UNIT MODELS 181-401 and 182-400 Outdoor Top Fig. #8114 MODELS 514-824 Step 1: Lower outdoor "Stackless" top onto unit. Position top so it is centered on unit from side-to-side and front-to-rear. Fig#8166 Step 2: Tighten the (4) screws (Shown below) until they come in contact with the unit jacket top, then evenly tighten all (4) screws to secure to unit. Fig# 8278.1 VENT TERMINAL (Outdoor) Stackless Top Installa- tion 1. Insert tabs into keyhole (4 places). 2. Snap tabs into keyholes so as not to pull out. Pagoda Top (Shipped Loose with Heater) OUTDOOR TOP JACKET TOP FASTENING SCREW Fig# 8233 MODELS 926-1758 Heaters are shipped with outdoor vent terminal factory installed. MODELS 2100-4001 These units are not certified for outdoor installa- tion. Fig. #RP8280.1 11 INDOOR INSTALLATIONS MODEL 133 Step 1. Shut-off main electrical power switch to heater. Step 2. Turn heater manual switch, located in upper control panel, to the "OFF" position. Step 3. Shut-off gas supply and water supply to the heater. Step 4. Mount drafthood on heater and attach with the 8 sheet metal screws provided. Drafthood should be positioned with the vent sensor located on the front left side as shown. Step 5. Remove plastic plug from left side of heater jacket and install the plastic grommet provided. Step 6. Route flue sensor wire harness through the grommet installed in Step 5. TEMPERATURE SENSOR SENSOR SHIELD MOUNTING SCREWS (8) HARNESS ASSY GROMMET JACKETTOP CONTROL PANEL HEATER ON/OFF SWITCH LOWER DOOR Fig. #8946 Step 7. Remove door and locate wire from roll out sensor to High Limit with the male/female connector. CONNECT ONE VENT SENSOR WIRE TO HIGH LIMIT WIRE CONNECT ONEVENT SENSOR WIRErri oru i ra IT Fig. #8947 Step 8. Disconnect male/female connector and attach to the 2 wires from drafthood vent sensor harness. AMEREX CORPORATION 7595 Gadsden Highway P. O. Box 81 Trussville, Alabama 35173-0081 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET Prepared to U.S. OSHA, CMA, ANSI and Canadian WHMIS Standards* PART I What is the material and what do I need to know in an emergency? 1. PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION TRADE NAME (AS LABELED): SYNONYMS: CARBON DIOXIDE Carbonic Anhydride, Carbonic Acid MANUFACTURER'S NAME: ADDRESS: EMERGENCY PHONE: BUSINESS PHONE: REVIEWED: AMEREX CORPORATION P.O. BOX 81 Trussville, AL 35173-0081 1-800-424-9300 (CHEMTREC) (205) 655-3271 MARCH 1,2001 2. COMPOSITION and INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS CHEMICAL NAME CARBON DIOXIDE CAS# 124-38-9 % v/v 100 EXPOSURE LIMITS IN AIR ACGIH TLV ppm 5000 STEL ppm 30,000 OSHA PELppm 5000 STELppm NE IDLH ppm 50,000 OTHER NIOSH REL: 5000 ppm; 30,000 ppm STEL. DFG MAK: 500 ppm NE = Not Established C = Ceiling Level See Section 16 for Definitions of Terms Used 1 NOTE: all WHMIS required information I* included, n is located in appropriate section! based on Me ANSI 2400.1-1393 formal. CARBON DIOXIDE MSDS PAGE 1 OF 8 3. HAZARD IDENTIFICATION EMERGENCY OVERVIEW: This product is an odorless, colorless gas which can cause asphyxiation. Though the mixture is not flammable, if the product's cylinders are exposed to high temperatures, they may rupture violently and cause a high-pressure release of gas. SYMPTOMS OF OVER-EXPOSURE BY ROUTE OF EXPOSURE: The most significant route of exposure for this product is inhalation. INHALATION: Although unlikely to occur during use of one fire extinguishing unit, exposure to high concentrations of this gas may cause an oxygen deficient environment. Individuals breathing such an atmosphere may experience dizziness, drowsiness, unconsciousness, and death, under some circumstances. Inhalation of carbon dioxide can affect the central nervous system and blood vessels, as well as change the rate of respiration. CONTACT WITH SKIN or EYES: Contact with liquid or rapidly expanding gases may cause burns or frostbite. HEALTH EFFECTS OR RISKS FROM EXPOSURE: An Explanation in Lav Terms. This product poses low, acute health risks. ACUTE: This extinguishing material presents a slight risk of causing acute health effects. Exposure symptoms would occur upon breathing high concentrations of this gas in a poorly ventilated environment. CHRONIC: This product is not known to cause any industrial illnesses or diseases. HAZARDOUS MATERIAL INFORMATION SYSTEM HEALTH (BLUE) FLAMMABILITY (RED> REACTIVITY (YELLOW) 1 0 0 PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT EYES RESPIRATORY} HANDS | BODY See Section 8 For routine industrial applications PART II What should I do if a hazardous situation occurs? 4. FIRST-AID MEASURES This product is a gas; therefore, exposure via ingestion, ingestion, skin contact, or eye contact would be unlikely. Should exposure via inhalation occur, remove victims to fresh air, as quickly as possible. Trained personnel should administer supplemental oxygen and/or cardio-pulmonary resuscitation, if necessary. Only trained personnel should administer supplemental oxygen. In case of frostbite, place the frostbitten part in warm water. If warm water is not available, or impractical to use, wrap the affected parts gently in blankets. If exposure causes obvious distress, victim(s) and rescuers must be taken for medical attention. Take copy of label and MSDS to physician or health professional with victim. CARBON DIOXIDE MSDS PAGE 2 OF 8 5. FIRE-FIGHTING MEASURES FLASH POINT. Degree C (method): Not applicable. NFPA RANKING - HEALTH=1, FLAMMABIL1TY=0, REACTIVITY=0, OTHER=0 AUTOIGNITION TEMPERATURE. Degree C: Not applicable. FLAMMABLE LIMITS (in air by volume. %}: Lower (LELV. Not applicable. Upper (UEL): Not applicable. FIRE EXTINGUISHING MATERIALS: None. This product is a fire extinguishing agent. UNUSUAL FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS: When involved in a fire, this cylinder under may rupture violently, causing a high pressure release of gases. Explosion Sensitivity to Mechanical Impact: Not sensitive. Explosion Sensitivity to Static Discharge: Not sensitive. SPECIAL FIRE-FIGHTING PROCEDURES: Keep unused cylinders cool using a water spray. Structural fire fighters must wear Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus and full protective equipment. 6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES SPILL AND LEAK RESPONSE: Uncontrolled releases should be responded to by trained personnel using pre-planned procedures. Proper protective equipment should be used. In case of a release, clear the affected area, protect people, and respond with trained personnel. For uncontrolled releases, respond wearing Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus. Monitor the surrounding area for oxygen content. The atmosphere must have at least 19.5 percent oxygen before personnel can be allowed in the area without Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus. Ventilate the affected area. PART III How can I prevent hazardous situations from occurring? 7. HANDLING and STORAGE WORK PRACTICES AND HYGIENE PRACTICES: Avoid getting chemicals ON YOU or IN YOU. Wash hands after handling chemicals. Do not eat or drink while handling chemicals. Be aware of any signs of dizziness or fatigue; exposures to fatal concentrations of this product could occur without any significant warning symptoms. STORAGE AND HANDLING PRACTICES: All employees who handle this material should be trained to handle it safely. Keep cylinders in dry, well-ventilated areas which are away from sources of heat. Keep cylinders secure. PROTECTIVE PRACTICES DURING MAINTENANCE OF CONTAMINATED EQUIPMENT: Follow practices indicated in Section 6 (Accidental Release Measures). Make certain application equipment is locked and tagged-out safely. Always use this product in areas where adequate ventilation is provided. Decontaminate equipment using soapy water before maintenance begins. Collect all rinsates and dispose of according to applicable Federal, State, or local procedures. CARBON DIOXIDE MSDS PAGE 3 OF 8 8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS - PERSONAL PROTECTION VENTILATION AND ENGINEERING CONTROLS: Use with adequate ventilation. Use a mechanical fan or vent area to outside. RESPIRATORY PROTECTION: Use supplied air respiratory protection if oxygen levels are below 19.5%. EYE PROTECTION: Safety glasses. HAND PROTECTION: None normally required. BODY PROTECTION: Use body protection appropriate for task. 9. PHYSICAL and CHEMICAL PROPERTIES RKTE <n-B»^): NotVAPOR DENSITY: 1 .52 SPECIRC GRAVITY: Approximately 1 .3 fQ L™r^ <gNT °r RANGE: SublimeS' SOLUBILITY IN WATER: Soluble. BOILING POINT: Sublimes. VAPOR PRESSURE, mm Hq ft 20 Deqrees C: Not pH ( Q applicable. APPEARANCE AND COLOR: This product is an odorless, compressed gas. HOW TO DETECT THIS SUBSTANCE (warning properties): This product does not have any specific warning properties. 10. STABILITY and REACTIVITY STABILITY: Stable. DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS: Not applicable. MATERIALS WITH WHICH SUBSTANCE IS INCOMPATIBLE: Upon contact with moisture, carbon dioxide can form carbonic acid. Carbon dioxide is also incompatible with chemically active metals, such as sodium, potassium, and titanium. HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION: Will not occur. CONDITIONS TO AVOID: Incompatible materials. PART IV Is there any other useful information about this material? 11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION TOXICITY DATA: The following data is available for components of this produict greater than 1 percent by weight in concentration. Carbon Dioxide: This gas is a simple asphyxiant with physiological effects at high concentration. TCLo(inhalation, rat) = 6 pph/24 hours; reproductive and teratogenic effects LCLo(inhalation, human) = 9 pph/5 minutes LCLo(inhalation, mammal) = 90,000 ppm/5 minutes SUSPECTED CANCER AGENT: This product's ingredients are not found on the following lists: FEDERAL OSHAZ LIST, NTP, CAL/OSHA., IARC. IRR1TANCY OF PRODUCT: This product may cause mild skin and moderate eye irritancy. SENSmZATION TO THE PRODUCT: This product is not known to cause sensitization. CARBON DIOXIDE MSDS PAGE 4 OF 8 11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION (Continued) REPRODUCTIVE TOXICITY INFORMATION: Listed below is information concerning the effects of this product and its components on the human reproductive system. Mutagenicitv: This product is not known to cause mutagenic effects. Teratogenicity: This product is not known to cause teratogenic effects. Reproductive Toxicity: This product is not known to cause reproductive toxicity effects. A mutagen is a chemical which causes permanent changes to genetic material (DNA) such that the changes will propagate through generational lines. A teratogen is a chemical which causes damage to a developing fetus, but the damage does not propagate across generational lines. A reproductive toxin is any substance which interferes in any way with the reproductive process. MEDICAL CONDITIONS AGGRAVATED BY EXPOSURE: Contact with this product may aggravate pre-existing respiratory conditions. RECOMMENDATIONS TO PHYSICIANS: Treat patient symptoms. Administer oxygen, as necessary. 12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION ENVIRONMENTAL STABILITY: No adverse environmental consequences are expected. All gases in this mixture occur naturally in the environment. The gas will dissipate rapidly in well ventilated areas. EFFECT OF MATERIAL ON PLANTS or ANIMALS: None currently known. EFFECT OF CHEMICAL ON AQUATIC LIFE: Not expected to harm aquatic life. 13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS PREPARING WASTES FOR DISPOSAL: Waste disposal must be in accordance with appropriate Federal, State, and local regulations. This product, if unaltered by use, may be disposed of by treatment at a permitted facility or as advised by your local hazardous waste regulatory authority. Residue from fires extinguished with this material may be hazardous. EPA WASTE NUMBER: Not applicable. 14. TRANSPORTATION INFORMATION THIS MATERIAL IS HAZARDOUS AS DEFINED BY 49 CFR 172.101 BY THE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION. PROPER SHIPPING NAME: Fire Extinguishers (Carbon Dioxide). HAZARD CLASS NUMBER and DESCRIPTION: 2.2 (Non-flammable gas) HAZARD CLASS NUMBER and DESCRIPTION: 2.2 (Non-flammable gas) UN IDENTIFICATION NUMBER: UN 1013. PACKING GROUP: Not applicable. DOT LABEL(S) REQUIRED: Not applicable (see note below). EMERGENCY RESPONSE GUIDE NUMBER: Not applicable. Note: Fire extinguishers fall under the exception category for labeling under 49 CFG 173.309. The "Non-Flammable Gas" label would not be added, except if the cylinder is offered for shipment by air. MARINE POLLUTANT: Not applicable. THIS MATERIAL IS HAZARDOUS AS DEFINED BY TRANSPORT CANADA "TRANSPORTATION OF DANGEROUS GOODS" REGULATIONS. See above information. CARBON DIOXIDE MSDS PAGE 5 OF 8 15. REGULATORY INFORMATION SARA REPORTING REQUIREMENTS: Carbon Dioxide is not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 302, 304 and 313 of Title III of the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act. SARA Threshold Planning Quantity: Not applicable. TSCA INVENTORY STATUS: Carbon Dioxide is listed on the TSCA Inventory. CERCLA REPORTABLE QUANTITY (RQ): Not applicable. OTHER FEDERAL REGULATIONS: Not applicable. STATE REGULATORY INFORMATION: Chemicals In this product are covered under specific State regulations, as denoted below: Alaska - Designated Toxic and Massachusetts - Substance List: Carbon Pennsylvania • Hazardous Substance Hazardous Substances: Carbon Dioxide. Dioxide. List: Carbon Dioxide. £l^«S^^S^mlt" Minnesota - List of Hazardous Rhode Island - Hazardous Substance Dioxide C°ntamlnantS; Carb°" Substances: Carbon Dioxide. List: Carbon Dioxide. Florida • Substance List: Carbon Missouri - Employer Information/Toxic •.•„,„ u,,»^«..» e K.» 11.«. w-.—Dioxide. Substance List: Carbon Dioxide. Texas" Hazafdous Substance List: None. Illinois - Toxic Substance List: Carbon New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous West Virginia - Hazardous Substance Dioxide. Substance List: Carbon Dioxide. List: Carbon Dioxide. Kansas. Section 302/111 LM- Ninna Nortn Dakota - List of Hazardous Wisconsin - Toxic and HazardousKansas Section 302/313 List None. Cnemica|S| Reportab,e Quantities: None. Substances: Carbon Dioxide. CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65: Carbon dioxide is not listed on the California Proposition 65 lists. LABELING (Precautionary Statements): WARNING! Liquefied gas under pressure. May cause frostbite bums. Exposure may cause headaches, dizziness, eye irritation. Use only in well-ventilated area. Store in a cool, dry location. TARGET ORGANS: Respiratory system, skin, eyes. WHMIS SYMBOLS: 16. OTHER INFORMATION PREPARED BY: CHEMICAL SAFETY ASSOCIATES, Inc. 9163 Chesapeake Drive, San Diego, CA 92123-1002 619/565-0302 The information contained herein is based on data considered accurate. However, no warranty is expressed or implied regarding the accuracy of these data or the results to be obtained from the use thereof. AMEREX Corporation assumes no responsibility for injury to the vendee or third persons proxtmately caused by the material if reasonable safety procedures are not adhered to as stipulated in the data sheet. Additionally, AMEREX Corporation assumes no responsibility for injury to vendee or third persons proximately caused by abnormal use of the material even if reasonable safety procedures are followed. Furthermore, vendee assumes the risk In his use of the material. CARBON DIOXIDE MSDS PAGE 6 OF 8 DEFINITIONS OF TERMS A large number of abbreviations and acronyms appear on an MSDS. Some of these which are commonly used include the following: CAS #: This is the Chemical Abstract Service Number which TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION: uniquely identifies each constituent. It is used for computer- related Possible health hazards as derived from human data, animal searching. studies, or from the results of studies with similar compounds are EXPOSURE LIMITS IN AIR: presented. Definitions of some terms used in this section are: LD50 ACGIH - American Conference of Governmental Industrial - Lethal Dose (solids & liquids) which kills 50% of the exposed Hygienists, a professional association which establishes exposure animals; LC50 - Lethal Concentration (gases) which kills 50% of limits. the exposed animals; ppm concentration expressed in parts of TLV • Threshold Limit Value - an airborne concentration of a material per million parts of air or water; mg/m3 concentration substance which represents conditions under which it is generally expressed in weight of substance per volume of air; mg/kg quantity believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed without of material, by weight, administered to a test subject, based on adverse effect The duration must be considered, including the 8- their body weight in kg. Data from several sources are used to hour Time Weighted Average (TWA), the 15-minute Short Term evaluate the cancer-causing potential of the material. The sources Exposure Limit, and the instantaneous Ceiling Level. Skin are: (ARC - the international Agency for Research on C_ancer; NTP adsorption effects must also be considered. - the National Toxicology Program, RTECS - the Registry of Toxic OSHA - U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration. Effects of Chemical Substances, OS HA and CAL/OSHA. IARC PEL - Permissible Exposure Limit - this exposure value means and NTP rate chemicals on a scale of decreasing potential to exactly the same as a TLV, except that it is enforceable by OSHA. cause human cancer with rankings from 1 to 4. Subrankings (2A, The IDLH • Immediately Dangerous to Life and Health level 28, etc.) are also used. Other measures of toxicity include TDLo, represents a concentration from which one can escape within 30- the lowest dose to cause a symptom; TDo, LDLo, and LDo, the minutes without suffering escape-preventing or permanent injury, lowest dose to cause death. The DFG - MAK is the Republic of Germany's Maximum Exposure REGULATORY INFORMATION Level, similar to the U.S. PEL. NIOSH is the National Institute of This section explains the Impact of various laws and regulations on Occupational Safety and Health, which is the research arm of the the material. EPA is the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). WHMIS is the Canadian Workplace Hazard Information System. NIOSH issues exposure guidelines called Recommended DOT and CTC are the U.S. Department of Transportation and the Exposure Levels (RELs). When no exposure guidetines are Canadian Transportation Commission, respectively. These are: established, an entry of NE is made for reference. Superfund Amendments and Reauthorizatlon Act (SARA); the FLAMMABILITY LIMITS IN AIR: Much of the information related to Toxic Substance Control Act (TSCA); Marine Pollutant status fire and explosion is derived from the National Fire Protection according to the DOT; California's Safe Drinking Water Act Association (NFPA). LEL - the lowest percent of vapor in air, by (Proposition 65); the Comprehensive Environmental volume, that will explode or ignite in the presence of an ignition Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA or source. UEL - the highest percent of vapor in air, by volume, that Superfund); and various state regulations.~This section also will explode or ignite in the presence of an ignition source. includes information on the precautionary warnings which appear on the materials package label. CARBON DIOXIDE MSDS PAGE 7 OF 8 FIRE EXTINGUISHER - Cautions and Warnings Fire extinguishers are designed and produced for the specific purpose of providing a safe and efficient safety tool to be used only in the fighting of fires, improper or careless use may cause severe bodily injury and/or property damage. Contents are under pressure which is necessary to deliver the contained extinguishing agent to the fire source. Please take note of the following safety information: • Contents are under pressure. Do not puncture, incinerate, or discharge into another person's face. • Do not store at high temperatures above 120 degrees F. or 49 degrees C. • Keep away from small children. • Do not use if the extinguisher appears to be damaged or corroded. • Avoid inhaling the extinguishing agent. Avoid inhaling smoke and fumes - all fires release toxic substances that are harmful. DO NOT remain in a closed area after use; evacuate the area immediately and ventilate thoroughly before re-entering. • Although extinguishing agents are non-toxic when used properly, contact with them may cause irritation to eyes, nose, throat, and other allergic symptoms. Refer to specific extinguishing agent material safety data sheet for additional information. AVOID INHALING SMOKE AND FUMES; ALL FIRES RELEASE TOXIC SUBSTANCES THAT ARE HARMFUL. DO NOT REMAIN IN CLOSED AREA AFTER USE. VENTILATE CLOSED AREAS BEFORE RETURNING. ABC DRY CHEMICAL MSDS PAGE 8 OF 8 Material Safety Data Sheet Provided by: DPC Industries, Inc. DX Distributors, Inc. DPC Enterprises DX Systems Company DXI Industries, Inc. DX Terminals PO Box 24600 Houston, Tx 77229-4600 281-457-4888 www.dxgroup.com SECTION 1 - CHEMICAL PRODUCT AND COMPANY IDENTIFICATION Product Name Synonyms Chemical Name Emergency phone: Chemtrec: DIXICHLOR BLEACH SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE 10% 281-457-4888 800-424-9300 Date of Issue: Revised Date: 1/8/2001 N/A SECTION2 - COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS COMPONENTS SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE SODIUM CHLORIDE SODIUM HYDROXIDE WATER PERCENT 10 7-8 0.5-2 REMAINDER CAS NO. 7681-52-9 7647-14-5 1310-73-2 7732-18-5 SECTIONS- HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION Potential Health Effects A CGIH - TL V: NOT ESTABLISHED. Eye Contact MAY CAUSE SEVERE PAIN. BLURRED VISION, TEARING AND SWELLING. CONCENTRATED SOLUTIONS MAY CAUSE BURNING. Skin Contact Ingestion Inhalation MAY CAUSE MODERATE SKIN IRRITATION. CONTACT WITH CONCENTRATED SOLUTIONS MAY BLEACH THE SKIN AND CAUSE REDNESS. PAIN, BLISTERING, ITCHY ECZEMA AND POSSIBLE CHEMICAL BURNS. MAY CAUSE PAIN AND INFLAMMATION OF THE MOUTH, THROAT, ESOPHAGUS. AND STOMACH. CAN CAUSE EROSION OF MUCOUS MEMBRANES, ESPECIALLY IN THE STOMACH. VAPORS MAY CAUSE SLIGHT TO SEVERE IRRITATION OF THE RESPIRATORY TRACT. HIGH CONCENTRATIONS MAY CAUSE SORE THROAT. BLISTERING, DELAYED PULMONARY EDEMA (SWELLING OF LUNG TISSUE) AND SHORTNESS OF BREATH. Carcinogenicity: NTP NO IARC NO OSHA NO SECTION 4 - FIRST AID PROCEDCURES Eye Contact: Skin Contact: Inhalation: Ingestion: IMMEDIATELY FLUSH EYES WITH PLENTY OF WATER FOR AT LEAST 15 MINUTES WHILE HOLDING EYELIDS OPEN. GET MEDICAL ATTENTION. IMMEDIATELY REMOVE CONTAMINATED CLOTHING OR SHOES. WIPE EXCESS FROM SKIN AND FLUSH WITH PLENTY OF WATER FOR AT LEAST 15 MINUTES. USE SOAP IF AVAILABLE OR FOLLOW BY WASHING WITH SOAP AND WATER. DO NOT REUSE CLOTHING UNTIL THOROUGHLY CLEANED. GET MEDICAL REMOVE VICTIM TO FRESH AIR AND PROVIDE OXYGEN IF BREATHING IS DIFFICULT. GIVE ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION IF NOT BREATHING. GET MEDICAL ATTENTION. DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING. RINSE MOUTH WITH WATER. IF CONSCIOUS, GIVE LARGE QUANTITIES DIXICHLOR Pagel of 3 OF WATER OR MILK AND GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL ATTENTION. NEVER GIVE ANYTHING BY MOUTH TO AN UNCONSCIOUS PERSON! SECTION 5 -FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES Flash Point NONFLAMMABLE. Extinguishing Media USE MEDIA APPROPRIATE FOR SURROUNDING AREA. Snoritil Flfffiithtiito WEAR SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS AND FULL PROTECTIVE GEAR.special rirejpmuif, STAy upw,ND AND KEEp QUT QF LQW AREAS Procedures/Precautions SECTION 6 -ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES For 9/jiV/- CLEAN-UP PERSONNEL SHOULD USE PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT TO PREVENT CONTACT.CONTAIN 1 MATERIAL. PLACE COLLECTED MATERIAL IN A DISPOSAL CONTAINER. PREVENT LIQUID FROM ENTERING SEWERS OR WATERWAYS. DO NOT USE COMBUSTIBLE ABSORBENTS, WHEN NECESSARY, HYPOCHLORITE | SECTION 7 - HANDLING AND STORA GE | Keep container tightly closed when not in use. Store in a cool, dry, well-ventilated area away from direct sunlight, heat and incompatible materials. Protect containers from physical damage. AVOID CONTACT WITH EYES AND SKIN AND INHALATION OF VAPORS, MISTS, AND FUMES. | SECTION 8 - EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION Rewiratorv Protection USE NIOSH APPROVED RESPIRATOR PROTECTION. FOR CANISTER TYPE RESPIRATORS. '' * USE CHLORINE FILTERS. IN CASE OF FIRE, WEAR SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS Ventilation LOCAL AND MECHANICAL RECOMMENDED, Protective Gloves CHEMICAL IMPERVIOUS GLOVES. Eye/Face Protection CHEMICAL SAFETY GOGGLES AND/OR FULL-FACE SHIELD. Other Protection CHEMICAL RESISTANT CLOTHING SUCH AS COVERALLS/APRON, BOOTS, ETC. Work Practice* USE GOOD PERSONAL HYGIENE PRACTICES. WASH HANDS BEFORE EATING. DRINKING, SMOKING, OR USING TOILET FACILITIES. PROMPTLY REMOVE SOILED CLOTHING AND WASH THOROUGHLY BEFORE REUSE. SHOWER AFTER WORK USING PLENTY OF SOAP AND WATER | SECTION9-PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES Boiling Point ("F): DECOMPOSES Vapor Pressure (mmHg): 17.5 Freezing Point (°F): 7 -10 Vapor Density (Air=l): NOT ESTABLISHED. Solubility (H2O): COMPLETE Specific Gravity (H2O=1): 1.20-1.40 pH 12 -13 Evaporation Rate: NOT ESTABLISHED. Appearance/Odor: CLEAR, PALE YELLOW OR GREENISH LIQUID WITH A CHLORINE ODOR, | SECTION 10 - STABILITY AND REA CTIV1TY Chemical Stability: YES Incompatible Materials: ANY ACIDIC MATERIAL, AMMONIA, UREA, OXIDIZABLE MATERIALS AND METALS, SUCH AS NICKEL, COPPER. TIN, ALUMINUM AND IRON. Decomposition Products: CHLORINE GAS RATE OF DECOMPOSITION INCREASES WITH THE CONCENTRATION WITH TEMPERATURES ABOVE 85 DEGREES F. Hazardous Polymerization: WILL NOT OCCUR. DIXICHLOR Page 2 of 3 SECTION 11 - TOXICITY IN FORMA TION Oral = > 8000 mg/kg (Rat) Dermal LD50 = N.E. Inhalation I_C50= > 10.5 mg/l (Rat) SECTION 12 - ECOLOGICAL INFORM A TION DAPHNIA MAGNA 24 HR. LC50 = > 500 MG/L ZEBRA FISH STATIC 24 HR. LC50 = > 500 MG/L SECTION 13 - DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS DISPOSE OF WASTE MATERIALS ACCORDING TO ALL FEDERAL. STATE. AND LOCAL REGULATIONS. | SECTION 14 - TRANSPORT INFORM A TION ~~ USA DOT Shipping Name: HYPOCHLORITE SOLUTION Hazard Class: 8 UN/NA Number. UN1791 Packing Group: '" Subsidiary Hazard: Marine Pollutant: NO | SECTION IS - REGULA TORY INFORM A TION ~ CERCLA RQ (Ibs): 100 SARA Title III Section 312: 69 Acute D Chronic D Flammable D Sudden Release of Pressure D Reactive SARA Title HI Section 313: NO SARA Extremely Hazardous Substance: NO HMIS HAZARD RATING "" Health: 2 Fire: 0 Reactivity: 1 0 - Least 1 - Slight 2 - Moderate 3 - High 4 - Extreme I SECTION 16- OTHER 1NFORMA TION EPA Pesticide Registration Number: 813-16 NSF Maximum Use Level for Potable Water (Standard 60): 200 MG/L TSCA (Toxic Substance Control Act), 40 CFR 710: Sources of the raw materials used in this mixture assure that all chemical ingrediants present are in compliance with Section 8(b) Chemical Substance Inventory, or are otherwise in compliance with TSCA. DISCLAIMER THE DATA PRESENTED IS TRUE AND CORRECT TO THE BEST OF OUR KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF; HOWEVER, NEITHER SELLER NOR PREPARER MAKES ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, CONCERNING THE INFORMATION PRESENTED. THE USER IS CAUTIONED TO PERFOM HIS OWN HAZARD EVALUATION AND TO RELY UPON HIS OWN DETERMINATIONS. DIXICHLOR Page 3 of 3 SULFURIC ACID 30%-40% Manufacturer MSDS Number: 33649 MSDS Name: SULFURIC ACID 30%-40% Manufacturer Name: Great Western Chemical Co. General Use: Used in the manufacturer of fertilizers, explosives, dyestuffs, parchment paper, glue, purification of petroleum, pickling of metal, manufacture of other acids and as an analytical reagent. Product Description: An inorganic acid Address: Corporate Office 808 S.W. 15th Avenue Portland, OR 97205 Business Phone: 503-228-2600 For information in North America, call: 503-228-2600 For emergencies in the US, call CHEMTREC: 800-424-9300 Health Phone: EMERGENCY: 800-497-7455 Other Phone: CANUTEC: 613-996-6666 Manufacturer MSDS Revision Date: 06/02/99 Supersedes: 08/30/96 Synonyms: Oil of vitriol, hydroot, vitriol brown oil, dipping acid, matting acid. Nordhausen acid, and sulfuric acid. NFPA 704 DESIGNATION HAZARD RATING: 4= Extreme 3= High 2= Moderate 1= Sight 0= Insignificiant NFPA Health: 3 Flammability: 0 Reactivity: 1 Other: Chemical Name Sulfuric Acid CAS# 7664-93-9 % Weight 30-40 OSHAPELTWA: 1mg/m3 OSHA STELVCeiling: Not Applicable ACGIH TLV TWA: 1mg/m3 (A2=strong inorganic acid mists only) ACGIH STEL/Ceiling: 3 mg/m3 OSHA HAZARD : Corrosive: Lung Toxin (See section 16) Emergency Overview: A clear, colorless liquid with no characteristic odor. Vapors, mists, and liquid can cause severe irritation or burns to the eyes, skin and respiratory tract. The NIOSH I.D.L.H. for sulfuric acids is; 15mg/m3. Sulfuric acid contained in strong inorganic acid mists is listed by the ACGIH as A2- suspected human carcinogen. Any risk of cancer is dependent upon the length of exposure to the strong acid mist. Sulfuric Acid: Potential Health Effects: Eye Contact: Exposure to vapors, mists, or liquid can cause severe eye irritation or burns. Symptoms of exposure may include tearing, redness, swelling, mucous, discharge and pain. Exposure may cause corneal damage and/ or usual impairment. Skin Contact: Exposure to vapors, mists, or liquid can cause severe skin irritation or burns. Symptoms of exposure may include; redness, swelling, and a burring sensation. Prolonged skin exposure to material may cause destruction of the dermis with impairment of the skin, at the site of contact, to regenerate. No published reports indicate this product is absorbed through the skin. Inhalation: Exposure to vapors or mists can cause severe irritation or burns to the respiratory tract. Symptoms of exposure may include shortness of breathe, wheezing, choking, coughing chest pain, and impairment of lung function. Inhalation of high concentration may cause permanent lung damage. Ingestion: Ingestion can cause severe irritation or burns to the gastrpinestestinal tract. Symptoms of exposure may include nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, abdominal pain, bleeding and tissue ulceration. Chronic Health Effects: Repeated inhalation may cause bronchitis, impairment of lung function, and permanent lung damage. Repeated inhalation or ingestion can cause erosion of tooth enamel. Otherwise the chronic effects of exposure would be the same as for acute exposure. NTP: No I ARC Designation: Group 1 (See Section 16) ACGIH Designation: Listed *See Below * A1 Confirmed Human: Not Applicable A2 Suspected Human: Yes(strong acid mist) Eye Contact: In case of contact, immediately flush eyes with plenty of clean running water for at least 15 minutes, lifting the upper and lower lids occasionally. Remove contact lenses, if worn. Get medical attention immediately. Skin Contact: In case of contact, immediately flush skin with plenty of clean running water for at least 15 minutes, while removing contaminated clothing and shoes. If burn or irritation occurs call a physician. Inhalation:If inhaled, immediately move to fresh air,. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. Do not use mouth to mouth method if victim ingested or inhaled the substance; use the holder Nielsen method (back pressure arm lift) or proper repiratory device. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Call a Physician. Ingestion: If swallowed, do not induce vomiting. Get medical attention immediately. If victim is fully conscious, give plenty of water to drink. Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. Note to Physicians: The primary hazard of this product is the corrosive effect on tissue. Treat exposure Flash Point: Product does not flash. Upper Flammable or Explosive Limit: Not applicable Lower Flammable or Explosive Limit: Not applicable Auto Ignition Temperature: Not applicable Extinguishing Media: Water fog, foam, CO, or dry chemicals. Use extinguishing media appropriate for surrounding fire. Use caution when using water- can cause an exothermic reaction-boiling, splattering etc. Hazardous Combustion Byproducts: When heated to dryness and decomposition, this product emits toxic oxides of sulfur. Fire Fighting Equipment: Firefighters should wear full protective equipment, including self-contained breathing apparatus. GENERAL HAZARD: The Uniform Fire Code physical hazard rating for this product is: Water-reactive Class 1. Direct contact with water evolves large amounts of heat, which can cause a violent reaction- boiling, splattering, etc. The Uniform Fire Code health hazards rating for this product is: Corrosive (acid). This product will generate flammable/explosive hydrogen gas on contact with Many soft metals (i.e., aluminum). Dilute solutions may still be corrosive. Product may produce hazardous fumes or hazardous decomposition products. Land Spill: Wearing recommended protective equipment and clothing, dike the spill and pick up the bulk of liquid using pumps or a vacuum truck, or absorb the liquid in sand or a commercial absorbent. Place in approved containers for recovery, disposal or satellite accumulation. Neutralize the acidity, of the remaining liquid using soda ash, lime or other agent appropriate for neutralizing acidic liquids. Flush the spill area with water; collect the rinsates for disposal or sewer, as appropriate. Water Spill: Wear recommended protective equipment and clothing if contact with hazardous material can occur. Stop or divert water flow. Dike contaminated waters and remove for disposal and/or treatment. As appropriate, notify all downstream users of possible contamination. Storage: STORAGE TEMPERATURE : Ambient STORAGE PRESSURE: Ambient GENERAL: Store in a cool, dry area away from incompatible material. Do not store in direct sunlight. Store above the freezing point. Avoid breathing vapors, mists, or aerosols. Use only with adequate ventilation. Do not get product in eyes, on skin, or on clothing. Wear recommended protective equipment. Wash thoroughly after handling this product. Engineering Controls: CONTROL MEASURES: Use local or general mechanical exhaust ventilation capable of maintaining emissions in the work area below the OSHA- PEL or ACGIH-TLV. Hand Protection Description: GLOVES: Neoprene or PVC gloves Eye/Face Protection: Wear chemical goggles (recommended by ANSI Z87.1-1979) or face shield.unless a full face piece respirator is worn. Protective Clothing/Body Protection: Wear a neoprene or PVC apron, or full protective clothing when handling this product. An eye wash station and safety shower should be available in the work area. Respiratory Protection: For exposures above the OSHA-Pel Or ACGIH-TLV, wear a NIOSH approved full face-piece or half mask air-purifying cartridge respirator equipped with an appropriate acid gas catridge, or supplied air. Other: FOOT WEAR: Neoprene boots. Color: Clear, colorless Odor: No characteristic odor Physical State: Liquid PH: (as is) : Less than 1.0 (1% solution): Less than 1.0 Vapor Pressure: No data available Vapor Density: (air-1): Greater than 1 Boiling Point: Greater than 100 deg C(212 deg F) Freezing Point: -37 to -68 deg C (-34 to -90 deg F) Melting Point: -37 to -68 deg C (-34 to -90 deg F) Solubility: Solubility in H20: Complete Specific Gravity: 1.218-1.303 Density: (pounds/gallon): 10.16-10.87 Bulk density (pounds/ft3):Not applicable Evaporation Point: (n-Buty1 Acetate=1): Less than 1 Percent Volatile: 100 Volatile Organic Compound Content: Not Applicable Molecular Formula: H2S04 (in water) Molecular Weight: 98.08 (in water) Odor Threshold: No data available . Coefficient of Water/Oil Distribution: Octanol/Water Partition: No data available Conditions to Avoid: Avoid excessive hot and cold temperatures. Incompatibilities with Other Materials: Alkalis, organic material, powdered metal, chlorine releasers, sulfides, cyanides, oxidizers, amines, combustible materials, and anhydrides. Hazardous Decomposition Products: When heated to dryness and decomposition, this product emits toxic oxides of sulfur. GENERAL: This product is stable and hazardous polymerization will not occur. SENSITIVITY TO MECHANICAL IMPACT: This product is NOT sensitive to mechanical impact. SENSITIVITY TO STATIC DISCHARGE : This product is not sensitive to static discharge. Sulfuric Acid: Eye Effect: Rabbit; 5mg/30 seconds (rinsed); SEVERE Skin Effects: No data available Dermal Rabbit LD50: No data available Ingestion Effects: Oral Rat LD 50: 2,140 mg/kg Inhalation Effects: 510 mg/m3/2 hours Inhalation Mouse LC 50: 320 mg/kg/2hours Inhalation human TCLo: 3 mg/m3/24 weeks Carcinogenicity: No data available Mutagenicity: Cytogenetic Analysis- Hamster Ovary: 4 mmOVL Teratogenicity: Inhalation Rabbit TCLo:20mg/m3/7hours (6-18 days pregnant) Synergistic Products: None Reported Target Organs: Eyes, Skin, Lungs Medical condition Aggravated by Exposure: Skin, Respiratory, Cardiovascular Disorders Environmental Fate: This product will affect the pH of water. No specific environmental fate data is available. ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS: No aquatic toxicity is available for sulfuric acid solutions. This product will affect the pH of the water, which does affect aquatic life Rainbow trout LC 50 pH 4.0 for a 7 day bioassay. Other species may way on pH susceptibility. RCRA Hazard Class: Corrosive EPA Waste Number: D002 If this product is disposed of as shipped, it meets the criteria of a hazardous waste as defined under 40CFR 261 due to its corrosivity. If this product becomes a waste, it will be a hazardous waste which is subject to the Land Disposal Restrictions under 40 CFR 268 and must be managed accordingly. As a hazardous liquid waste, it must be disposed of in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations in a permitted hazardous waste treatment, storage, and disposal facility. DOT Shipping Name: Sulfuric Acid Primary Label: Corrosive Primary subsidiary Placards: Corrosive Subsidiary label(s): None required DOT Reportable Quantity (RQ): 1,000 pounds (H2SO4) RQ for product: (see section 16) DOT 1996 North American Emergency Response Guidebook No.: 157 Marine pollutant: No DOT UN Number: UN2796 DOT Hazard Class: 8 DOT Packing Group: II Canadian Shipping Name: Sulphuric Acid, Solution Canadian Hazard Class: 8 (9.2) Canadian UN Number: UN1830 Canadian Shipping Label: Primary: Corrosive Subsidiary: None Required NAERG Number: 157 Special Shipping Information: Other Shipping Information: None TDG Packing Group: II TDG Primary/ Subsidiary Placards: Corrosive TDG Reportable Quantity (RQ)*: 5 liters or kilograms TDG Schedule XII: No Regulated Limit (RL):** 50 kg (H2SO4) RL FOR PRODUCT: (see section 16) *: Canadian Transportation of Dangerous Goods Regulations (TDGR) part IX Table 1, Quantities or levels for immediate Reporting of reportable quantities, RQ that meet the definition of a "dangerous occurrence" (a threat to life, health .property, or the environment) must be reported to the appropriate authorities as outlined in TDGR 9.13(1) and 9.14(1) **: Reporting to Environment Canada is required for any releases exceeding the regulated limits. RL of 9.2 material (Primary or Secondary). The regulated limits are found in Schedule XII of the TDGR. Sulfuric Acid: TSCA 8(b): Inventory Status (Yes/No): Yes SARA: Section 302: Planning Threshold: 1,000 pounds Section 302 Extremely Hazardous Substances (RQ): 1,000 pounds Section 312 Hazard Category: Planing Threshold : 1,000 pounds Acute: Yes Chronic: Yes Fire: No Reactive: Yes Pressure: No Section 313 Toxic Release Form: Listed Toxic Chemical: Yes (strong acid mist) Reporting Threshold : 10,000 pounds OSHA29CFR1200: OSHA Target Organs: Eyes, skin, lungs US Federal: EPA Requirements: Release Reporting CERCLA (40 CFR 302) Listed Substance: Yes Reportable Quantity: 1,000 pounds Category: C RCRA Waste No.: None Listed State: State of California: Safe Drinking Water and Toxins Enforcement Act, 1986 (proposition 65): Carcinogen: No Reproductive Toxin: No State Right to Know laws: MA, NJ, PA Regulatory Paragraph: Canada Regulations: Controlled Product: Yes Ingredient Information: IDL Substance: Yes Canada WHMIS: WHMIS Hazard Symbols: Materials Causing immediate and Serious Toxic Effect, corrosive material WHMIS Class Division : D.1A, E Canada DSL: Yes NFPA: Fire Hazard: 0 Health: 3 Reactivity: 1 MSDS Preparation Date: June 2,1999 MSDS Revision Date: MSDS Revision Information: Information Revised This Issue Date: Updated sections 2,3,5,6,9,11,12,14-16: product name Form Revision made 02/04/99 MSDS Author: Becca Heartwell MSDS Distributed by : Great-Western Chemical Company Environmental Department Phone; 800-547-1400 FAX: 503-421-3390 Disclaimer: This Material Safety Data Sheet is provided as an information resource only, It should not be taken as a warranty or representation for which Great Western Chemical Company assumes legal responsibility. While Great Western Chemical Company believes the information contained herein is accurate and compiled from sources believed to be reliable. It is the resposibility of the user to investigate and verify its validity. The buyer assumes all responsibility of using and handling the product in accordance with applicable federal state and local regulations. EPA Registration number: Not applicable Approved Product Uses: Not applicable Special Notes: Note: The International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) classified "strong inorganic acid mists containing sulfuric acid" as a group 1 carcinogen, a substance that is carcinogenic to humans. This classification is for inorganic acid mists only and does not apply to sulfuric acid or sulfuric acid solutions. 8 The basis of the IARC classification rests on several epidemiology studies which have several deficiencies. These studies did not account for exposure to other substances. Some known to be animal or potential human carcinogens, social influences (smoking or alcohol consumption) and included small number of subjects. Based on the overall weight of evidence from all human and chronic animal studies, no definitive causal relationship between sulfuric acid mist exposure and respiratory tract cancer has been shown. Additional Transportation and Environmental information for: Sulfuric acid (numbers listed below are approximates) % : 30 DOT RQ : 3333.3 pounds; 328.0 gallons RL (class 9.2): 166.7 kg; 136.8 liters % : 31 DOT RQ : 3225.8 pounds; 315.3 gallons RL (class 9.2): 161.3 kg; 131.5 liters % : 32 DOT RQ : 3125.0 pounds; 303.4 gallons RL (class 9.2): 156.2 kg; 126.5 liters % " 33 DOT RQ : 3030.3 pounds; 292.3 gallons RL (class 9.2): 151.5 kg; 121.9 liters % : 34 DOT RQ : 2941.2 pounds; 281.8 gallons RL (class 9.2): 147.1 kg; 117.5 liters % : 35 DOT RQ : 2857.1 pounds; 271.9 gallons RL (class 9.2): 142.9 kg; 113.4 liters % : 36 DOT RQ : 2777.8 pounds; 262.6 gallons RL (class 9.2) : 138.9 kg; 109.5 liters % : 37 DOT RQ : 2702.7 pounds; 253.8 gallons RL (class 9.2): 135.1 kg; 105.8 liters % : 38 DOT RQ : 2631.6 pounds; 245.5 gallons RL (class 9.2): 131.6 kg ; 102.4 liters %: 39 DOT RQ : 2564.1 pounds; 237.6 gallons RL (class 9.2) : 128.2 kg; 99.1 liters % : 40 DOT RQ : 2500.0 pounds; 230.1 gallons RL (class 9.2) : 125.0 kg; 95.9 liters This product does not contain any material, which the State of California has found to cause cancer and/ or birth defects or other reproductive harm. Copyright© 1996-2002 Actio Software Corporation. All Rights Reserved. To Top of oaae PRE-ENGINEERED 80 MPH WIND LOADS Raise guest-satisfaction scores the cost-effective way by raising a row of Cancun Cabanas around the perimeter of your pool. And once they're up, they'll stay up. The Cancun is engineered to withstand winds of 80 MPH and resist sagging even under torrential rains. Available in sizes as big as 40 feet by 80 feet (that's 3,200 square feet; roomier than most presidential suites). Choose from a dazzling array of Sunbrella fabric colors to match frames in ten (10) dramatic hues. With our festive Cancun Cabana, your pool or spa area can be the most powerful draw in town. • The Cancun Cabanas' rigid valance corner attachment makes the Cancun cover easier to install. • Eight (8) peak rafter roof fittings bolt together configuration for added strength and durability. • Cancun's traversing curtain track and carriers provides a quiet and smooth operation. • All perimeter side curtains include a heavy duty vertical zipper for added privacy. CANCUN CABANA FEATURES Pre-Engineered Calculations for 80 MPH Wind Load Capacity Sunbrella® Awning Grade Solid and Striped Fabric Colors Rigid Valance with Lace Bar Attachments Four (4) Traversing Track and Carrier Curtains Four (4) Curtain Tie-Backs and Industrial Zippers Center Ceiling Fan Mounting Plate (Fan not included) Polyester Powder Coat Painted Frame (Black or White) 8'-0" Upright Leg Clearance Four (4) Square Base Plates Eight (8) Fully Welded Peak Roof Rafters Steel Frame Construction OPTIONAL CABANA FEATURES • Engineering Calculations for 150 MPH Wind Load Capacity • Sunbrella® Firesist HUV Flame Retardant Fabrics 3" Feature Stripe on the Curtains Center Traversing Divider Curtain Roof-Top Air Vent Flat-Screen / Television Mounting Plate (Flat-Screen/TV not included) Polyester Powder Coat Painted Frame (11 Standard Colors) Up to 12'-0" High Upright Leg Clearance Installation Services AVAILABLE CANCUN CABANA SIZES 4'-0" x 4'-0" 8'-0" x 8'-0" 8'-0" x 16'-0" 10'-0" x lO'-O" lO'-O" x 15'-0" lO'-O" x 20'-0" 12'-0" x 12'-0" 12'-0" x 24'-0" 15'-0" x 15'-0" 15'-0" x 30'-0" 20'-0" x 20'-0" 20'-0" x 30'-0" TITLE 24 REPORT Title 24 Report for: Legoiand Restroom Building Carlsbad, CA 92008 Project Designer: Nogle Onufer Associate Architects 2398 San Deigo Ave San Diego, CA 92110 619-297-8066 Report Prepared By: Fashandi and Associates, Inc. FASHANDI & ASSOCIATES 9320 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 102 San Diego, CA92123 (858) 277-0505 Job Number: 209-019 Date: 10/5/2009 he EnergyPro computer program has been used to perform the c authorized by the California Energy Commission for use with both tJP Re TABLE OF CONTENTS Cover Page 1 Table of Contents 2 Nonresidential Performance Title 24 Forms 3 Form ENV-MM Envelope Mandatory Measures 11 Form MECH-MM Mechanical Mandatory Measures 12 EnergyPro4.4 byEnergySoft Job Number 209-019 User Number: 2196 [PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE part 1 of 3 PERF-I| PROJECT NAME Legoland Restroom Building PROJECT ADDRESS Carlsbad PRINCIPAL DESIGNER - ENVELOPE Nogle Onufer Associate Architects DOCUMENTATION AUTHORFASHANDI & ASSOCIATES TELEPHONE 619-297-8066 TELEPHONE (858) 277-0505 DATE 10/5/2009 Building Perm«# Checked by/Date Enforcement Agency Use (GENERAL INFORMATION DATE OF PLANS BUILDING TYPE |> PHASE OF CONSTRUCTION (2 BUILDING CONDITIONED FLOOR AREA 1 [) NONRESIDENTIAL [] NEW CONSTRUCTION (~) HIGH RISE RESIDENTIAL Q] ADDfTION ,850sq.Ft. CLIMATE ZONE 7 [~] HOTEL/MOTEL GUEST ROOM (~~l EXISTING + ADOmON/ALTERATION STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE This Certificate of Compliance lists the building features and performance specifications needed to comply with Title 24, Parts 1 and 6 of the California Code of Regulations. This certificate applies only to a Building using the performance compliance approach. The documentation preparer hereby certifies that the documentation Is accu DOCUMENTATION AUTHOR Fashandi and Associates. Inc. SIGI DAT The Principal Designer hereby certifys that the propose!! Uait^iiu UublfitLtfiptesertKaJ Ih Him set of construction documents is consistent with the other compliance forms and worksheets, wluTfrTe specifications, and with any other calculations submitted with th permit application. The proposed building as designed meets the energy efficiency requirements contained in sections 110,116, hrough 118, and 140,142,143 or 149 of Title 24, Part 6. ENV. LTG. MECH. r~\ ri j~| 1.1 hereby affirm that I am eligible under the provisions of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code to sign this document as the person responsible for its preparation; and that I am licensed in the State of California as a civil engineer, mechanical engineer, electrical engineer, or I am a licensed architect. I I I I F 1 2- ' a^irrn tnat ' am eli9ible under the provisions of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code SectionI — I l — I I — I 5537 2 or 6737.3 to sign this document as the person responsible for its preparation; and that I am a licensed contractor performing this work. I i I I I I 3- ' a^"rm ^at ' am el'Sib'6 under Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code to sign this document — because it pertains to a structure or type of work described as exempt pursuant to Business and Professions Code Sections 5537, 5538, and 6737.1 . (These sections of the Business and Professions Code are printed in full in the Nonresidential Manual.) ENVELOPE COMPLIANCE Indicate location on plans of Note Block for Mandatory Measures Requfo ENV-1 'RINCIPAL ENVELOPE DESIGNER * NAME Noale Onufer Associate Architects SIG LIC. NO.DATE LIGHTING COMPLIANCE Indicate location on plans of Note Block for Mandatory Measures Required Forms Lighting Compliance Not In The Scope Of This Submlttal PRINCIPAL LIGHTING DESIGNER - NAME SIGNATURE LIC. NO.DATE MECHANICAL COMPLIANCE Indicate location on plans of Note Block for Mandatory Measures Required 'RINCIPAL MECHANICAL DESIGNER - NAME Fashandi and Associates. Inc. i-2. MECH-3. MECH-5 LIC. NO.DATE. E Run Initiation Time: 10/0 Run Code: 1254763798 EnergyPro4.4 byEnergySoft User Number. 2196 Job Number 209-019 Page:3 of 13 PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE Part 2 of 3 PERF^ PROJECT NAME Leqoland Restroom Buildina DATE 10/5/2009 ANNUAL TDV ENERGY USE SUMMARY flcBtu/sqft-yr) ENERGY COMPONENT Space Heating Space Cooling Indoor Fans Heat Rejection Pumps & Misc. Domestic Hot Water Lighting Receptacle Process TOTALS: Standard Design Proposed Design 7.22 35.24 5.68 0.00 0.00 0.00 36.40 11.19 Compliance Margin 0.00 0.57 30.25 10.05 0.00 0.00 0.00 36.40 11.19 0.00 6.64 5.00 -4.37 0.00 0.00 0,00 0.00 0.00 0.00 95.74 88.47 7.27 Percent better than Standard:7.6% ( 7.6% excluding process) BUILDING COMPLIES GENERAL INFORMATION Building Orientation Number of Stories Number of Systems Number of Zones (N)Odeg 1 1 1 Conditioned Floor Area Unconditioned Floor Area Conditioned Footprint Area Fuel Type 1,850 0 0 Natural Gas sqft. sqft. sqft. Front Elevation Left Elevation Rear Elevation Right Elevation Total Roof Orientation (N) (E) (S) (WJ Gross Area 496 520 496 520 2.032 1,850 Glazing Area Glazina Ratio sqft. sqft. sqft. sqft. sqft. sqft. 0 0 0 0 0 0 Lighting Power Density Prescriptive Env. Heat Loss Prescriptive Env. Heat Gain Standard 0.600 W/sqft. 350 Blu/h 16,228 Btu/h-F Proposed 0.000 208 11,807 W/sqft. Blu/h Btu/h-F sqft. sqft. sqft. sqft. sqft. sqft. 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Remarks: Run initiation Time: 10/05/0910:29:58 Run Code: 1254763798 EnergyPro 4.4 byEnergySofl User Number. 2196 Job Number 209-019 Page:4of13 PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE Part 3 of 3 PERF-1 PROJECT NAME DATE Leqoland Restroom Building 10/5/2009 ZONE INFORMATION I System Name RT-1 Zone Name Restroom Building Occupancy Type Corridor/Restroom/Support ' Floor Area (sqft.) 1.850 Inst. LPD (W/sf) 0.000 Notes: 1 . See LTG-2-C 2. See LTG-4-C 3. See LTG-5-C 4. See LTG-6-C (items marked with asterisk, see LTG-2 -C by others) (by others) Ctrl. Credits (W/sfp Allow Area (W/sf)3 edLPO Tailored (W/sf)4 Proc.Loads (W/sf) terns above require special documentation EXCEPTIONAL CONDITIONS COMPLIANCE CHECKUST The local enforcement agency should pay special attention to the items specified in this checklist. These items require special written justification and documentation, and special verification to be used with the performance approach. The local enforcement agency determines the adequacy of the justification, and may reject a building or design that otherwise complies based on the adequacy of the special justification and documentation submitted. The H VAC System "Carrier Package 6-Ton" Includes an Economizer. This system has a cooling output < 75.000 Btuh or a supply cfm < 2500. The exceptional features listed in this performance approach application have specifically been reviewed. Adequate written justification and documentation for their use have been provided by the applicant. Authorized Signature or Stamp. E Run Initiation Time: 10/05/0910:29:58 Run Code: 1254763798 Ener9yPro4.4 byEnefgySoft User Number: 2196 Job Number 209-019 Page:5of13 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE ENV-1-C PROJECT NAME DATELegoland Restroom Building 10/5/2009 i IOPAQUE SURFACES I # 1 7 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Surface Type Roof Wall Door Wall Door Wall Door i Wall Door Area 1.850 499 2 499 2 435 6^ 47£ 2 U-Fac. 0.038 0.074 0.700 0.074 0.700 0.074 0.700 0.074 0.700 Insulation Cav. Cont. R-30 R-19 None R-19 None R-19 None R-19 None R-0.0 R-O.C R-0.0 R-0.0 R-O.C R-0.0 R-0.0 R-0.0 R-0.0 Act. Azm. o 90 90 270 270 180 180 0 0 Tilt 0 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 Cond* Status New New Nw New New New New New New Joint Appendix IV Reference W-A9 09-A5 28-A2 D9-A5 28-A2 09-A5 28-A2 09-A5 28-A2 Location / Comments Restroom Building Restroom Bulldlna Restroom BuiWIna Restroom Building Restroom Building Restroom Building Restroom Building Restroom Building Restroom Building • N. E. A, R (New. Existing, Altered, Removed) IFENESTRATION SURFACES | I 1 Standards Table 116-A and B. Certificate shall be filed in the contractor's project office during construction and to the building manager's office after construction #TvDe Area U-Fac.1 SHGC2 Act. Azm. Cond. Stat.Glazing Type Location/ Comments (1) U-fartor Type: 116-A Default Table from Standards, Table NM Default Table from the ACM Manual Appendix, NFRC Labeled value.(2) SHGC Type: 1 16-B Default Table from Standards, COB Center of Glass. NFRC Labeled Value EXTERIOR SHADING #Exterior Shade Type SHGC Window Hgt. Wd. Overhang Len. Hgt. LExt.RExt. Left Fin Dist. Len. Hat. __R!flhtFm__ Dist. Len. Hqt. ! MINIMUM SKYLIGHT AREA FOR LARGE ENCLOSED SPACES { D The proposed building Is In climate zone* 2 through 15 and contain! an enclosed space with floor area greater than 25,000 ft2, a celling height greater than 15 feet, and an LPO for general lighting of at least 0.5 Wl«2. See Section 143(c). If this box Is checked. ENV-4-C must be filled out. when submHUng under the Prescriptive Compliance Approach. Run Initiation Time: 10/05/09 10:29:58 Run Code: 1254763798 EnergyPro 4.4 by EnergySoft User Number. 2196 Job Number: 209-019 Page: 6 of 13 (CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE MECH-I-C PROJECT NAME Legoland Restroom Building DATE 10/5/2009 Designer: This form is to be used by the designer and attached to the plans. Listed below are all the acceptance tests for mechanical systems. The designer is required to check the boxes by all acceptance tests that apply and list all equipment that requires an acceptance test. If all equipment of a certain type requires a test, list the equipment description and the number of systems to be tested in parentheses. The NJ number designates the Section in the Appendix of the Nonresidential ACM Manual that describes the test. Also indicate the person responsible for performing the tests (i.e. the installing contractor, design professional or an agent selected by the owner). Since this form will be part of the plans, completion of this section will allow the responsible party to budget for the scope of work appropriately. Building Departments: SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE. Before an occupancy permit is granted for a newly constructed building or space, or a new space-conditioning system serving a building or space is operated for normal use, all control devices serving the building or space shall be certified as meeting the Acceptance Requirements for Code Compliance. In addition a Certificate of Acceptance, MECH-1-A Form shall be submitted to the building department that certifies plans, specifications, installation certificates, and operating and maintenance information meet the requirements of Section 10-103(b) and Title 24 Part 6. STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE O MECH-2-A: Ventilation System Acceptance Document -Variable Air Volume Systems Outdoor Air Acceptance -Constant Air Volume Systems Outdoor Air Acceptance Equipment requiring scceptanc1? test'ip Test requited on ell New systems bolti New Construction ami Retrofit. [J MECH-3-A: Packaged HVAC Systems Acceptance Document Equipment req^irinQ r><w«pt?>nce feeing Test required on all New systems both New Construction ant Retrofit. D MECH-4-A: Air-Side Economizer Acceptance Document EfHiiprrwnt requiring acceptance testing Test required on all New systems Bo/ft New Construction and Retrofit. Units with economizers thai are Installed at the factory and certified win the commission do not require equipment testing but do require construction inspection. d) MECH-5-A: Air Distribution Acceptance Document Equipment requiring acceptance testing Ttis test required lithe unit serves 5.000 R2 ol space or less and 25% or more ol the ducts are in nonconditloned or semicondilloned space like an attic. New systems trot meet the BOove requirements. Retrofit systems that meet the above requirements and either extend ducts, replace ducts or replace the packaged unit. Z3 MECH-6-A: Demand Control Ventilation Acceptance Document Equipment requiring acceptance testing All new OCV controls installed on new or easting packaged systems must oe tested. I] MECH-7-A: Supply Fan Variable Flow Control Acceptance Document Equipment requiring acceptance testing AllnewVAV fen volume controls ins/ailed on new or easting systems mast oe tested _J MECH-8-A: -Hydronic System Control Acceptance Document -Variable Flow Controls Applies to chilled and hot water systems. -Automatic Isolation Controls Applies to new boilers and chillers and the primary pumps are connected to a common header. -Supply Water Temperature Reset Controls Applies to new constant now entiled and hot water systems that have a design capacity greater than or equal to 500,000 Btu/hr. -Water-loop Heat Pump Controls Applies to all new Waterloo f heat pump systems where the combined loop pumps are greater than 5 hp. -Variable Frequency Controls Appllasloafl new distribution pumps on new variable tlotr cH/lea, hyaroric heel pump or condenser voter systems where the pumps motors are greater than 6 hp. Equipment requiring acceptance testing EnergyPro 4.4 by EnergySoft User Number. 2196 Job Number 209-019 Page:? of 13 AIR SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS Part 1 of 2 MECH-2-C PROJECT NAME Leaoland Restroom Building [SYSTEM FEATURES DATE 10/5/2009 AIR SYSTEMS, Central or Single Zone ITEM OR SYSTEM TAG(S) RT-1 Number of Systems 1 T-24 MANDATORY MEASURES Section Reference on Plans or Specification Heating Equipment Efficiency Cooling Equipment Efficiency Heat Pump Thermostat Furnace Controls Natural Ventilation Minimum Ventilation VAV Minimum Position Control Demand Control Ventilation Time Control Setback and Setup Control Outdoor Damper Control Isolation Zones Pipe Insulation Duct Insulation 112(a) 112te) 112(b) 112(c),115(a) 121(b) 121{b) 121(c) 121(0 121(c). 122te) 122(e) 122(0 122(g) 123 124 800%AFUE 12.0 EER rt/a n/a Yes 1850 cfm No No Programmable Switch No Setback Required Auto n/a R-8.0 PRESCRIPTIVE MEASURES Calculated Heating Capacity x 1.43 2 Proposed Heating Capacity 2 2 Calculated Sensible Cooling Capacity x 1.21 Proposed Sensible Cooling Capacity 2 Fan Control DP Sensor Location Supply Pressure Reset (DDC only) Simultaneous Heat/Cool Economizer Heating Air Supply Reset Cooling Air Supply Reset Duct Sealing for Prescriptive Compliance 1: For each central and single zone air systems (or group of similar units) fill in the reference to sheet number and/or specification section and paragraph number where the required features are documented. If a requirement Is not applicable, put *N/A" In the column. 2: Not required for hydronfc heating and cooling. Either enter a value here or put In reference ot plans and specificatons per footnote 1. 3: Enter Yes if System Is: Constant Volume, Single Zone; Serves < 5,000 sqft; Has > 25% duct in unconditioned space. Duct sealing is required for Prescriptive Compliance, see PERF-1 for performance method duct sealing requirements. 144 (a & bL 144 (a & b) 144 (a & b) 144 (a &b) 144 (c) 144(c) 144 (c) 144(d) 144(e) 144(0 144 (f) 144 (k) n/a 60,800 btuh n/a 66,932 btuh Constant Volume Yes No Fixed Temp (Non-lnteg) Constant Temp Constant Temp No NOTES TO FIELD - For Buildina Deoartment Use Onlv Run Initiation Time: 10/05/09 10:29:58 EnergyPro4,4 byEnergySoft User Number. 2196 Run Code: 1254763798 Job Number. 209-019 Page:8of 13 MECHANICAL VENTILATION MECH-3-C PROJECT NAME Leaoland Restroom Building DATE 10/5/2009 MECHANICAL VENTILATION (Section 121fb)2) A ZONE/SYSTEM Restroom Building RT-1 c E H 1 J K L M N AREA BASS B O^ osi*"if 1,85 C CFMperSquare Foot0.15 0 Q*f «2°0i2 278 OCCU E Number ofPeoplePANCY ASIS F 1*1 G Min CFMby Occupant(ExF)Total H REQ'D V.AMax of(DorG)278 278 1 of?"ft 1,850 1,850 LIMI ESCRIPTIVE REHEAT TATION (Section 144(d)) VAV MNIMUM J 30% of DesignZone SupplyCFMK BxO.4CFM/sq.ft.L Max ofColumns H, J,K or 300 CFMM Design Min. AiiSetpointN Transfer AirMnimum ventilation rale per Section 121, Table 121-A Based on fixed seat or the greater of the ejected number of occupants end 50% of the CBC occupant load la egress purposes la spaces without fixed seating. Required Ventilation Mr (REQ'D VA) is the larger of the ventilation rales calculated on and AREA or OCCUPANCY BASIS (column D or G). Must be greater than or equal to H, or use Transfer Air (column N) to make up the difference. Design fan supply cfm (Fan CFM) * 30%: or Condition area (ft. sq.) x 04 cfmffi. sq.: or Maximum of Columns H. J, K, or 300 cfm This must be less than or equal to Column L and greater that or equal to the sum of Columns H * N. Transfer air must be provided where the Required Ventilation Air (column 1) is greater than the Design Mnimum Air (column M). Where required, transfer air must be greater than or equal to the difference between (he Required Ventilation Air (column 1) and the Design Mnimum Air (column M). column H - M Energyfro 4.4 byEnergySoft User Number: 2196 Job Number: 209-019 Page:9of13 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DETAILS Part 1 of 2 MECH-5-C PROJECT NAME Leqoland Restroom CHILLER AND TOWER SUMMARY Equipment Name Buiidina Equipment Type Qty. 1°ATE 10/5/2009 Efficiency PI Tot. Tons Qty GPM Motor BHP Eff. IMPS Drive Pump Eff. Control DHW / BOILER SUMMARY System Name System Type Distribution Type Pi Rated Input Vol. (Gals.) Condition F Status o wrgyactor rRE Standby Loss or Pilot TANK INSUL. Ext R-Val. MULTI-FAMILY CENTRAL WATER HEATING DETAILS 1 Hot Water Pump Control #HP Type CENTRAL SYSTEM RATINGS System Name Carrier Package 6-Ton System Type Packaged DX Qty 1 Hot Water Piping Lena In Plenum Outside *h(ft) Buried Add 1/2"Insulation EATING Output 60,80) Aux. KW D 0.0 COOLING Eff. Output 800% 69,000 Ar-UE Efficiency 12.0 EER Condition Status Economizer Type New Fixed Temp (Non-lnteg CENTRAL SYSTEM FAN SUMMARY System Name Carrier Package 6-Ton Fan Type Constant Volume Run Initiation Time EnergyPn>4.4 byEneigySoft SUPPLY FAN Motor Location Oraw-Through CFM 2.400 BHP 0.18 Motor Drive Eff, Eff. 60.0% 100.0% RETURN CFM none BHP FAN Motor Drive Eff. Eff. : 10/05/0910:29:58 Run Code: 1254763798 User Number 2196 Job Number 209-019 page: 10 of 13 ENVELOPE MANDATORY MEASURES ENV-MM PROJECT NAME Leaoland Restroom Building DATE 10/5/2009 DESCRIPTION [X] § 11 8(a) Installed Insulating Material shall have been certified by the manufacturer to comply with the California Quality Standards for Insulating material, Title 20, Chapter 4, Article 3. [X] § 118(c) All Insulating Materials shall be installed In compliance with the flame spread rating and smoke density requirements of Sections 2602 and 707 of Title 24, Part 2. [X~| § 1 17(a) All Exterior Joints and openings in the building that are observable sources of air leakage shall be caulked, gasketed, weatherstripped or otherwise sealed. [X] § 1 1 6{b) Site Constructed Doors, Windows and Skylights shall be caulked between the unit and the building, and shall be weatherstripped (except for unframed glass doors and fire doors). [X] § 116(a)1 Manufactured Doors and Windows installed shall have air infiltration rates not exceeding those shown in Table Number 1-E. of the Standards. Manufactured fenestration products must be labeled for U-value according to NFRC procedures. JX] §118(e) Demising Walls in Nonresidential Buildings: The opaque portions of framed demising walls in nonresidential buildings shall have insulation with an installed R-va(ue of no less than R-13 between framing members. Designer Enforcement EnergyPro 4.4 by EnergySoft User Number. 2196 Job Number 209-019 Page:1 1 of 13 MECHANICAL MANDATORY MEASURES Parti of2 MECH-MM PROJECT NAME Legoland Restroom Building DATE 10/5/2009 DESCRIPTION Equipment and Systems Efficiencies (Xl 911 A*1? aPPliance for which there is a California standard established in the Appliance Efficiency Regulations will comply with the applicable standard. [X] §> 1 5(a) Fan type central furnaces shall not have a pilot light. [X] §1 23 Piping, except that conveying fluids at temperatures between 60 and 105 degrees Fahrenheit, or within HVAC equipment, shall be insulated in accordance with Standards Section 123. [X] §| 24 Air handling duct systems shall be installed and Insulated In compliance with Sections 601, 602, 603, 604, and 605 of the 2001 CMC Standards. Controls §J22{e) Each space conditioning system shall be Installed with one of the following: |XJ §!22(e)1A Each space conditioning system serving building types such as offices and manufacturing facilities (and all others not explicitly exempt from the requirements of Section 112 (d)) shall be installed with an automatic time switch with an accessible manual override that allows operation of the system during off-hours for up to 4 hours. The time switch shall be capable of programming different schedules for weekdays and weekends and have program backup capabilities that prevent the loss of the device's program and time setting for at least 10 hours if power is Interrupted; or [X] §i22(e)1B An occupancy sensor to control the operating period of the system; or [XJ §1 22(e)1C A 4-hour timer that can be manually operated to control the operating period of the system. [X| §)22(e)2 Each space conditioning system shall be Installed with controls that temporarily restart and temporarily operate the system as required to maintain a setback heating and/or a setup cooling thermostat setpotnt. [X j §1 22(g) Each space conditioning system serving multiple zones with a combined conditioned floor area more than 25,000 square feet shall be provided with isolation zones. Each zone: shall not exceed 25,000 square feet; shall be provided with isolation devices, such as valves or dampers, that allow the supply of heating or cooling to be setback or shut off independently of other isolation areas; and shall be controlled by a time control device as described above. |XJ §122(a&b) Each space conditioning system shall be controlled by an individual thermostat that responds to temperature within the zone. Where used to control heating, the control shall be adjustable down to 55 degrees F or lower. For cooling, the control shall be adjustable up to 85 degrees F or higher. Where used for both heating and cooling, the control shall be capable of providing a deadband of at least 5 degrees F within which the supply of heating and cooling is shut off or reduced to a minimum. [X| §!22(c) Thermostats shall have numeric setpofnts in degrees Fahrenheit (F) and adjustable setpofnt stops accessible only to authorized personnel. [XJ §1 1 2(b) Heat pumps shall be installed with controls to prevent electric resistance supplementary heater operation when the heating load can be met by the heat pump alone. Designer Enforcement EnergyPro4.4 byEnergySoft User Number 2196 Job Number: 209-019 Page:12of13 MECHANICAL MANDATORY MEASURES Part 2 of 2 MECH-MM PROJECT NAME Legoland Restroom Building DATE 10/5/2009 Description Ventilation [X] §121(6) Controls shall be provided to allow outside air dampers or devices to be operated at the ventilation rates as specified on these plans. [X] §t22(f) Gravity or automatic dampers interlocked and closed on fan shutdown shall be provided on the outside air Intakes and discharges of all space conditioning and exhaust systems. fX I §!22(f) All gravity ventilating systems shall be provided with automatic or readily accessible manually operated dampers in all openings to the outside, except for combustion air openings. [Xl §!21(f)1 Air Balancing: The system shall be balanced in accordance with the National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) Procedural Standards (1983), or Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) National Standards (1989); or [X] §121(f)2 Outside Air Certification: The system shall provide the minimum outside air as shown on the mechanical drawings, and shall be measured and certified by the Installing licensed C-20 mechanical contractor and certified by (1) the design mechanical engineer, (2) the installing licenced C-20 mechanical contractor, or (3) the person with overall responsibility for the design of the ventilation system; or IXl §121(03 Outside Air Measurement: The system shall be equipped with a calibrated local or remote device capable of measuring the quantity of outside air on a continuous basis and displaying that quantity on a readily accessible display divice; or [X] gi21(f)4 Another method approved by the Commission. Service Water Heating Systems [X] Qii3(b)2 If a circulating hot water system is installed, it shall have a control capable of automatically turning off the circulating pump(s) when hot water is not required. [X] §1 1 3(c) Lavatories in restrooms of public facilities shall be equipped with controls to limit the outlet temperature to 110 degrees F. Designer Enforcement EnergyPro 4.4 by EnergySoft User Number 2196 ' Job Number: 209-019 Pape:13of13 TITLE 24 REPORT Title 24 Report for: Legoland Ticket Building Carlsbad, CA 92008 Project Designer: Nogle Onufer Associate Architects 2398 San Deigo Ave San Diego, CA 92110 619-297-8066 Report Prepared By: Fashandi and Associates, Inc. FASHANDI & ASSOCIATES 9320 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 102 San Diego, CA92123 (858) 277-0505 Job Number: 209-019 Date: 10/5/2009 he EnergyPro computer program has been used to perform the calculatl authorized by the California Energy Commission for use with both the R This program developed by :. This program has approval and is Ena*y Efficiency! EnefgyPfQ4.4 byEnergySoft ed in this compliance d Nooi^dential 2005 B TABLE OF CONTENTS Cover Page 1 Table of Contents 2 Nonresidential Performance Title 24 Forms 3 Form ENV-MM Envelope Mandatory Measures 11 Form MECH-MM Mechanical Mandatory Measures 12 EnefgyPro4.4 byEnergySoft Job Number: 209-019 User Number: 2196 [PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE Part 1 of 3 PERF-I| PROJECT NAME Legoland Ticket Building PROJECT ADDRESS Carlsbad PRINCIPAL DESIGNER - ENVELOPE Nogle Onufer Associate Architects DOCUMENTATION AUTHORFASHANDI & ASSOCIATES TELEPHONE 619-297-8066 TELEPHONE(858) 277-0505 DATE 10/5/2009 Building Permit # Checked by/Date Enforcement Agency Use GENERAL INFORMATION DATE OF PLANS BUILDING TYPE (XI PHASE OF CONSTRUCTION |Xl BUILDING CONDrriONED FLOOR AREA NONRESIDENTIAL NEW CONSTRUCTION D D HIGH RISE RESIDENTIAL ADDITION 706sq.Ft D D CLIMATE ZONE 7 HOTEL/MOTEL GUEST ROOM EXISTING * ADDITION/ALTERATION STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE This Certificate of Compliance lists the building features and performance specifications needed to comply with Title 24, Parts 1 and 6 of the California Code of Regulations. This certificate applies only to a Building using the performance compliance approach. The documentation preparer hereby certifies that the documentation Is accurate/and comp'°fri, —, DOCUMENTATION AUTHOR Fashandi and Associates, Inc. SIGNATURE DATI 10 The Principal Designer hereby certifys that the proposed buildjng-dooign roprooontod in thjoptot of construction documents is consistent with the other compliance forms and worksheets, wRR"Ihe apycinuallans, ana with any other calculations submitted with th permit application. The proposed building as designed meets the energy efficiency requirements contained in sections 110,116, hrough 118, and 140,142,143 or 149 of Title 24, Part 6. ENV. LTG. MECH. I I l~l 1 • ' hereby affirm that I am eligible under the provisions of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code to sign this document as the person responsible for its preparation; and that I am licensed in the State of California as a civil engineer, mechanical engineer, electrical engineer, or I am a licensed architect. I I I I I I 2- ' a^nm tnat I am eligible under the provisions of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code Section I — ll — l L_J 5537 2 or 6737.3 to sign this document as the person responsible for its preparation; and that I am a licensed contractor performing this work. I I r~l r~] 3. 1 affirm that I am eligible under Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code to sign this document because it pertains to a structure or type of work described as exempt pursuant to Business and Professions Code Sections 5537, 5538, and 6737.1. (These sections of the Business and Professions Code are printed in full in the Nonresidential Manual.) ENVELOPE COMPLIANCE Indicate location on plans of Note Block for Mandatory Measures Required Forms ENV-1 'RINCIPAL ENVELOPE DESIGNER - NAME Noale Onufer Associate Architects SIGNATURE LIC. NO.DATE LIGHTING COMPLIANCE Indicate location on plans of Note Block for Mandatory Measures Lighting Compliance Not In The Scope Of- 'RINCIPAL LIGHTING DESIGNER - NAME MECHANICAL COMPLIANCE Indicate location on plans of Note Block for Mandatory Measures Required Forms/JMECH-1. MECH-2. MECH-3. MECH-5 PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE Part 2 of 3 PERF-^ PROJECT NAME Leqoland Ticket Building DATE 10/5/2009 ANNUAL TDV ENERGY USE SUMMARY (kBtu/sqft-vrt ENERG.Y COMPONENT Space Heating Space Cooling Indoor Fans Heat Rejection Pumps & Misc. Domestic Hot Water Lighting Receptacle Process TOTALS: Standard Design Proposed Design 2.46 73.18 26.96 0.00 0.00 0.00 72.80 83.94 0.00 Compliance Margin 0.18 56.10 26.44 0.00 0.00 0.00 72.80 83.94 0.00 2.28 17.08 0.53 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 259.35 239.46 19.89 Percent better than Standard:7.7% ( 7.7% excluding process) BUILDING COMPLIES GENERAL INFORMATION Buildtnq Orientation Number of Stories Number of Systems Number of Zones (N)Odeg 1 1 1 Conditioned Floor Area Unconditioned Floor Area Conditioned Footprint Area Fuel Type 706 0 0 Natural Gas sqft. sqft. sqft. Front Elevation Left Elevation Rear Elevation Right Elevation Total Roof Orientation (N) (E) (S) (W) Gross Area 425 74 275 300 1,074 706 Glazlnn Area Glazina Ratio sqft. sqft. sqft. sqft. sqft. sqft. 60 0 0 0 60 0 Lighting Power Density Prescriptive Env. Heat Loss Prescriptive Env. Heat Gain Standard 1.200w/sqft. 209 Blu/h 10,795 Btu/h-F Proposed 0.000 176 10.475 W/sqft. Btu/h Btu/h-F sqft. sqft. sqft. sqft. sqft. sqft. 14.1% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 5.6% 0.0% Remarks: Run Initiation Time: 10/05/0910:21:36 Run Code: 1254763296 EnergyPro4.4 byEnergySoft User Number: 2196 Job Number 209-019 Page:4of13 PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE Part 3 of 3 PERF-1 PROJECT NAME DATE Legoland Ticket Building 1 0/5/2009 ZONE INFORMATION System Name RT-2 Zone Name Ticket Building Occupancy Type Office Floor Area (sqft) 706 Inst. LPD (W/sf)1 0.0(X Notes: 1. See LTG-2-C 2. See LTG-4-C 3. See LTG-5-C 4. See LTG-6-C (items marked with estertsk, see LTG-2 -C by othws) (by others) EXCEPTIONAL CONDITIONS COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST CM. Credits (W/sfj2 Allow Area (VWsf)3 edLPD Tailored JWsf)4 Proc. Loads (W/sf) terns above require special documentation The local enforcement agency should pay special attention to the Items specified in this checklist. These items require special written justification and documentation, and special verification to be used with the performance approach. The local enforcement agency determines the adequacy of the justification, and may reject a building or design that otherwise complies based on the adequacy of the special justification and documentation submitted. The HVAC System "Carrier Package 2-Ton" includes an Economizer. This system has a cooling output < 75.000 Btuh or a supply cfm < 2500. The exceptional features listed in this performance approach application have specifically been reviewed. Adequate written justification and documentation for their use have been provided by the applicant. Authorized Signature or Stamp. E Run Initiation Time: 10/05/09 l:36 Run Code: 1254763296 EnergyPro4.4 byEnergySoft User Number. 2196 Job Number: 209-019 Page:Sof13 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE ENV-1-C PROJECT NAMELegoland Ticket Building OPAQUE SURFACES DATE 10/5/2009 I # 1? 3 4 5 6 Surface Type Bopf Wall Wall Wall Door Wall Area 706 74 30C 254 2 36J U-Fac. 0.036 0.074 0.074 0.074 0.700 0.074 Insulation Cav. Cent. R-30 R-19 R-19 R-19 None R-19 R-0.0 R-0.0 R-0,0 R-0.0 R-0.0 R-0.0 Act. Azm. 0 90 270 160 180 0 Tilt 0 90 90 90 90 90 Cond* Status New New New New New New Joint Appendix IV Reference 02-A9 39-A5 39-A5 59-A5 28-A2 39-A5 Location / Comments Ticket Buildinq Ticket Building Ticket Building Ticket Building Ticket Budding Ticket Building • N, E. A. R (New, Existing, Altered. Removed) I FENESTRAT1ON SURFACES I D More than or equal lo 10,000 sq.ft. of sHe-buM leneslraUoo area must include a label certificate either issued by NFRC or provide a CEC Default label Certificate using the default U-factors from Standards Table 1 16-A and a Certificate shall be filed In the contractor's project office during construction and In the building manager's office after construction # 1 Type Window Front (N) Area 60 U-Fac.1 1.280 116-A SHGC2 0.80 116-B Act. Azm. 0 Cond. Stat. New Glazing Type Single Metal Clear Location/ Comments Ticket Building (1) IMador Type: 116-A Default Table from Standards, Table NM Default Table from the ACM Manual Appendix. NFRC Labeled value.(2) SHGC Type: 116-6 Default Table from Standards, COG Center of Glass. NFRC Labeled Value EXTERIOR SHADING # 1 Exterior Shade Type None SHGC 0.76 Window Hgt. Wd. Overhang Len. Hat. LExtRExt. Left Fin Dist. Len. Hgt. Right Fin Dist. Len. Hat. MINIMUM SKYLIGHT AREA FOR LARGE ENCLOSED SPACES I D The proposed building Is In climate zones 2 through 15 and contains an endowd space with floor area greater than 25,000 ft2. a celling height greater than 15 feet, and an LPD for general lighting of at least 0.5 WfftZ. See Section 143(c). If this box Is checked, ENV-4-C mutt be tilled out when submitting under the Prescriptive Compliance Approach. Run Initiation Time: 10/05/0910:21:36 Run Code: 1254763296 EnergyPro 4.4 by EnetgySoft User Number. 2196 Job Number. 209-019 Page:6of13 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE MECH-1-C PROJECT NAME Leaoland Ticket Building DATE 10/5/2009 Designer: This form is to be used by the designer and attached to the plans. Listed below are all the acceptance tests for mechanical systems. The designer is required to check the boxes by all acceptance tests that apply and list all equipment that requires an acceptance test. If all equipment of a certain type requires a test, list the equipment description and the number of systems to be tested In parentheses. The NJ number designates*the Section in the Appendix of the Nonresldentfal ACM Manual that describes the test. Also indicate the person responsible for performing the tests (i.e. the installing contractor, design professional or an agent selected by the owner). Since this form will be part of the plans, completion of this section will allow the responsible party to budget for the scope of work appropriately. Building Departments: SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE. Before an occupancy permit is granted for a newly constructed building or space, or a new space-conditioning system serving a building or space is operated for normal use, all control devices serving the building or space shall be certified as meeting the Acceptance Requirements for Code Compliance. In addition a Certificate of Acceptance, MECH-1-A Form shall be submitted to the building department that certifies plans, specifications, installation certificates, and operating and maintenance information meet the requirements of Section 10-103(b) and Title 24 Part 6. STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE D MECH-2-A: Ventilation System Acceptance Document -Variable Air Volume Systems Outdoor Air Acceptance -Constant Air Volume Systems Outdoor Air Acceptance Equipment requiring acceptance testing Test required one/I New systems both New Construction ami Retrofit. C] MECH-3-A: Packaged HVAC Systems Acceptance Document Equipment requiring ?»rceptanca testing Test required on ell New systems tot/) New Construction and Retrofit. H3 MECH-4-A: Air-Side Economizer Acceptance Document Equipment requiring acceptance testing Test required on all New systems doth New Conslmction art Retrofit. Units w'f A economizers that are installed at tne factory end certified M't/i the commission do ml require equipment testing but do require construction inspection. HI MECH-5-A: Air Distribution Acceptance Document Equipment requiring acceptan'^e testing This lest required H "*> <"*' serves 5,000 IK of space or Jess and 25% or more of the ducts are In noncondHioned or semiconoitioned space like an attic. New systems thai meet the above requirements. Retrofit systems that meet the above requirements and either extend duds, replace ducts or replace the packaged unit. H) MECH-6-A: Demand Control Ventilation Acceptance Document Equipment requiring acceptance testing Ml new DC V controls installed on new or enisling packaged systems must te tested. Z) MECH-7-A: Supply Fan Variable Flow Control Acceptance Document Equipment requiring acceptance testing All new VM Ian volume controls installed on new or enisling systems must be tested U MECH-8-A: -Hydronic System Control Acceptance Document -Variable FlOW Controls Applies to Mlaa and hot mler systems. -Automatic Isolation Controls Applies to new toilers antt crillars and the primary pumps are connected to a common header. -Supply Water Temperature Reset Controls Applies to new constant How chined and hot water systems that have a design capacity greater than or equal to 500,000 Btufnr. -Water-loop Heat Pump Controls Applies to all new watertoop heat pump systems where the combined loop pumps are greater than 5 ftp. -Variable Frequency Controls Applies to all new distribution pumps on new variable How chilled, hydronic heal pump or condenser water systems where the pumps motors are greater than f> tip. EnergyPto 4.4 by EnergySoft User Number: 2196 Job Number 209-019 Page:/ of 13 AIR SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS Parti of2 MECH-2-C PROJECT NAME Legoland Ticket Buildina DATE 10/5/2009 [SYSTEM FEATURES ITEM OR SYSTEM TAG(S) Number of Systems MANDATORY MEASURES Heating Equipment Efficiency Cooling Equipment Efficiency Heat Pump Thermostat Furnace Controls Natural Ventilation Minimum Ventilation VAV Minimum Position Control Demand Control Ventilation Time Control Setback and Setup Control Outdoor Damper Control Isolation Zones Pipe Insulation Duct Insulation AIR SYSTEMS, Central or Single Zone T-24 Section Reference on Plans or Specification 1 112(a) 112(a) 112(b) 112(c), 115(a) 121(b) 121(b) 121(c) 121(0 121(c>. 122(e) 122{e) 122(0 122(g) 123 124 800% AFUE 14.0 SEER/ 11. 4 EER n/a n/a Yes 106 cfm No No Programmable Switch No Setback Required Auto n/a R-8.0 PRESCRIPTIVE MEASURES Calculated Heating Capacity x 1.43 2 Proposed Heating Capacity 2 Calculated Sensible Cooling Capacity x 1.21 Proposed Sensible Cooling Capacity 2 Fan Control DP Sensor Location Supply Pressure Reset (DDC only) Simultaneous Heat/Cool Economizer Heating Air Supply Reset Cooling Air Supply Reset o Duct Sealing for Prescriptive Compliance 1: For each central and single zone air systems (or group of similar units) fill In the reference to sheet number and/or specification section and paragraph number where the required features are documented. If a requirement is not applicable, put "N/A" In the column. 2: Not required for hydronlc heating and cooling. Either enter a value here or put in reference ot plans and speciffcatons per footnote 1. 3: Enter Yes if System is: Constant Volume, Single Zone: Serves < 5,000 sqft; Has > 25% duct In unconditioned space. Duct sealing is required for Prescriptive Compliance, see PERF-1 for performance method duct sealing requirements. 144 (a &b) 144 (a &b) 144 (a &b) 144 (a &b) 144(c) 144(c) 144 (c) 144 (d) 144(e) 144(f) 144 (f) 144 (k) n/a 39.400 btuh n/a 22,893 btuh Constant Volume Yes No Fixed Temp (Integrated) Constant Temp Constant Temp No NOTES TO FIELD - For Buildina Deoartment Use Onlv Run Initiation Time: 10/05/09 10:21:36 EnergyPro 4.4 by EnergySoft User Number 2196 Run Code: 1254763296 Job Number. 209-019 Page:8of13 MECHANICAL VENTILATION MECH-3-C PROJECT NAME Leqoland Ticket Building DATE 10/5/2009 MECHANICAL VENTILATION (Section 121fb)2) A ZONE/SYSTEM Ticket Building RT-2 c E H I J K L M N AR B ^111 3 706 EABASSc CFMperSquare Foot0.15 D oSf Sfl 106 occu E Number ofPeoplePANCY ASIS F !*so -• 5 G *sm&fX8 o ~fs Total H REQ'D V.AMax of(DorG)106 106 I inSfc1 106 106 PR LIMI ESCRIPTIVE REHEAT TATION (Section 144<d)) VAV MNIMUM J 30% of DesignZone SupplyCFMK BxO.4CFM/sq. ftL Max ofColumns H, J,K or 300 CFMM Design Min. AitSetpointN Transfer AirMnlmum venHafai tat* per Section 121. Table 121-A Based on fixed sea a Ins greater of the expected number of occupants and 60% of the CBC occupant load for egress purposes for spaces without fixed sealing. Required VenWaSon Mr (RECTO V. A.) is me larger of the ventilation rates calculated on and AREA or OCCUPANCY BASIS (column D or G). MUM be greater than or equal to H, or use Transfer Air (column N) to make up the difference. Design fan supply cfm (Fan CFM) x 30%: a Condition area (ft. sq.) x 04 dm/ft, sq.; or Maximum of Columns H. J, K. or 300 cfm This must be less than or equal (o Column L and greater that or equal to (he sum of Columns H * N. Transfer air must be provided where the Required Ventilation Air (column 1) Is greater than the Design Mnlmum Air (column M). Where required, transfer air must be greater than or equal to the difference between the Required Ventilation Air (column 1) and the Design Mnimum Air (column M), column H - M. EnergyPro 4.4 byEnergySoft User Number: 2196 Job Number: 209-019 Page: 9 of 13 IMECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DETAILS Pan 1 of 2 MECH-S-C PROJECT NAME Leaoland Ticket Buildina IiATE 10/5/2009 CHILLER AND TOWER SUMMARY Equipment Name Equipment Type Qty.Efficiency ' PU Tot. rons Qty GPM Motor BHP Eff. MRS Drive PumpEff. Control DHW / BOILER SUMMARY System Name System Type B. Distribution Type Qty Rated Vol. Input (Gals.] Condition F Status o wayactor rRE SWanrfhy TANK INSUL. Loss or Ext. Pilot R-Val. MULTI-FAMILY CENTRAL WATER HEATING DETAILS 1 Hot Water Pump Control #HP CENTRAL SYSTEM RATINGS System Name Carrier Package 2-Ton Svstem Type ^ackaged DX Qtv 1 Type Hot Water Piping Lena In Plenum Outside th(ft) Add 1/2"Bun'ed Insulation I IEATIN 5 COOLING Output 39.40 Aux. kW Eff. Outout Efficiency 3 0.0 800% 24.000 14.0 SEER 711. 4 EER AFUE Condition Status Economizer Type New Fixed Temp (Integrated CENTRAL SYSTEM FAN SUMMARY System Name Carrier Package 2-Ton Fan Type Constant Volume Run Initiation Time EnergyPro4.4 byEnergySoft SUPPLY FAN Motor Location Draw-Through CFM BHP 800 0.18 Motor Drive Eff. Eff. 60.0% 100.0% RETURN FAN CFM none Motor BHP Eff. — _ Drive Eff. : 10/05/0910:21:36 Run Code: 1254763296 User Number: 21 96 Job Number 209-019 Page: 10 of 13 ENVELOPE MANDATORY MEASURES ENV-MM PROJECT NAME Legoland Ticket Building DATE 10/5/2009 DESCRIPTION [Xl § 11 8(a) Installed Insulating Material shall have been certified by the manufacturer to comply with the California Quality Standards for Insulating material. Title 20, Chapter 4, Article 3. JX] § 118(c) A/I Insulating Materials shall be installed in compliance with the flame spread rating and smoke density requirements of Sections 2602 and 707 of Title 24, Part 2. [X] § 117{a) All Exterior Joints and openings In the building that are observable sources of air leakage shall be caulked, gasketed, weatherstripped or otherwise sealed. [X] § 1 1 6(b) Site Constructed Doors, Windows and Skylights shall be caulked between the unit and the building, and shall be weatherstripped (except for unframed glass doors and fire doors). [X] § 116(a)1 Manufactured Doors and Windows Installed shall have air infiltration rates not exceeding those shown in Table Number 1-E. of the Standards. Manufactured fenestratfon products must be labeled for U-value according to NFRC procedures. [X| § 11 8(e) Demising Walls in Nonresidential Buildings: The opaque portions of framed demising walls in nonresidential buildings shall have insulation with an Installed R-value of no less than R-13 between framing members. Designer Enforcement EnergyPro 4.4 by EnergySoft User Number 2196 Job Number: 209-019 Page:11of13 [MECHANICAL MANDATORY MEASURES parti of2 MECH-MM| PROJECT NAME Legoland Ticket Building DATE 10/5/2009 DESCRIPTION Equipment and Systems Efficiencies [X] 9 11 Any appliance for which there is a California standard established in the Appliance Efficiency Regulations will comply with the applicable standard. [X] §)l5(a) Fan type central furnaces shall not have a pilot light. [X] §123 Piping, except that conveying fluids at temperatures between 60 and 105 degrees Fahrenheit, or within HVAC equipment, shall be Insulated in accordance with Standards Section 123. [X] §124 Air handling duct systems shall be installed and Insulated in compliance with Sections 601, 602, 603, 604, and 605 of the 2001 CMC Standards. Controls §1 22(e) Each space conditioning system shall be installed with one of the following: [X] §122(e)1A Each space conditioning system serving building types such as offices and manufacturing facilities (and all others not explicitly exempt from the requirements of Section 112 (d)) shall be Installed with an automatic time switch with an accessible manual override that allows operation of the system during off-hours for up to 4 hours. The time switch shall be capable of programming different schedules for weekdays and weekends and have program backup capabilities that prevent the loss of the device's program and time setting for at least 10 hours if power Is interrupted; or [X] §1 22(e)1 B An occupancy sensor to control the operating period of the system; or [X[ §1 22(e)1C A 4-hour timer that can be manually operated to control the operating period of the system. [Xl §f 22(e)2 Each space conditioning system shall be installed with controls that temporarily restart and temporarily operate the system as required to maintain a setback heating and/or a setup cooling thermostat setpoint. [XJ §!22(g) Each space conditioning system serving multiple zones with a combined conditioned floor area more than 25,000 square feet shall be provided with isolation zones. Each zone: shall not exceed 25,000 square feet; shall be provided with isolation devices, such as valves or dampers, that allow the supply of heating or cooling to be setback or shut off independently of other isolation areas; and shall be controlled by a time control device as described above. [Xl §!22(a&b) Each space conditioning system shall be controlled by an individual thermostat that responds to temperature within the zone. Where used to control heating, the control shall be adjustable down to 55 degrees F or lower. For cooling, the control shall be adjustable up to 85 degrees F or higher. Where used for both heating and cooling, the control shall be capable of providing a deadband of at least 5 degrees F within which the supply of heating and cooling Is shut off or reduced to a minimum. [Xl §1 22(c) Thermostats shall have numeric setpolnts in degrees Fahrenheit (F) and adjustable setpoint stops accessible only to authorized personnel. |X| §11 2(b) Heat pumps shall be installed with controls to prevent electric resistance supplementary heater operation when the heating load can be met by the heat pump alone. Designer Enforcement EnergyPro 4.4 byEnergySoft User Number. 2196 Job Number 209-019 Page:12of13 MECHANICAL MANDATORY MEASURES Part 2 of 2 MECH-MM PROJECT NAME Legoland Ticket Building DATE 10/5/2009 Description Ventilation [XJ §121(e) Controls shall be provided to allow outside air dampers or devices to be operated at the ventilation rates as specified on these plans. fX] §!22(f) Gravity or automatic dampers interlocked and closed on fan shutdown shall be provided on the outside air intakes and discharges of all space conditioning and exhaust systems. [Xl §1 22{f) AH gravity ventilating systems shall be provided with automatic or readily accessible manually operated dampers in all openings to the outside, except for combustion air openings. |X] §!21(f)1 Air Balancing: The system shall be balanced in accordance with the National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) Procedural Standards (1983), or Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) National Standards (1989); or [XJ §121(f)2 Outside Air Certification: The system Shalt provide the minimum outside air as shown on the mechanical drawings, and shall be measured and certified by the Installing licensed C-20 mechanical contractor and certified by (1) the design mechanical engineer, (2) the installing licenced C-20 mechanical contractor, or (3) the person with overall responsibility for the design of the ventilation system; or [X] Sl21(f)3 Outside Air Measurement: The system shall be equipped with a calibrated local or remote device capable of measuring the quantity of outside air on a continuous basis and displaying that quantity on a readily accessible display divice; or [Xj §121{f)4 Another method approved by the Commission. Service Water Heating Systems [X~| §1 1 3(b)2 if a circulating hot water system Is installed, it shall have a control capable of automatically turning off the circulating pump(s) when hot water is not required. [X~] §1 1 3(c) Lavatories in restrooms of public facilities shall be equipped with controls to limit the outlet temperature to 110 degrees F. Designer Enforcement EnergxPro 4,4 by EnergySoft User Number: 2196 Job Number. 209-019 Page:13of13 Roman Electric LEGOLAND WATERWORKS Field Report 2782 Loker Ave West I Carlsbad CA 92010 www. Rowan P. 760.692.0700 F. 760.692.0707 | Lie. 746837 Electric.com Roman Electric 2782 Loker Ave West, Carlsbad, CA 92010 Ph 760.692.0700 Fx 760.692.0707 5/14/2010 Torque Letter To: Whom it May Concern REGARDING: Legoland Waterworks I certify that all terminations have been torqued in accordance with manufacture's instructions and that the work noted on the approved plans represents the full extent of the work performed under this permit. Jir/Clark Rowan Electric Pages Sent 1 Roman Electric LEGOLAND WATERWORKS Field Report Ground Fault System Test Report Power System Study 2782 LokerAve West | Carlsbad CA 92010 | P. 760.692.0700 F. 760.692.0707 | Lie. 746837 www.RowanElectric.com Roman Electric LEGOLAND WATERWORKS Field Report Ground Fault System Test Report 2782LokerAve West | Carlsbad CA 92010 | P. 760.692.0700 F. 760.692.0707 | Lie. 746837 www.RowanElectric.com EMERSON. Process Management GROUND FAULT SYSTEM TEST REPORT CLIENT: ROWAN ELECTRIC LOCATION: LEGOLAND WATER PARK SWITCHGEAR DESIGNATION: MAIN SERVICE SWITCHBOARD (MAIN BREAKER) ENGINEER: PC WITNESS: JIM ASSET NO.: E22 - 01476 JOB NO.: 3118194 DATE: 5/7/2010 CAL. DATE: 3/12/2010 FIELD DATA SWITCHBOARD MANUFACTURER CUTLER HAMMER MAIN OVERCURRENT DEVICE 0 Circuit Breaker 0 Fused Switch TYPE MAGNUM SB GROUND FAULT SYSTEM D Neutral Ground Strap MODEL DIGITRIP 520 AS FOUND PICKUP 0.4 (640A) MODEL/CAT. NUMBER CURRENT RATING SBSC163HEA 1600 S.O. NUMBER SSN0137137 UL NUMBER F- 694224 MFGR. EATON SYSTEM VOLTAGE 480Y / 277V VOLTAGE RATING 635VAC MFGR. D Zero Sequence RESIDUAL ^^ EATON CAT. NUMBER PICKUP RANGE 5LSIG 0.25-1.0(400A-1200A) TIME RANGE 0.1 - 0.5 IN/OUT TIME AS LEFT SETTING PICKUP TIME 0.1 OUT 0.4(640A) 0.1 OUT SENSOR / CT 1600A/ NEUTRAL SETTINGS BY AS FOUND INSPECTION SERVICE ENTRANCE CONDUCTORS PER MAIN BONDING JUMPER GROUND ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR PHASE 4.0" X 0.25" 2 2.0" X 0.25" X1 3/0 0AWG DMCM NEUTRAL - GROUND LOCATION CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER VA 0 Correct D Incorrect D Corrected by Contractor MONITOR TEST PANEL OPERATION 0 Correct D Incorrect Q Corrected OTHER NEUTRAL POLARITY IS CORRECT ELECTRICAL TESTS BREAKER SWITCH REACTION TIME NA D Seconds O Cycles PICKUP CURRENT REDUCED VOLTAGE TEST (55% RATED VOLTAGE) 0 Trip (Correct) 0 No Trip (Incorrect) NA PICKUP CURRENT (PICKUP MINUS 25%) 667 AMPS ^ Trip (Incorrect) 0 No Trip (Co™**) SYSTEM NEUTRAL INSULATION RESISTANCE TO GROUND GIGOHMS >100 TIME -CURRENT CALIBRATION TESTS PRIMARY CURRENT pERCENT p|CKUpAMPERE-TURNS PERCENT PICKUP 837 125% 918 138% OTHER NA TOTAL TIME ^^j?" 0.07 SEC NA 0.07 SEC NA RELAYTIME TCSCE NA +/-10% NA +/-10% REMARKS: TEST RESULTS ARE SATISFACTORY. EMERSON Process Management GROUND FAULT SYSTEM TEST REPORT CLIENT: ROWAN ELECTRIC LOCATION: LEGOLAND WATER PARK SWITCHGEAR DESIGNATION: MAIN SERVICE SWITCHBOARD (DP2 FEEDER) ENGINEER: PC WITNESS: JIM ASSET NO.: E22 - 01476 JOB NO.: 3118194 DATE: 5/7/2010 CAL. DATE: 3/12/2010 FIELD DATA SWITCHBOARD MANUFACTURER CUTLER HAMMER MAIN OVERCURRENT DEVICE 0 Circuit Breaker D Fused Switch TYPE HND 65K GROUND FAULT SYSTEM D Neutral Ground Strap MODEL DIGITRIPRMS310 AS FOUND PICKUP 1 (200A) MODEL/CAT. NUMBER HND312T36W 0 Zero Sequence CAT. NUMBER 12NES1000T TIME INST (NOTE 1) CURRENT RATING 1200 S.O. NUMBER SSN0137137 UL NUMBER F - 694223 MFGR. CUTLER HAMMER SYSTEM VOLTAGE 480Y / 277V RESIDUAL 00ther PICKUP RANGE 1-6(200A-1200A) TIME RANGE INST - 0.5 SEC AS LEFT SETTING PICKUP 1 (200A) VOLTAGE RATING 600VAC MFGR. CUTLER HAMMER TIME INST SENSOR / CT 1200A/ NEUTRAL SETTINGS BY AS FOUND INSPECTION SERVICE ENTRANCE CONDUCTORS PER PHASE 500 KCMIL 3 MAIN BONDING JUMPER 2.0" X 0.25" X 1 NEUTRAL - GROUND LOCATION 0 Correct 0 Incorrect O Corrected by Contractor MONITOR TEST PANEL OPERATION 0 Correct O Incorrect D Corrected GROUND ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR 3/0 0AWG 0MCM CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER VA NA OTHER NEUTRAL POLARITY IS CORRECT ELECTRICAL TESTS BREAKER SWITCH REACTION TIME NA 0 Seconds 0 Cycles PICKUP CURRENT 21 DAMPS REDUCED VOLTAGE TEST (55% RATED VOLTAGE) 0 Trip (Correct) 0 No Trip (Incorrect) NA PICKUP CURRENT (PICKUP MINUS 25%) 0 Trip (Incorrect) 0 No Trip (Correct) SYSTEM NEUTRAL INSULATION RESISTANCE TO GROUND GIGOHMS >100 TIME -CURRENT CALIBRATION TESTS PRIMARY CURRENT AMPERE-TURNS 255 286 PERCENT PICKUP 121% 136% OTHER NA TOTAL TIME 0.29 SEC 0.29 SEC REACTION TIME NA NA RELAY TIME JO™™CE NA +/-10% NA +/-10% REMARKS: NOTE 1: GROUND FAULT DELAY WAS TESTED AT THE 0.3 SEC SETTING TO VERIFY PROPER GROUND FAULT DELAY TIMING AND THEN SET BACK TO THE AS FOUND SETTING. TEST RESULTS ARE SATISFACTORY. Roujon Electric LEGOLAND WATERWORKS Field Report Power System Study 2782 LokerAve West | Carlsbad CA 92010 | P. 760.692.0700 F. 760.692.0707 | Lie. 746837 www.RowanElectric.com Emerson Network Power Electrical Reliability Services, Inc. 5810 Van Allen Way Carlsbad, i FAX (760) 804-2938 Net wo rk Po we r Aner Hours 804:2972 mcivvui i\ r uvvcri www.ers.assetweb.com May 11, 2010 Rowan Electric 2782 Loker Avenue West Carlsbad, CA 92010 Attention: Mr. Daric Kleppe Subject: Power System Study - Legoland Waterworks Reference No. 3118409 Dear Mr. Daric Kleppe Enclosed is the subject Power System Study. It was our pleasure to be of service to you on this project. If you have any questions, or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to call. Sincerely, Electrical Reliability Services, Inc. Enclosures EMERSON Network Power Emerson Network Power Electrical Reliability Services, Inc. 5810 Van Allen Way Carlsbad, CA 92008 (760) 804-2972 FAX (760) 804-2938 After Hours 804-2972 SHORT CIRCUIT & PROTECTIVE DEVICE COORDINATION STUDY At: Legoland Waterworks 1 Lego Land Drive Carlsbad, CA 92008 For: Rowan Electric 2782 Loker Avenue West Carlsbad, CA 92010 Attention: Mr.Daric Kleppe ERS Reference No. 3118409 Submitted By:James Flora Power Systems Engineer May 11, 2010 Reviewed By:Mark R. Owens, P.E. Supervising Engineer EMERSON Network Power Electrical Reliability Services, Inc. 1.0 INTRODUCTION 2 1.1 MAJOR OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDIES 2 1.2 REPORT CONTENT 2 1.3 BASIC SYSTEM DATA AND ASSUMPTIONS 3 1.5 NAMING CONVENTIONS 3 2.0 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 5 2.1 SHORT CIRCUIT ANALYSIS 5 2.2 PROTECTIVE DEVICE COORDINATION 5 3.0 ANALYSIS AND METHODS 5 3.1 SHORT CIRCUIT ANALYSIS 5 3.2 PROTECTIVE DEVICE COORDINATION 8 4.0 FINDINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 10 4.1 SHORT CIRCUIT ANALYSIS 10 4.2 PROTECTIVE DEVICE COORDINATION ANALYSIS 10 4.2.1 Existing Settings 10 5.0 CLOSING REMARKS 10 APPENDIX 1 Glossary of Terms APPENDIX 2 Engineering Bibliography & Reference Materials APPENDIX 3 Utility or Customer Fault Information APPENDIX 4 Short Circuit Fault Analysis Input Report APPENDIX 5 Short Circuit Fault Analysis Output Report APPENDIX 6 Device Evaluation Report APPENDIX 7 Recommended Device Settings APPENDIX 8 Coordination Curves APPENDIX 9 Study Single Line Diagram ERS#: 3118409May 11, 2010 REVO PAGE 1 EMERSON Network Power Electrical Reliability Services, Inc. 1.0 INTRODUCTION Power system studies were performed to analyze the quality of protection for the electrical power distribution system at the Legoland Waterworks Facility. The studies performed included short circuit and protective device coordination evaluation for the equipment as indicated on the attached one-line drawing in the Appendix. 1.1 Major objectives of the studies • Compare calculated fault duties with the withstand and interrupting ratings for distribution panels and protective devices. • Recommend protective device settings which selectively isolate faults in a manner which is consistent with the basic system design and applicable codes and standards. These recommendations will be given to achieve an optimum balance between protection and selective fault isolation. • Note areas of deficiency and make general recommendations. 1.2 Report Content • Section 2.0 contains an executive summary of the study findings. • Section 3.0 contains detailed information on the analysis and methods. • Section 4.0 contains detailed findings and recommendations. • The appendices contain short circuit fault analysis information, recommended settings, time current curves and a one-line diagram of the system studied. ERS#: 3118409 May 11, 2010 REV 0 PAGE 2 EMERSON Network Power Electrical Reliability Services, Inc. 1.3 Basic System Data and Assumptions System data for the power system study was based on the electrical submittals and drawings as supplied by Rowan Electric. Any system changes will render the findings in this report to be inaccurate and a study revision will be required. Utility fault duties for existing SS5 were used from the SDG&E service standards & guide for typical systems of this size, and are attached in appendix 3. Transformer data was as given for transformer XF-SBWW (1000kVA, 5.75%Z) with an assumed 12kV utility source of 500MVA, X/R=8.0. Utility upstream protection information was unavailable. Unless otherwise indicated, all base scenario analysis was performed with the power system in the normal condition only. This normal condition is assumed to be: • Utility power source, • ATS'-s in normal position • Tie breakers open. • All motor loads running. The only exception to this is that all UPS'-s were assumed to have bypass capability in order to propagate the maximum fault duty through the system to facilitate the most stringent short circuit evaluation. Alternative scenarios (if any) modify this default configuration assumption, as noted below in 1.4 Devices integral within UPS's, static switch cabinets, PDU'-s and generators were not included as part of this study scope. 1.4 Naming Conventions The software used in this system study requires the use of unique names for both protective devices, sources, load and locations where the short circuit current is modeled. As sites frequently have multiple similarly identified locations (For example there may be multiple Transformer T-1, and frequently a ERS#: 3118409May 11,2010 REVO PAGES EMERSON Network Power Electrical Reliability Services, Inc. circuit breaker is labeled exactly the same as the load it serves. To serve the purpose of providing unique names for this project, certain naming conventions are used. • Where Multiple devices with the same designation exist, there is a descriptor prefixed to the name, such as Composites PP1 for a Panel PP1 in the composites area. • Where a protective device is located remotely from the load it serves, it will have "Rmain" as a suffix to indicate that it is a Remote main device. Such as Composites Rmain. • Where a protective device is located at the panel it serves, it will have either Main or Lmain as a prefix or suffix, to indicate that it is a main device. • Where devices are shown that protect devices outside of the scope of the project, or where they are panelboard devices where the scope ends, the names will remain the default model names of the form of "PD-xxxx" • Conductors will generally be named in the form of "CBL-xxxx" or "Busduct- X", or Line-XXXX. • Transformer will be prefixed with "XF-" • Induction Motors will be prefixed with "MTRI-" unless the motor has a specific name already assigned, such as "X Hydraulic Motor" or "Chiller-1" • Utility Sources are provided with descriptive names identifying the source. • Generators are prefixed by "G-" or "Gen- • Automatic Transfer Switches are prefixed by "ATS-" • Manual Transfer Switches are prefixed by "MTS-" ERS#: 3118409 May 11, 2010 REV 0 PAGE 4 EMERSON Network Power Electrical Reliability Services, Inc. 2.0 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 2.1 Short Circuit Analysis All known devices within the scope of the project were found to have acceptable short circuit interrupting ratings when compared to system fault duties. Please refer to Sections 3.1 and 4.1 for more detailed information. 2.2 Protective Device Coordination The recommended device settings provided in this report should provide acceptable system protection and coordination. • The selectivity between devices is adequate. 3.0 ANALYSIS AND METHODS 3.1 Short Circuit Analysis A computer model of the electrical system was created based on data obtained for the studies. The model was input into the SKM System Analysis, Inc. PowerTools for Windows A_FAULT program and analyzed to determine the maximum fault levels at the switchgear and panels covered within the study. Complete short circuit analysis input & output reports as well as device evaluation tables are contained in the Appendices. The PowerTools for Windows A_FAULT program used for the study complies with the ANSI/IEEE C37.13 standard for calculation of fault currents. The primary concern is with the initial fault current that is asymmetrical and has a DC component (See the figure below). This initial fault current can last several cycles and typically impacts the short time and instantaneous trip times on circuit breakers. ERS#: 3118409 May 11, 2010 REV 0 PAGE 5 EMERSON Network Power Electrical Reliability Services, Inc. Current Theoretical maximum , Peak at 1/2 cycle /Top envelope (Decaying (aperiodic) component (DC decay) Asymmetrical values including motor contributions */ .W \ Time \ Steady state value (no motor contributions) The SKM program calculates crest current values and interrupting ratings required for the selection of power circuit breakers, insulated and molded case breakers, and fuses. At each low voltage bus, the minimum interrupting rating required for both power circuit breakers and molded case breakers is reported. To evaluate the interrupting rating of low voltage breakers, the crest current is calculated. These values are based on the ANSI (NEMA) specified power factor for these breakers as shown below: Protective Device LV Fuse LV Power Circuit Breaker Molded Case Circuit Breaker (AIC >20kA) Molded Case Circuit Breaker (AIC 10- 20kA) Molded Case Circuit Breaker (AIC =10kA) Test PF (%) 15 15 20 30 50 Test X/R 6.6 6.6 4.9 3.2 1.7 Tested Asymmetrical withstand Capability 1.62 1.62 1.53 1.38 1.15 The asymmetrical duty can be calculated as follows. asymrms\ 12cyc/e rmssymm This value should not exceed the equipment rating times the appropriate test factor for the device. ERS#: 3118409 May 11, 2010 REVO PAGE 6 EMERSON Network Power Electrical Reliability Services, Inc. For devices where the calculated X/R ratio is greater than the test X/R ratio listed above, then there is a symmetrical multiplying factor that must be evaluated as well. The symmetrical duty is defined as: x/Rsystem f — J x ^^symmLVF rmssymm I ~T~ y /1 /KteSt2e /K If the equipment rating exceeds both the asymmetrical and symmetrical duty, then it is considered adequate for the installed location. Evaluation of medium voltage equipment falls into two classifications: momentary and interrupting ratings. The momentary rating is the asymmetrical current seen Yt cycle after the fault occurs. The interrupting rating reflects the fault duties at time when a protective device will operate to clear a fault (typically 2, 3, 5 or 8 cycles). ANSI allows a simplified momentary rating calculation of 1.6 times the symmetrical fault duty. It can be more accurately calculated as follows. ~x7 1 = f X "V 1 + 2t> /R momentaryrms symmrms ' ^*~ where c is 1/2 cycle,-m The Device Evaluation Report in the Appendix summarizes the fault duties and compares the calculated fault duties (with appropriate ANSI multiplying factors) * with the equipment ratings for each location within the system modeled. The full analysis output report contains the fault duties for three-phase, single-line to " ground, line-to-line, and double-line to ground faults. Also included is the - average three-phase asymmetrical and RMS current at one half cycle. -«• When evaluating the ability of the protective devices to interrupt the available *" fault duties two ratings can be used: self-protected or series ratings. a* Self-protected ratings are the manufacturer's nameplate interrupting ratings for the devices and equipment. If the available fault duties exceed these ratings •m they can fail during operation, resulting in injury to personnel and damage to equipment. •" Series ratings are applied to tested combinations of devices. For fault levels j, that exceed the rating of a device, one or more devices upstream operate simultaneously thereby sharing the interrupting energies. Peak let-though of -" current-limiting devices is not accepted for use with molded case circuit ^ breakers due to the dynamic impedance seen by the system during their ERS#: 3118409May 11,2010 REVO PAGE 7 EMERSON Network Power Electrical Reliability Services, Inc. * operation. To conform with the National Electrical Code, Section 110-22, where circuit breakers or fuses are applied in compliance with the series *" combination ratings marked on the equipment by the manufacturer, equipment * enclosure(s) must be legibly marked in the field to indicate the equipment has been applied with a series combination rating. 3*M * 3.2 Protective Device Coordination Time-Current Curve (TCC) sets for the systems studied are contained in the Appendix. Each curve set contains a simplified single-line diagram that „ graphically describes the relationship between the devices studied. The recommended settings were chosen to provide the best compromise between complete selectivity and device protection. •m ,m The study was performed by plotting protective device time-current characteristics on a log-log graph as operating time versus current. These <* coordination curves illustrate graphically the quality of protection and m coordination provided by the protective devices. As stated in ANSI/IEEE Standard 242-2001 (p. 2), "Whether minimizing the risk m of equipment damage or preserving service continuity is the more important objective depends upon the operating philosophy of the particular industrial plant or commercial business." The equipment applications within the Facility m have been compared with acceptable practices and with industry standards, and no violations were noted. When the selectivity of a system is examined, •" many more factors must be considered. While suggestions can be made, the m client/facility operator must make some of the final decisions based on the unique requirements of the loads being serviced by the distribution system. *n ** The recommended settings are often the best compromise between coordination, protection, and service continuity. The client/facility operator "" should the evaluate supporting information and assumptions included in this ,*, report since they were used to develop settings. Where necessary, new settings based on unique requirements should be requested. <w *" Where many devices are in series, the time needed for good coordination of ^ devices may allow an unacceptable amount of damage to occur. In other cases *" the time current characteristics of devices will not allow for good coordination •* because existing devices are non-adjustable or are beyond the control of plant personnel. Two protective devices are considered to be directly in series if there are no branches between them. First example: If a feeder breaker in one panel serves a single main breaker in a downstream panel, they are considered directly in -me £RS#:3118409May11,2010 REVO PAGES EMERSON Network Power Electrical Reliability Services, Inc. series. If the downstream panel does not have a main breaker, then the feeder breaker in the supplying panel can not be considered directly in series with the feeder breakers in the downstream panel (because there are multiple downstream breakers). Second example: If a feeder breaker in one panel serves a transformer and its secondary is connected to a main breaker that supplies downstream loads, this feeder breaker and main breaker are directly in series. The discussions that follow will not address the lack of selectivity due to protective devices directly in series. Where two or more instantaneous devices are applied in series, there will be a lack of coordination whenever the fault current magnitude exceeds the pickup value of the devices applied. When there is an overlapping of the curves, it is possible that a high magnitude fault would cause several devices to trip. Though the recommended instantaneous settings for the breakers studied are chosen to provide the best available coordination, this condition is very common. Fortunately, the lack of coordination due to instantaneous units in series is not usually a problem, since the vast majority of faults are phase-to- ground, involve a resistance to ground and thus are smaller in magnitude than a phase-to-phase fault. The discussions that follow will not address the lack of coordination due to instantaneous units in series. Where series protective ratings are applied, there is an implied lack of selectivity since multiple devices must operate simultaneously for proper protection. The lack of selectivity of series rated devices is not discussed, except where these devices compromise another aspect of protection. Ground fault coordination differs from phase fault protection in that pick-ups are typically set below the load level and the number of ground fault devices in a system is typically small (main breakers and large feeders only). A curve set consists of the time current characteristic curves (TCC's) of devices plotted on a log-log graph in current vs. time. The first step in the analysis is to determine the voltage, current scale, drawing name, and description. These are indicated in the title block area of the curve set. Starting with the device nearest the source, the TCC's are plotted with the objective of maintaining an adequate coordination interval between devices in series. The TCC's of the devices are terminated at the maximum fault magnitude available at the device's location. The more devices applied in series the less likely that adequate intervals can be maintained. All of the steps above are performed with the use of the SKM Systems Analysis Inc. CAPTOR program. Each curve set is accompanied by a curve set report and a small single line representing all devices included in the curve set. ERS#: 3118409 May 11, 2010 REV 0 PAGE 9 EMERSON Network Power Electrical Reliability Services, Inc. 4.0 FINDINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 4.1 Short Circuit Analysis Models were created as listed in Section 1.5. Fault current calculations were made and the worst case values for each location were compared to the interrupting ratings of the devices studied. Complete short circuit analysis input & output reports as well as device evaluation tables are contained in the Appendices. All known devices within the scope of the project were found to have acceptable short circuit interrupting ratings when compared to system fault duties. 4.2 Protective Device Coordination Analysis The coordination curves sets provided in Appendix 7 illustrate the coordination between devices under normal conditions with all devices operating as per the manufacturers specifications and published time current characteristic curves. Only equipment that has been adequately maintained and tested according to manufacturer's and industry standards is likely to operate in this manner. 4.2.1 Existing Settings The existing device settings provided in this report should provide adequate system protection and coordination. 5.0 CLOSING REMARKS The combination of the successful implementation of the recommended protective device settings and the thorough testing of the protective devices will provide optimum power system reliability and performance. It is recommended to perform an Arc Flash Hazard Evaluation for any location where inspection, maintenance or testing while energized is likely. This evaluation should be based on relevant NFPA, IEEE and OSHA standards and recommendations. Power System Studies have consistently proven to be an effective component for improving power system reliability and performance. Hopefully the results and recommendations of this study will substantially increase the quality and reliability of your electrical power system. ERS#: 3118409May 11, 2010 REVO PAGE 10 EMERSON Network Power Electrical Reliability Services, Inc. For information regarding training (safety, arc flash, technical...), engineering, corrective and preventive maintenance services offered by Electrical Reliability Services, please call your local ERS Service Center Office. This study is intended for use by qualified individuals to help facilitate the installation, operation, maintenance and safety of the electrical power system as depicted. Modification of equipment, changes to system configuration, adjustment of trip-unit settings, and/or failure to properly maintain equipment may invalidate these results. Any personnel who perform inspections, maintenance or testing while equipment is energized must receive training to understand the hazards identified in this report. This training should be based on relevant, NFPA and OSHA standards and recommendations. For information regarding training (safety, arc flash, technical...), engineering, corrective and preventive maintenance services offered by Electrical Reliability Services, please call your local ERS Service Center Office. ERS#. 3118409 May 11, 2010 REV 0 PAGE 11 APPENDIX 1: GLOSSARY OF TERMS GLOSSARY OF TERMS SHORT CIRCUIT STUDIES Series Rating: A tested combination of protective devices that allow the use of protective devices in locations that exceed the nameplate rating by operation of a main or upstream protecting devices. Operation of the series rated combination allows the devices to share the interrupting energies. COORDINATION STUDIES Time-Current Curve (TCC): A graphical representation of the operating characteristics of an over current protective device. Typically shown on a log-log chart, this information details the operating time of the breaker over a range of currents. Time-Current Curve Set: A group of TCC's arranged to show the operating characteristics of a portion of an electrical system. Selectivity (also referred to as Coordination): Refers to the capacity or lack of capacity of a system to isolate a fault to the smallest portion of a system possible. APPENDIX 2 : ENGINEERING BIBLIOGRAPHY & REFERENCE MATERIALS ENGINEERING BIBLIOGRAPHY & REFERENCE MATERIALS IEEE 1584-2002/1584a-2004, IEEE Guide for Performing Arc Flash Hazard Calculations. NFPA 70-2008, National Electrical Code. ANSI/NFPA 70E-2009, Standard For Electrical Safety In The Workplace. ANSI/IEEE Std 141-1993, IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical Power Distribution for Industrial Plants (IEEE Red Book). ANSI/IEEE Std 142-2007, IEEE Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems (IEEE Green Book). IEEE STD 242-2001, IEEE Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems (IEEE Buff Book). IEEE STD C37.010-1999, IEEE Application Guide for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis. IEEE STD C37.20.7-2007, IEEE Guide for Testing Medium-Voltage Metal- Enclosed Switchgear for Internal Arcing Faults. ANSI/IEEE Std 399-1997, IEEE Recommended Practice for Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Analysis (IEEE Brown Book). Beeman, D.L., INDUSTRIAL POWER SYSTEMS HANDBOOK. McGraw-Hill, 1955. Bussmann, Cooper Industries, SELECTING PROTECTIVE DEVICES. ELECTRICAL PROTECTION HANDBOOK. Bussmann, Cooper Industries, 1990. SKM Systems Analysis, Inc., POWER TOOLS FOR WINDOWS, CAPTOR/DAPPER/A FAULT DISTRIBUTION ANALYSIS FOR POWER PLANNING EVALUATION AND REPORTING, SKM Systems Analysis, 1998 and 2003. APPENDIX 3 : UTILITY FAULT DUTY DATA The California Electrical Code requires the installation of service equipment with overcurrent protective devices with a short circuit current rating equal to, or not less than, the available fault current provided by the Utility, and when applicable, the contribution to fault current fromcustomer's motor contribution. SDG&E's maximum contribution to fault current is stated as follows: 1. 2. 3. Residential - Applicable to a single family residence or duplex (which may include a house meter for a total of 3 meters), a mobile home, miscellaneous residential uses; such as a recreation or laundry building, a barn, domestic pumps, security gates, and temporary power for constructing single family dwellings or duplexes: The Utility's contribution to the available fault current at the point of connection of SDG&E's service conductors to the customer's facilities will not exceed the values listed in Table 1. TABLE 1 Phase 10 10 Serving Voltage 120/240 120/240 Service EntranceAmpacity «22SJH»UCJM»^226 - 600 amps^ Utility's Contribution toFault Current Not to Exceed 10,000 amps 22,000 amps Residential - Applicable to multi-family residential service consisting of 3 or more dwelling units: The Utility's contribution to the available fault current at the point of connection of SDG&E's service conductors to the customer's facilities will not exceed the values listed in Table 2. TABLE 2 Phase 10 10 *10 •M 30 30 Serving Voltage 120/208 120/240 120/240 i tn lttf\ 208Y/120 2O8Y/1ZO Service EntranceAmpacity 200 amps or less 600 amps or less 800 amps 201 - 3000 amps or less JO01 - 4000 amps Utility's Contribution toFault Current Will Not Exceed 42,000 amps 22,000 amps 42,000 amps 42.000 amps 65.OOO amps * Deviation required for 800 ampere, or above, single-phase service requests. Non-Residential - Applicable to all non-residential occupancies such as, but not limited to, commercial, industrial, agricultural, governmental, educational institutions, hospitals, medical clinics, etc.: The Utility's contribution to the available fault current at the point of connection of SDG&E's service conductors to the customer's facilities will not exceed the values listed in Table 3. TABLE 3 Phase 10 10 10 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 Serving Voltage 120/208 120/240 240/480 120/240 208Y/120 208Y/120 480 480Y/277 480Y/277 480Y/277 Service EntranceAmpacity 200 amps or less 400 amps or less 200 amps or less 1000 amps or less 3000 amps or less 3001 amps - 4000 amps 600 amps or less 2000 amps or less 2001 amps - 3000 amps 3001 amps - 4000 amps Utility's Contribution toFault Current Will Not Exceed 42,000 amps 42,000 amps 10,000 amps 42,000 amps 42,000 amps 65,000 amps 30,000 amps 30,000 amps 45,000 amps 65,000 amps 4. SDG&E's available fault current for medium and high voltage services will be calculated on an individual basis and will be quoted for both the initial and ultimate three—phase, line to line, and line to ground fault current values. | ©1998 -2009 San Diego Gas & Electric Company. AH rights mervad. Removal of thto copyright notice without permission to not permitted under taw. | DM 6142.1 006 •£] Indicate* Loteit Revision 1 | Completely Revived | | New Poge \ \ Informotlon Removed SDG&E SERVICE STANDARDS & GUIDE SECONDARY FAULT CURRENT CALCULATIONS REVISION DATE 7-18-07APPD/^n BRB APPENDIX 4 : SHORT CIRCUIT FAULT ANALYSIS INPUT REPORT Project: Lego Land Waterwc Rowan Electric Legoland Waterworks 3118409 JF Utilities DAPPER Fault Analysis Input Report (English) Contribution From Name Bus Name In/Out Nominal Service Voltage — Contribution Data • Duty Units X/R PU (100 MVA Base RPU XPU UTIL SS5 EX. SS5 208 3P: 42,000 Amps 8.00 SLG: 42,000 Amps 8.00 Pos: 0.820 6.558 Zero: 0.820 6.558 UTIL XF-SBWW BUS UTIL XF-SBWW In 12,000 3P: 500 MVA 8.00 SLG: 250 MVA 8.00 Pos: 0.025 0.198 Zero: 0.000 0.000 Motors Contribution From Name A1A A2A A3A A4A ASA A6A B1A B2A B3A B4A B5A B6A CIA C2A C3A C4A D1A D2A D3A D4A D5A E1A #of Bus Motors Name 1 VFD-1 1 VFD-2 1 VFD-3 1 VFD-4 1 VFD-5 1 BUS A6A 1 VFD-6 1 VFD-7 1 VFD-8 1 VFD-9 1 VFD-10 1 BUS B6A 1 VFD-11 1 VFD-12 1 VFD-1 3 1 BUS C4A 1 VFD-14 1 VFD-1 5 1 VFD-1 6 1 VFD-17 1 BUS D5A 1 VFD-1 8 In/Out Nominal - Service Voltage E In In In In In In In In In In In In In In In In In In In In In In 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 /•»..«*.. iasekVA 41.44 25.90 25.90 25.90 7.77 2.66 31.08 20.72 15.54 10.36 7.77 2.66 25.90 20.72 10.36 2.66 10.36 31.08 31.08 31.08 2.66 10.36 ibution Da Xd" 0.1692 0.1692 0.1692 0.1692 0.1692 0.1692 0.1692 0.1692 0.1692 0.1692 0.1692 0.1692 0.1692 0.1692 0.1692 0.1692 0.1692 0.1692 0.1692 0.1692 0.1692 0.1692 X/R 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 PU (100 MVA Base) R PU X PU 40.824 408.257 65.319 653.212 65.319 653.212 65.319 653.212 217.729 2,177.373 635.042 6,350.670 54.432 544.343 81.648 816.515 108.864 1,088.686 163.296 1,633.030 217.729 2,177.373 635.042 6,350.670 65.319 653.212 81.648 816.515 163.296 1,633.030 635.042 6,350.670 163.296 1,633.030 54.432 544.343 54.432 544.343 54.432 544.343 635.042 6,350.670 163.296 1,633.030 Contribution From Name E2A E3A SP-1 (1) SP-1 (2) SP-2 (1) SP-2 (2) Cables Cable Name CBL1KVAUPS CBLA1A CBLA2A CBL A3A CBL A4A CBL ASA CBL A6A CBLB1A CBL B2A CBLB3A CBL B4A CBL B5A CBL B6A CBL CIA CBL C2A #of Motors 1 1 1 1 1 1 From Bus To Bus PA 1KVAUPS DP2 VFD-1 DP2 VFD-2 DP2 VFD-3 DP2 VFD-4 DP2 VFD-5 DP3 BUS A6A DP2 VFD-6 DP2 VFD-7 DP2 VFD-8 DP2 VFD-9 DP2 VFD-10 DP3 BUS B6A DP2 VFD-1 1 DP2 VFD-12 Dl Name Service Voltage BasekVA xd- x,R BUS E2A In 208 BUS E3A In 480 BUS SP-1 In 208 BUS SP-1 In 208 BUS SP-2 In 208 BUS SP-2 In 208 J (100 MVA Base) R PU X PU 8.29 0.1692 10.00 204.121 2,041.287 2.66 0.1692 10.00 635.042 6,350.670 2.66 0.1692 10.00 635.042 6,350.670 2.66 0.1692 10.00 635.042 6,350.670 1.55 0.1692 10.00 1088.643 0,886.860 2.66 0.1692 10.00 635.042 6,350.670 In/Out Qty Length Cable Description Service /Ph Feet Size Cond.Type Duct Type In 1 30 10 Copper In 1 35 4 Copper In 1 40 6 Copper In 1 50 6 Copper In 1 45 6 Copper In 1 40 12 Copper In 1 40 12 Copper In 1 30 6 Copper In 1 25 8 Copper In 1 30 8 Copper In 1 40 10 Copper In 1 35 12 Copper In 1 40 12 Copper In 1 55 6 Copper In 1 55 8 Copper Non-Magnetic Non-Magnetic Non-Magnetic Non-Magnetic Non-Magnetic Non-Magnetic Non-Magnetic Non-Magnetic Non-Magnetic Non-Magnetic Non-Magnetic Non-Magnetic Non-Magnetic Non-Magnetic Non-Magnetic Per Unit (1 00 MVA Base) Insul R pu jX pu PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC Pos: Zero: Pos: Zero: Pos: Zero: Pos: Zero: Pos: Zero: Pos: Zero: Pos: Zero: Pos: Zero: Pos: Zero: Pos: Zero: Pos: Zero: Pos: Zero: Pos: Zero: Pos: Zero: Pos: Zero: 81.8232 30.0781 4.8763 7.5347 8.8542 14.1024 11.0677 17.6280 9.9609 15.8652 32.4653 51.6128 32.4653 51.6128 6.6406 10.5768 8.7999 13.9898 10.5599 16.7878 20.4861 32.5677 28.4071 45.1612 32.4653 51.6128 12.1745 19.3908 19.3598 30.7776 5.7068 14.5132 0.7687 1.9551 0.9514 2.4201 1.1892 3.0252 1.0703 2.7227 1.5486 3.9392 1.5486 3.9392 0.7135 1.8151 0.6543 1.6645 0.7852 1.9974 1.4288 3.6337 1.3550 3.4468 1.5486 3.9392 1.3082 3.3277 1.4395 3.6619 Cable Name CBL C3A CBL C4A CBLD1A CBL D2A CBL D3A CBL D4A CBL D5A CBL DPI CBL DP2 CBL DP3 CBLE1A CBL E2A CBL E3A CBL FOOD CART CBL FUSE DIC CBL PA CBLPB CBL PC CBLRR CBL SBWW CBL SP-1 From Bus In/Out Qty To Bus Service /Ph DP2 In 1 VFD-13 DP3 In 1 BUS C4A DP2 In 1 VFD-14 DP2 In 1 VFD-15 DP2 In 1 VFD-16 DP2 In 1 VFD-17 DP3 In 1 BUS D5A BUS T-DP1 SECON In 1 DPI SBWW In 3 DP2 SBWW In 1 DP3 DP2 to 1 VFD-18 EX. DPBB Out 1 BUS E2A DP3 In 1 BUS E3A EX. SS5 to I FOOD CART DRF4 Out 1 FUSE DISC DPI to 1 PA DPI In 1 PB DPI to 1 PC EX. SS5 to 1 RR BUS XF-SBWW S to 4 SBWW DPI to 1 Length Feet 60 30 65 50 55 60 60 15 90 105 50 110 60 230 320 108 108 50 250 30 45 Size 10 12 10 6 6 6 12 600 500 3/0 10 12 3/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 3/0 600 8 Cable Description Per Unit (1 00 MVA Base) Cond. Type Duct Type Insul R pu JX pu Copper Copper Copper Copper Copper Copper Copper Copper Copper Copper Copper Copper Copper Copper Copper Copper Copper Copper Copper Copper Copper Non-Magnetic PVC Non-Magnetic PVC Non-Magnetic PVC Non-Magnetic PVC Non-Magnetic PVC Non-Magnetic PVC Non-Magnetic PVC Non-Magnetic PVC Non-Magnetic PVC Non-Magnetic PVC Non-Magnetic PVC Non-Magnetic Non-Magnetic PVC Non-Magnetic PVC Non-Magnetic Non-Magnetic PVC Non-Magnetic PVC Non-Magnetic PVC Non-Magnetic PVC Non-Magnetic PVC Non-Magnetic PVC Pos: 30.7292 Zero: 48.8516 Pos: 24.3490 Zero: 38.7096 Pos: 33.2899 Zero: 52.9225 Pos: 11.0677 Zero: 17.6280 Pos: 12.1745 Zero: 19.3908 Pos: 13.2813 Zero: 21.1536 Pos: 48.6979 Zero: 77.4193 Pos: 0.8217 Zero: 1.3036 Pos: 0.3594 Zero: 0.5703 Pos: 3.4909 Zero: 5.5462 Pos: 25.6076 Zero: 40.7096 Pos: 0.0000 Zero: 0.0000 Pos: 48.6979 Zero: 77.4193 Pos: 40.7221 Zero: 64.6981 Pos: 0.0000 Zero: 0.0000 Pos: 31.7030 Zero: 50.4003 Pos: 31.7030 Zero: 50.4003 Pos: 14.6773 Zero: 23.3335 Pos: 44.2631 Zero: 70.3241 Pos: 0.0771 Zero: 0.1224 Pos: 84.3542 2.1432 5.4505 1.1615 2.9544 2.3218 5.9047 1.1892 3.0252 1.3082 3.3277 1.4271 3.6302 2.3229 5.9089 1.2863 3.2695 0.4857 1.3008 1.8913 4.8079 1.7860 4.5421 0.0000 0.0000 2.3229 5.9089 22.0622 56.0859 0.0000 0.0000 10.7840 27.4344 10.7840 27.4344 4.9926 12.7011 23.9807 60.9629 0.1208 0.3070 6.2720 Cable Name CBL SP-2 CBL T-DP1 CBL XF-SBWW EX. CBLATS5-1 EX. CBL DPBB EX. CBL DPFN EX. CBL DRF4 EX. CBL EPF EX. CBL EPF3 EX. CBLLP1BB EX. CBLLP1F EX. CBL RPF3 EX. CBL RPF6 From Bus In/Out Qty Length To Bus Service IPh Feet BUS SP-1 DPI In 1 50 BUS SP-2 SBWW In 1 40 BUS T-DP1 PRIM BUS UTIL XF-SB\V In 1 30 BUS XF-SBWW F EX. SS5 Out 1 1 BUS ATS5-1 EX. SS5 Out 1 l EX. DPBB EX. SS5 Out 1 i EX. DPFN EX. DPBB Out I 1 DRF4 BUS ATS5-1 L Out 1 1 EX. EPF EX. EPF Out 1 1 EPF3 EX. DPBB Out 1 1 LP1BB EX. DPFN Out 1 1 LP1F EX. DPFN Out 1 1 RPF3 EX. DPBB Out 1 1 RPF6 Cable Description Size Cond. Type Duct Type 8 Copper 4/0 Copper 2 Copper Copper Copper Copper Copper Copper Copper Copper Copper Copper Copper Non-Magnetic Non-Magnetic Non-Magnetic Non-Magnetic Non-Magnetic Non-Magnetic Non-Magnetic Non-Magnetic Non-Magnetic Non-Magnetic Non-Magnetic Non-Magnetic Non-Magnetic Per Unit (100 MVA Base) Insul R pu JX pu Zero: 34.1034 PVC Pos: 93.7269 Zero: 49.0038 PVC Pos: 1.0990 Zero: 1.7465 EPR Pos: 0.0042 Zero: 0.0067 Pos: 0.0000 Zero: 0.0000 Pos: 0.0000 Zero: 0.0000 Pos: 0.0000 Zero: 0.0000 Pos: 0.0000 Zero: 0.0000 Pos: 0.0000 Zero: 0.0000 Pos: 0.0000 Zero: 0.0000 Pos: 0.0000 Zero: 0.0000 Pos: 0.0000 Zero: 0.0000 Pos: 0.0000 Zero: 0.0000 Pos: 0.0000 Zero: 0.0000 15.9555 6.9688 17.7284 0.6910 i.7569 0.0011 0.0029 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 2-Winding Transformers Xformer Name T-DP1 XF-SBWW Service Bus Conn In BUS T-DP1 PRIMARY D BUS T-DP1 SECONDAWG In BUS XF-SBWW PRIM D BUS XF-SBWW SECOWG iary Volts 480 208 12,000 480 Nominal Z PU (100 MVA Base) FLA kVA Rpu jXpu 180 150.0 416 48 1,000.0 1,203 Pos: 8.9547 Zero: 8.9547 Pos: 0.9917 Zero: 0.9917 32.1080 32.1080 5.6638 5.6638 APPENDIX 5 : SHORT CIRCUIT FAULT ANALYSIS OUTPUT REPORT -M Project: Lego Land Waterwc Rowan Electric Legoland Waterworks 3118409 JF ANSI Complete Fault Report A_FAULT Settings Fault Type Faulted Bus Include Tap Pre-fault Voltage 3 Phase+Unbalanced All Buses No 1.0000 LVDuty LV Report Mom Duty Yes Int Duty Complete Int Report Yes Solution Method Mom Report Complete NACD Option Yes Complete E/Z Interpolated Low Voltage 3 Phase and Unbalanced Fault Location Bus Name 1KVAUPS LLG Gnd Return kA: BUS A6A LLG Gnd Return kA: BUS B6A LLG Gnd Return kA: BUS C4A LLG Gnd Return kA: BUS D5A LLG Gnd Return kA: BUS E3A LLG Gnd Return kA: Bus Voltage 208 1.519 480 2.284 480 2.284 480 2.895 480 1.602 480 1.602 Fault Duty kA MVA 3 Phase: SLG: LL: LLG: 3 Phase: SLG: LL: LLG: 3 Phase: SLG: LL: LLG: 3 Phase: SLG: LL: LLG: 3 Phase: SLG. LL: LLG: 3 Phase: SLG: LL: LLG: 2.03 1.74 1.76 1.93 3.18 2.66 2.76 2.98 3.18 2.66 2.76 2.98 4.03 3.37 3.49 3.77 2.24 1.87 1.94 2.09 2.24 1.87 1.94 2.09 0.7 0.4 0.4 0.4 2.6 1.3 1.3 1.4 2.6 1.3 1.3 1.4 3.4 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.9 0.9 0.9 1.0 X/R — Asym kA — Sequence Max RMS Avg RMS Impedance pu 0.44 2.03 2.03 Zl: 0.43 1.74 - Z2: ZO: - 0.25 3.18 3.18 Zl: 0.25 2.66 - Z2: ZO: - 0.25 3.18 3.18 Zl: 0.25 2.66 - Z2: ZO: - 0.30 4.03 4.03 Zl: 0.30 3.37 — Z2: ZO: - 0.19 2.24 2.24 Zl: 0.20 1.87 - Z2: ZO: - 0.19 2.24 2.24 Zl: 0.20 1.87 - Z2: 20. — 136.4957 136.4957 205.8146 37.7814 37.7814 60.1031 37.7814 37.7814 60.1031 29.8506 29.8506 47.4029 53.7887 53.7887 85.7196 53.7887 53.7887 85.7196 Equivalent R +/X 0.0540 0.0238 — ___ 0.0846 0.0204 ... 0.0846 0.0204 ... 0.0660 0.0194 ... 0.1218 0.0227 - 0.1218 0.0227 ... Low Voltage 3 Phase and Unbalanced Fault Location Bus Name BUS SP-1 LU5 Ond Return kA: BUS SP-2 LLG Gnd Return kA: BUS T-DP1 PRIM LLG Gnd Return kA: BUS T-DP1 SECC LLG Gnd Return kA: BUS XF-SBWW S LLG Gnd Return kA: DPI LLG Gnd Return kA: DP2 LLG Gnd Return kA: DPS LLG Gnd Return kA: EX. SS5 LLG Gnd Return kA: Bus Voltage 208 2.031 208 1.857 480 15.867 208 7.898 480 21.578 208 7.315 480 17.461 480 10.707 208 42.000 Fault Duty kA MVA 3 Phase: SLG: LL: LLG: 3 Phase: SLG: LL: LLG: 3 Phase: SLG: LL: LLG: 3 Phase: SLG: LL: LLG: 3 Phase: SLG: LL: LLG: 3 Phase: SLG: LL: LLG: 3 Phase: SLG: LL: LLG: 3 Phase: SLG: LL: LLG: 3 Phase: SLG: LL: LLG: 2.66 2.31 2.31 2.61 2.45 2.11 2.12 2.39 19.21 17.38 16.63 18.57 7.16 7.51 6.20 7.34 23.03 22.28 19.94 22.72 6.91 7.11 5.98 7.00 20.96 19.05 18.15 20.26 14.39 12.28 12.46 13.57 42.00 42.00 36.37 42.00 1.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.9 0.4 0.4 0.5 16.0 8.3 8.0 8.9 2.6 1.6 1.3 1.5 19.1 10.7 9.6 10.9 2.5 1.5 1.2 1.5 17.4 9.1 8.7 9.7 12.0 5.9 6.0 6.5 15.1 8.7 7.6 8.7 X/R 0.61 0.48 - - 0.54 0.44 — - 2.98 2.86 ... ... 3.57 3.57 ... — 6.03 5.91 ... - 3.44 3.44 ... ... 4.98 4.69 ... - 1.67 1.65 - ... 8.00 8.00 ... ... — Asym kA — Sequence Max RMS Avg RMS Impedance pu 2.66 2.31 ... ... 2.45 2.11 ... 21.41 19.22 ... ... 8.30 8.71 ... ... 30.07 28.97 ... ... 7.95 8.17 ... ... 26.23 23.52 ... 14.72 12.55 ... ... 58.07 58.07 ... ... 2.66 Zl: Z2: ZO: - 2.45 Zl: Z2: ZO: ... 20.32 Zl: Z2: ZO: ... 7.74 Zl: Z2: ZO: ... 26.67 Zl: Z2: ZO: ... 7.44 Zl: Z2: ZO: — 23.67 Zl: Z2: ZO: 14.55 Zl: Z2: ZO: ... 50.39 Zl: Z2: ZO: ... 104.2777 104.2777 153.2167 113.2360 113.2360 167.8827 6.2626 6.2626 8.2402 38.7616 38.7616 33.3333 5.2230 5.2230 5.7500 40.1653 40.1653 36.8347 5.7385 5.7385 7.4641 8.3598 8.3598 12.6705 6.6089 6.6089 6.6089 Equivalent R +yX 0.0403 0.0204 _ 0.0444 0.0207 - ... 0.0046 0.0137 ... 0.0046 0.0161 — ... 0.0020 0.0119 — 0.0049 0.0167 - 0.0027 0.0129 ... 0.0101 0.0164 0.0004 0.0028 ... Low Voltage 3 Phase and Unbalanced Fault Location Bus Name FOOD CART LUG Gnd Return kA: PA LlXi Gnd Return kA: PB LLG Gnd Return kA: PC LLG Gnd Return kA: RR LLG Gnd Return kA: SBWW LLG Gnd Return kA: VFD-1 LLG Gnd Return kA: VFD-10 LLG Gnd Return kA: VFD-11 LLG Gnd Return kA: Bus Voltage 208 3.601 208 3.469 208 3.469 208 4.959 208 3.330 480 20.655 480 10.368 480 2.855 480 5.814 Fault Duty kA MVA 3 Phase: SLG: LL: LLG: 3 Phase: SLG: LL LLG: 3 Phase: SLG: LL: LLG: 3 Phase: SLG: LL: LLG: 3 Phase: SLG: LL: LLG: 3 Phase: SLG: LL: LLG: 3 Phase: SLG: LL: LLG: 3 Phase: SLG: LL: LLG: 3 Phase: SLG: LL: LLG: 5.50 4.36 4.77 4.88 4.24 3.82 3.67 4.12 4.24 3.82 3.67 4.12 5.47 5.20 4.74 5.45 5.10 4.04 4.41 4.51 22.60 21.58 19.57 22.19 13.79 11.84 11.94 13.17 3.97 3.32 3.44 3.75 8.08 6.76 7.00 7.64 2.0 0.9 1.0 1.0 1.5 0.8 0.8 0.9 1.5 0.8 0.8 0.9 2.0 1.1 1.0 1.1 1.8 0.8 0.9 0.9 18.8 10.4 9.4 10.7 11.5 5.7 5.7 6.3 3.3 1.6 1.7 1.8 6.7 3.2 3.4 3.7 X/R 0.69 0.81 — - 1.15 1.10 ... - 1.15 1.10 — - 1.68 1.58 ... - 0.68 0.80 .__ _ 5.79 5.62 ... ... 1.21 1.11 ... 0.27 0.25 ... ... 0.62 0.56 ... ... — Asym kA — Sequence Max RMS Avg RMS Impedance pu 5.50 4.36 ... ... 4.26 3.83 ... ... 4.26 3.83 ... ... 5.60 5.30 ... - 5.10 4.04 ___ - 29.25 27.76 ... ... 13.86 11.88 ... - 3.97 3.32 ... ... 8.08 6.76 ... ... 5.50 ZI: 72: ZO: ... 4.25 Zl: Z2: ZO: - 4.25 Zl: Z2: ZO: ... 5.54 Zl: Z2: ZO: - 5.10 Zl: Z2: ZO: - 26.03 Zl: Z2: ZO: ... 13.82 Zl: Z2: ZO: - 3.97 Zl: Z2: ZO: ... 8.08 Zl: Z2: ZO: ... 50.4463 50.4463 90.6467 65.4817 65.4817 87.3201 65.4817 65.4817 87.3201 50.7217 50.7217 58.6511 54.4524 54.4524 98.0841 5.3230 5.3230 6.0738 8.7248 8.7248 13.0431 30.2690 30.2690 48.0562 14.8909 14.8909 23.5905 Equivalent R +/X 0.0180 0.0124 0.0186 0.0213 ... 0.0186 0.0213 —... 0.0113 0.0188 ... — 0.0195 0.0132 ._. ... 0.0021 0.0121 - 0.0136 0.0148 ... 0.0677 0.0169 -__ 0.0301 0.0164 ._ Low Voltage 3 Phase and Unbalanced Fault Location Bus Bus Name Voltage VFD-12 LLG Gnd Return kA: VFD-13 LLG Gnd Return kA: VFD-14 LLG Gnd Return kA: VFD-15 LLG Gnd Return kA: VFD-16 LLG Gnd Return kA: VFD-17 LLG Gnd Return kA: VFD-18 LLG Gnd Return kA: VFD-2 LLG Gnd Return kA: VFD-3 LLG Gnd Return kA: 480 3 Phase: SLG: LL: 4.009 LLG: 480 3 Phase: SLG. LL: 2.637 LLG: 480 3 Phase: SLG: LL: 2.447 LLG: 480 3 Phase: SLG: LL: 6.263 LLG: 480 3 Phase: SLG: LL: 5.817 LLG: 480 3 Phase: SLG: LL: 5.428 LLG: 480 3 Phase: SLG: LL: 3.120 LLG: 480 3 Phase: SLG: LL: 7.374 LLG: 480 3 Phase: SLG: LL: 6.260 LLG: Fault Duty kA MVA 5.59 4.67 4.84 5.29 3.69 3.07 3.19 3.46 3.42 2.85 2.96 3.22 8.68 7.28 7.52 8.24 8.09 6.77 7.01 7.67 7.58 6.32 6.56 7.17 4.35 3.63 3.77 4.10 10.11 8.53 8.76 9.62 8.67 7.27 7.51 8.21 4.7 2.2 2.3 2.5 3.1 1.5 1.5 1.7 2.8 1.4 1.4 1.5 7.2 3.5 3.6 4.0 6.7 3.2 3.4 3.7 6.3 3.0 3.1 3.4 3.6 1.7 1.8 2.0 8.4 4.1 4.2 4.6 7.2 3.5 3.6 3.9 X/R — Asym kA — Sequence Max RMS Avg RMS Impedance pu 0.43 0.38 — - 0.29 0.27 - - 0.28 0.26 - - 0.68 0.61 ... ... 0.64 0.57 ... — 0.61 0.55 ... — 0.32 0.30 — ... 0.75 0.69 .__ ... 0.66 0.60 ... ... 5.59 4.67 ... ... 3.69 3.07 ... ... 3.42 2.85 ... ... 8.68 7.28 ... ... 8.10 6.77 ... ... 7.58 6.32 ... ... 4.35 3.63 ... 10.11 8.53 ... ... 8.67 7.27 ... ... 5.59 Zl: Z2: ZO: ... 3.69 Zl: 72: ZO: — 3.42 Zl: 72: ZO: ... 8.68 Zl: 72: ZO: ... 8.09 Zl: Z2: ZO: ... 7.58 Zl: 72: ZO: ... 4.35 Zl: 72: ZO: — 10.11 Zl: Z2: ZO: ... 8.67 Zl: Z2: ZO: ... 21.5000 21.5000 34.2538 32.6300 32.6300 52.1127 35.1355 35.1355 56.1741 13.8511 13.8511 21.8859 14.8594 14.8594 23.5905 15.8776 15.8776 25.3066 27.6332 27.6332 44.0093 11.8955 11.8955 18.5244 13.8787 13.8787 21.8859 Equivalent R +/X 0.0464 0.0173 ... ... 0.0727 0.0192 0.0785 0.0198 ... 0.0275 0.0162 ... 0.0300 0.0165 ... 0.0324 0.0169 ... 0.0611 0.0180 — 0.0227 0.0154 ... 0.0276 0.0161 Low Voltage 3 Phase and Unbalanced Fault Location Bus Bus Name Voltage VFD-4 LLG Gnd Return kA: VFD-5 LLG Gnd Return kA: VFD-6 LLG Gnd Return kA: VFD-7 LLG Gnd Return kA: VFD-8 LLG Gnd Return kA: VFD-9 LLG Gnd Return kA: 480 6.775 480 2.520 480 8.911 480 7.551 480 6.606 480 3.816 3 Phase: SLG: LL: LLG: 3 Phase: SLG: LL: LLG: 3 Phase: SLG: LL: LLG: 3 Phase: SLG: LL: LLG: 3 Phase: SLG: LL: LLG: 3 Phase: SLG: LL: LLG: Fault Duty X/R — Asym kA — Sequence kA MVA Max RMS Avg RMS Impedance pu 9.34 7.85 8.09 8.87 3.51 2.94 3.04 3.31 12.05 10.25 10.43 11.53 10.27 8.70 8.89 9.81 9.04 7.63 7.83 8.60 5.31 4.44 4.60 5.00 7.8 0.70 3.8 0.64 3.9 4.3 2.9 0.25 1.4 0.23 1.5 1.6 10.0 0.93 4.9 0.84 5.0 5.5 8.5 0.71 4.2 0.64 4.3 4.7 7.5 0.60 3.7 0.56 3.8 4.1 4.4 0.37 2.1 0.34 2.2 2.4 9.34 7.85_ - 3.51 2.94 ... ... 12.06 10.25 ... ... 10.27 8.70 ... ... 9.04 7.63 ... ... 5.31 4.44 ... 9.34 Zl: Z2: ZO: ... 3.51 Zl: Z2: ZO: ... 12.06 Zl: Z2: ZO: ... 10.27 Zl: Z2: ZO: ... 9.04 Zl: Z2: ZO: ... 5.31 Zl: Z2: ZO: ... 12.8790 12.8790 20.1959 34.2426 34.2426 54.4636 9.9831 9.9831 15.2612 11.7152 11.7152 18.0426 13.3037 13.3037 20.6672 22.6690 22.6690 35.9462 Equivalent R +/X 0.0252 0.0157 ... 0.0769 0.0176 ... ... 0.0176 0.0148 ... ... 0.0227 0.0147 ... ... 0.0267 0.0150 ... 0.0495 0.0168 ... ... Momentary 3 Phase —Sym Fault Duty— Mom kA Crest kA Fault Location Bus kA MVA X/R Sym*1.6 Based on Sym*2.7 Based on Equivalent Bus Name Voltage X/R X/R R +-x BUSUTILXF-SB\V 12,000 24.056 500.00 8.00 38.490 33.263 64.952 56.993 0.0000 0.1985 BUSXF-SBWWP 12,000 23.854 495.80 6.88 38.167 32.025 64.407 55.102 0.0000 0.1996 Momentary Unbalanced Fault Location Bus Name BUS UTIL XF-SBW LLG Gnd Return kA: BUS XF-SBWW PR LLG Gnd Return kA: Bus Voltage 12,000 72.17 12,000 68.82 — Sym Fault Duty— kA MVA 3 Phase: SLG: LL: LLG: 3 Phase: SLG: LL: LLG: 24.056 36.084 20.833 41.667 23.854 35.441 20.658 41.171 500.00 433.01 250.00 500.00 495.80 425.29 247.90 494.05 X/R 8.00 8.00 - - 6.88 6.21 _ -Mom. Fault Duty- kA'1.6 Based on X/R 38.490 57.735 - - 38.167 56.705 ... ... 33.263 49.894 ... ... 32.025 46.581 ... ... Sequence Impedance pu Zl: Z2: ZO: Zl: Z2: ZO: 0.2000 0.2000 0.0000 0.2017 0.2017 0.0073 Interrupting 3 Phase and Unbalanced Fault Location Bus Name BUS UTIL XF-SB NACD: LLQ Gnd Return kA: BUS XF-SBWW P NACD: LLG Gnd Return kA: Bus Voltage 12,000 1.00 72.169 12,000 1.00 68.823 — Init Sym Fault — Equivalent Seq. kA X/R R +jX Imp. pu 3 Phase: SLO: LL: LLG: 3 Phase: SLG: LL: LLG: 24.06 36.08 20.83 41.67 23.85 35.44 20.66 41.17 8.00 0.0357 0.2858 21: 8.00 Z2: ZO: 6.88 0.0418 0.2874 Zl: 6.21 Z2: — — ZO: 0.20 0.20 0.00 0.20 0.20 0.01 3Ph. Sym: Tot: SLG Sym: Tot: 3Ph. Sym: Tot: SLG Sym: Tot: Interrupting Fault kA — 2 eye. 3 eye. 5 eye. 8 eye. 24.06 27.60 36.08 41.40 23.85 26.53 35.44 38.67 24.06 24.60 36.08 36.91 23.85 23.98 35.44 35.44 24.06 24.06 36.08 36.08 23.85 23.85 35.44 35.44 24.08 24.06 36.08 36.08 23.85 23.85 35.44 35.44 APPENDIX 6 : DEVICE EVALUATION REPORT CD •COa. 8. Inj £ .9- trHI e 8 (£. § o: LLJ tx. £ 8 § 8 § .oraa. ro 3O § 0)£ "o s« •coQ. oo 10a.o a. <cg>'in8 coU. CO COm •coa.cuCL co ILLI CTLLI I .1 itt 8 8 8 8 5-B8 CD 8 0Am DO T? S m § m 8 8 8 8 CL 8 8 8 & 88 8 8 E I s S 8 inco 8 8 8 0)O) <inCMCMin o czo e- I T3CCO s a CLUJ sHI C1COI tooCO ^ ^:(O m «l 8 LU 8 LU o 8 m eo 8 LJJ o 8 8 § 8 op 0 CM 0) I2 Ie- 1 TO 0)tn•3 5ra (ACoQ. COLL CO s•eoa. 8. LU C Q. '3 D" LU 8 I g 1 Ia. 8 s LU co 8 8 8 8 S LU 8 8 § 8 8 §§ 8 •c R£ ocoIe- LU £ JO U CO E I E I § § oq 8 oq 8 oq ci 8do 8 8into 8 coo COo coo 8If)10 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 § O ffl O trLLJ a:tii o 8mo li- a:UJ o au_I raa. ou.I 8raO. o: UJ <rin DLL I 111 5 < in u>raCL a>reO. Omo o m 8s Q COO 3! 8 8 co 8 I£ Ocois II?ffi u§ I gQ.at£ rao«•a 1CO £CO toico CO CD I o 3 1 LU CT LU O 73 S 2OL R§ s .00H& w 8 s 8 8 S 8 o 8 8 S CO CO E CO E to" 8 CMCM OO Opdo 8 CMCM in<o 8into 8 8 8 8 8 8 S s OCO 9 LU Q OQ S OLL CO CO OL COS §CO CO COssCO o a: CDo o CO Q_ DC 3!mo CO0- sin DCLU O imo u. LUe LU O IS COCOQ. DC CDmo 5ASSILUoLL LU OCLU *jTw Iff o .2 I8-a> I oif CO IM T3 XW E EE EE co 8 8 8 8 CMCM 8do oodo 8 8S 8 IT)CO 8 8 8 op d 8 d 8 8 8 8 S 8 8 8 8 01CO 8 op d 8 8CM CO Z £ CCco 175 LU s H LU Q CO CO LUD O uf>QLLI U.LU K DLL § w go. o: o CQo CLLU <£ UJ in %Q. < Smo $CMS OQ tLUQLL CCLU Lt LU LU QLLI C£LU cos. <inIN CM <oin co o: 5mo £ en y ^o mo fe LLI LU GC LU CCOs. co0. D fflO O £LU o:LU o L_l feQLL co S. ^«nf -si^Ss^^-, t. LU 8 8 8 <og, Ip § 'to £e- co d>CO3 I .£• coQ. CO 'ro o w CO CMCM s 8 CO CD cou. CO o "SCO01CO o: .1to_3 3 LU 3trLU 1SCL 8 8 8 8 8 8 CO co §§ z o toCM 8 10CMCM € 0)O)(0Q_ I£ I"S T3Cm I o•" (0 'S it:CO APPENDIX 7 : RECOMMENDED DEVICE SETTINGS oI •22« *- « •o 'g^ o 0 | 'B «S 1-1 0 5 •£ ON3 'i § J ?" c 1 o oo ? 8 J S? - ti.CM on 04 -J r*> Si i I£ 10 li 1 1 < a P g § PU <N Q p^• w ".If ; sJL s S B^M 2 :-. 18 E 2 1 i « § •j « 2 rip) 10 (2000 A;H Xo fe o 1 el o 'uc IS 1gu f I <^2 s 1 -s< § §. i t ^ « o 2 <N .§ x ° c- fas 1 | I ^ ? ililililli£ " ™ "* o o o o O 0 0o o o ~ "" "" VO to 0. ^(^ O § w <N 7is §? s 1g 1 1H I :- B 1 2 s s ^ •& CQ ^~S .a m «u 55 1 mVI ^uX '£ u 0 jS P•o ts Q 5c a;-HAMME1CUTLER—D H CQU | 03 rip) 10 (2250A;H Xo 1w-> fe P (N O 1 ^ U t3cCJ)I ea £ H 8*£ ooo ^~ Qi Q~ X CUTLEROH Q CQO | CQ o <" •o o x , a E g •« aT E eu X Q X 0 U 00 - .X r!<~* UH "-^g e iJ _) on O 0o oo oCS O w Cu•o X'u- o <; m oon «s % § D "1 o. (5 o 1355 9-TIS) 100 ms (IA2i Fixed (14000/Inst-300 1(14000 A)I 1 0]O)mQ. -^ r* < •s i .f 2 | £ I It 1 tf o u ^ u ^252 | Q CJ. | -3 -A -3 lie 1 | JOS O O H S HO o o o 0 O 0o o o(S CN ^" s °as E oS aiu ws ss s a a; s = sI— 1 »/-, 1— ] uy O1 £60 CO1 1 £ S CQQ E cooa £ co U H U CQ COOO CO < o "S 'C o 1 H I < 1 "* g ffi 2 U a00 s 1s C '""s ^x•^ C- ^ "2 1 2 ^•a -g - -^ S^ % ^ e '£ X - X § <o -B « 2 §c | d S S D ^ •— t^- '^ •— ' « h-&. Q ft, Q LoH H H F- z>-3 j co co e o o o §o oo o•*•»•* Q an£ at S m -o ^ V ^ 2 I 33 r^ Osi a f3 i I 5 Q BS0 ^ -J s S .e- Q .0 CO So 55 i •o •o *a4> fl> U XXXtZ ul 'ul o o o o <C <Cdo do °. P"o w"i in <r» o O- - - - m m Q Q QPJ UJ fc oi oi oiW W UJ illS K SCti •*! ci "I c£ -.S "^ S "^ ES <-™ S S S S s DQg DD§ SoSUW— OW-H UU--H a a a SenW) 60 &0« « «S S 2 < 1 g s 2 | CO js CQ j CQ ^ U H U (- O H at E ED Q Q 1 oo ~ OUJ aiu S S cis U UD.cou i oo "~" O .2 1 5 1 1 S i CM 0) 1 U- o ob b Q 04w 2 33 s *H Mt <ND Q ,AU CL. -. 0 isc00 en 1O H eHQ •auX b O 0 b b e o4W 2 £C£ < P-J fsj 8 e 2 o '"G 1 18 s i 1B. Ob Ow 04 g§ 33 CUTLER-PA MAINCQO 0- ob < IN Q oW -H u'~S :rmal MagnV 0>.X §b-, 2 1 04 22 u"*^ "oS OH « ^ <SllD CO ^o O 2 U'Ss I< ^2 _^ i« *0 H OOH 1u. 0 0b b Q LJJ 04 22 33 c* <w JQ 1 s i o "'SII CD C CD ^0 H CQ0.A LTPU ( 1 .0 x P) Fixed ( 1 000 A)A LTD (Fixed) FixedA STPU (2-8 x P) 2 (2000A)STD (Inst-300 ms) 100 ms (IA2t In)INST (14000A) Fixed (14000A)Fixedo o o <N C^ O Q cu 04 "Su .*,5 £ 5 o o**. -H O Hi B 1 3 .-, ^ •& E. HO .H CO «O K i o§ 1 04U-22 X CUTLER-< fflO s oboo n ?< u '"§ 1 "c3 1 o S Q 33 c4 22 33 CUTLER-1 O OH Q ob Q S [i- ,/, O'5 1 1a. o oo o gE *w 2 si 1 -b Q <? B E 2 0 DOra < -3 < Een £U P 2D •£ .Btu U- o o oo o o s sas as C^ 0^w w2 22 2 oi <: o: H 0 S g U K 2 u u I S < -3 < oa £ coU H U r-l <s O Q oo(S ffi i .2S §A2 "3 g jH!H •o £ oo Qu-as BdOJ § al CUTLER-< CO CD<J 0-D o S Q S fc V^ o 101)ra2 "3 | J2 H _X Oo Qu.as *PJg § £CUTLER-<^ m 09u csD-Q oo o S M ""> y Ied2 "3| J=f- o oo o e33 ai 22 M .2 1BO 2< -s S Eoa SU H £D •oQ> '£ oo gX *W22 3?CUTLER-< 5 09U £D oo Q r4« »o .2 Iw 2 "3 g S H •o o oo o eas ai 22 a§ S 35^ Q a B K 2 .2•saa2< -3s i 09 SU H £Q '£ oo eas ai 22 33 CUTLER-<^ O 09U £Q oo 1 .2 12 I2 H <DO)CO 0. •O T3 "O.§ .§ .S o o o o o o O O O O O O seeXXX OS rt a! 1 S S E E E <• pi <• (4 <• « <•3 3 £ g £ w S <s H Q <s HQ<s H Q <N •A ^ fe >A ^> fe >r> ^feiA— U E — u E — u E — •s -s -c 5) M 5) S S 5 ^ — • "^ "« ^ "« U 0 O § S ^qj q> 4^CQ J3 03 X 03 XOH Of- U H <N <N fS0. 0- frQ Q Q •sX o o 0 O QU.S oiU S EB: <• S S5 S SU E — 0 ^5)edS < -3S I CQ SU H rs S "SX b O O O O ss OS 2 S E«: <•S 3I-J fSlH Q 5sD fe «!,0 E - 0 «c as < T3f^i SQ E 8 1 Q •a T3 -a •— •« -S o o o o o oo o o o o o D D Du. E EEKE 0- D^ OH UJ W PJ S S S§ S S SEE oi <• a: <• ti <•S s S . ^ S ^HQrs HD?i HQrs UE- UE- u£- U U U ts ts ts §)§)§> S S S <^ —2 — <J* — - Si a! i w i<n ^ CD ^ oa .£U f- U f- U H (S <S fS CH D. 0.Q Q D -o 8£ od "^ s 33 02 UJ S ^§ f- o 'V ui> 03U a.Q o O "^ a1 § o'S COs 1E ii Thermal Curve (Fixed)INST (5-10 x Trip) 10 (2000 A)Fixedo o < <do °. <=>O O in intN <N — — ' 9 gas as c^ ^u_ w 2 S 33 33 (4 .a- 0! <•S 1 S aH ' Q <S f— ' Q <sBis 8 g i o o § c c^3oo bo<- rt ffls s s £ "a ^ "«D E •< i O P" U H z za D 1u. P P — H — H Q 33 02U S 33 ei <;s a D S ^ CJ X -H O cCJjas ^ "«o i CQ ^O (- ros 1u. P "^ aa.33 02 s2 33 02 P-I 0 < o CQ § O ~~ ^Q S X o <uc s•aS 1 1 O ™~ Qu_ 33 KLJ § 33 cis 0 < Q 03 0 § O </"i"^ S D SB. iA o'5 60As•a£ -o.sU- o o»ri v-j — H — H Du.X 02 U-l § 33 s ^§12 o c eas < T3s § CQ J:U H o. Q Ir, 80A Sensor D (40) (40A)oin<N(N tuOtL.as 02UJ § 33 ais 0 £<c C90 i (N i CN Q odoo 4 w U- tu 1 Qa. _£- H .0s STPU, (2 - 12 x Ir) 12 (480A)STD, (Inst - 300ms) M,N,OINST OR. (Fixed) Fixed (960A)O "* su- ^2oo 3 (40) (40A)Q Ir, 80A Sensor< *riIN UJQU-a CUTLER-HAMMERB: 5ccu OH Q ;j) 12 (480A)ns) M,N,O1) Fixed (960A)-^ x o <u1 2 8 I a 4 I g Q" £ Q £H H H 2 o oo o00 •* o FDE/FDCE/HFDE, 31LSI, 80-225 AS, FLAT£• Ho s (40) (40A)Q Ir. 80A Sensor< VJ(N U1 CUTLER-HAMMERci S CQO £D )r) 12 (480A)ns) M,N,O1) Fixed (960A)^* bt O w ? n 1Ci ^ c. O H" ^ P " o o O 000 Tt o FDE/FDCE/HFDE, 31LSI, 80-225AS, FLAT0. Ho §(40) (40A)D Ir. 80A Sensoro (NIN iaOUHa CUTLER-HAMMERBH5 CQ 2Q ;r) 12 (480A)ns) M,N,O1) Fixed (960A)— x ° 0? a 7 | i 4 t i Q" £ Q- Sh H H zH-] C/3 C/3 £H 0 0 O OOO -^J- o FDE/FDCE/HFDE, 3 1LSI, 80-225AS. FLATo. £ osW5 (20) (20A)ffl Ir. 80A Sensor< ^S uQUHa CUTLER-HAMMERei5mu £Q »T) 12 (240 A)ns) M,N,O) Fixed (960A)_; s> o u^ JJ o xW5 CN r^ • — cl 4 I is i e sH i- H 2J « i/J S o oo o00 (N +FDE/FDCE/HFDE, 31LSI, 80-225AS, FLATo. [5 o sC/3 (20) (20A)m Ir, 80A Sensoro s PH Q U.a CUTLER-HAMMER06 t. CQO OHQ tr) 12 (240A)ns) M,N,O1) Fixed (960A)""• X O u/— v O>< S 7 ^ &1 fs e C^ d £"tf Ih- H H g O Oo ooo r*i o FDE/FDCE/HFDE, 31LSI, 80-225 AS. FLATo. Ho 5C/3 •8_x ps 1 CUTLER-HAMMER<W ^& 09O CuQ po QUHa .a 1ooas i < VI 0)a. t! ll 'C I I .5s O tL-2 oO I Oo s S co 0)o>roO. APPENDIX 8 : COORDINATION CURVES u UJ oo. cc _o 35 tu vfS £ oPi X o o yj 7; w^ jiS>? = J N U. !Oo TIME IN SECONDS XOl £ 001 HI Ia: 1o UJ'- 5 Oi u21u ! Jf llyii M £ g (N | tU ^ g TIME IN SECONDS XOOk XO(H >H 001 £ "c O II. . COUJ *- 5 goo TIME IN SECONDS XCU »CH XI , I 2 0(H UJ cc o 001 SI altt3 olz « §, -< o If O | O ^M ta. Os 21 u u o TIME IN SECONDS XCKH MOO I. OOl Iir .32 O UJ •r- 0; «£ w <s< o>/•>fN u ~- Oo O o a •fa o o is!53"" v J IX 1 fa pa 7u ~ ** o °.d •<*• C4 o o . H t/2 N U. ,< 1 O PQu 5 <|x rtsgPQ DU U ro &0 CL, fa Q- o •_,- X , V S> O ^•a x m o _; x •, t? o s ' "rT" i_l- G ^ O•^- XOl 2 001 TIME IN SECONDS Q.I^ -Ql CD;O 001 Q.Q Q DO:o wCD fe Q. <e9g, HS"CO _l O o> P'P" •5« O . . 00HI •»- 0; U! yj UES < T3 oa D Q £u u w 2 TIME IN SECONDS MOL Q- ro Q o ^M ta. 0* U| a: o a <?«< J O P Pm ^ «o o 6 J.22 m TIME IN SECONDS £ OOt EfflHUHH] 001 ^; CO:or :£mo wo.Z) :< s- »«CO . a Q_ ^0 10 O OS1 o-1 oa. LJJ I(£. IO I 0 oi1 TIME IN SECONDS UJ c ct Io UJ T- Ul UJ Io oa D au u w "8<i pi §0 xCQ £} ffl § Eu ua2 , ,U 00o TIME IN SECONDS xoi.XOI £ 001 oQ_ _ o-1 Pis t0. a o O .. 00 lil T- ••I kk0> o ^Hm' uu;-: .a. o •< « o 1j<! r^O .2 T3 rnouooVo^x.J.tS'tC--rrCin^- o pa ^3 Q 2uuz- xoot o:ccR OOl CM CL TIME IN SECONDS XI- 001. I CL O 0 o • w| S d> CM-1 Si°rtoo IUJ 0) o 00 o*sUJ T- ^gg z.0; Pi ooo > o oiw I?. <N m 'CU ^ Q P CQ DU U is¥a" x OH PL, (X O < y. ^—. X O O^ "^ mo ^IPS tau 04UJ < <1<^< 1 °Euuas XOCH MO I 001 TIME IN SECONDS XOCH 001 a 0)ED IO Sj LU »• 3 =5^9S MM W 0; (A£ ' a: S a.4= fflDuu Qo.S MO I 5 001 TIME IN SECONDS X(H ^- CD< oo o* O 4J LU Ia: £ :i O 51. . <aUJ •<- 5 Ug Hi <o TIME IN SECONDS 001 wJS g|wlalo:§ <1T- ^ro > §) I"«is5.2. 3f OO .UJc .S5 H.. 00LU ^- z. 0* in o -J <N O O u^?JQ ^>il ex_e «§i*"i t/"i TIME IN SECONDS CM t3 ^~ <Bdl"00- LJJ Io: 1o II.. COUJ t- UJ <C U .pa CD fcuu £ """ vo ® U ~ °' 0 CJLrr> o <§ -CO- CO.O TIME IN SECONDS XOl 001 c3 .gj, 5 ct CO COT— 6 £* ioCL O HI •r- i^H ta. 01 UJ o U — H o o o o n. <§uu Z 001. TIME IN SECONDS XOl 001 o d s ioa: o LU T- 2" i pt. =f> II o,J3 o TIME IN SECONDS "HOI MO I Si' UJI O(N o: S acci: 03 DU U 1 Or*"i £^ Q<«< J O O O S2s| ooo X ^E.e- 3 W Q H Q °- j= S$pa D 8 § HKu u £ °> TIME IN SECONDS XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXi XI. S 001 001 mo Q..Q 03O a l« ?£o •I Q] O if. . 00 5? z. 01 IN 2 ., - ?. - ~E - 02'5 bi s x oa 3 E ^ iU OS- 2 001 TIME IN SECONDS 001. Q- to Q ots> 0)u] Io LU «- 0 ooo 00ocs TIME IN SECONDS >H \\\\\\\v\vx\x\v "t o . . COUJ T- il APPENDIX 9 : SINGLE LINE IMPEDANCE DIAGRAM UTIL SS5 42000.0 Amps 3P 42000.0 Amps SLG ) EX.CBSS5MAIN 0.0 A ) CBRR 0.0 A CBLRR 1-3/0 AWG/kcmil 250.0 ft 200.0 A ) CBRR MAIN CUTLER-HAMMER JD 200.0 A —RR208.0 V ) CBRR TYPICAL A CUTLER-HAMMER QBHW, 3-Pole 50.0 A •EX. SS5 208.0 V ) CB FOOD CART 0.0 A CBL FOOD CART 1-3/0 AWG/kcmil 230.0 ft 200.0 A •FOOD CART 208.0 V Job#: 3118409 Client: Rowan Electric Drawing: 1Line001 Project: Legoland Waterworks Network Power j 111 Li !!ii \ "In iii fi tit; .! ! .1 JH r (f i »« si ll -M> -MJ ^ ^144 •i I .-a i H-o +*RSON.PowEMENjh; |; J | 0 CITY OF CARLSBAD COMMUNITY FACILITIES DISTRICT NO. 1 NON-RESIDENTIAL B-32 Development Services Building Department 1635 Faraday Avenue 760-602-2719 www.carlsbadca.gov NON-RESIDENTIAL CERTIFICATE: Non-Residential land owner, please read this option carefully and be sure you thoroughly understand before signing. The option you chose will affect your payment of the developed Special Tax assessed on your property. This option is available only at the time of the first building permit issuance. Property owner signature is required before signing. Your signature is confirming the accuracy of all information shown. MERLIN ENTERTAINMENT GROUP Name of Owner 1 LEGOLAND DR Address CARLSBAD CA 92008 City, State Zip 211 1000900 760 918 5600 Telephone 1 LEGOLAND DR Project Address Carlsbad, CA City, State 92008 Zip Assessor Parcel Number(s) or APN(s) and Lot Numbers(s) if not yet subdivided by County Assessor CB091696 Building Permit Number(s) As cited by Ordinance No. NS-155 and adopted by the City of Carlsbad, California, the City is authorized to levy a Special Tax in Community Facilities District No. 1. All non-residential property, upon the issuance of a building permit, shall have the option to (1) pay the SPECIAL DEVELOPMENT TAX ONE TIME or (2) assume the ANNUAL SPECIAL TAX - DEVELOPED PROPERTY for a period not to exceed twenty-five (25) years. Please indicate your choice by initializing the appropriate line below: OPTION (1): I elect to pay the SPECIAL TAX - ONE TIME now, as a one-time payment. Amount of One-Time Special Tax: $ 4,739.32 Owner's Initials OPTION (2): I elect to pay the SPECIAL DEVELOPMENT TAX ANNUALLY for a period not to exceed twenty-five (25) years. Maximum annual Special Tax: $ 654.50 Owner's Initials _ . I DO HEREBY CERTIFY UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY THAT THE UNDERSIGNED IS THE PROPERTY OWNER OF THE SUBJECT PROPERTY ANQJHAXi UNDERSTAND AND WILL COMPLY WITH THE PROVISION AS STATED ABOVE. Title Print Name Date The City of Carlsbad has not independently verified the information shown above. Therefore, we accept no responsibility as to the accuracy or completeness of this information. Land Use AOCU Factor 0.5760 Imp.Area 2 FY 12/93 X Square Ft. 8,228 = 4,739.32 B-32 Page 1 of 1 Rev. 07/09 CITY OF CARLSBAD CERTIFICATION OF SCHOOL FEES PAID B-34 Development Services Building Department 1635 Faraday Avenue 760-602-2719 www.carlsbadca.gov This form must be completed by the City, the applicant, and the appropriate school districts and returned to the City prior to issuing a building permit. The City will not issue any building permit without a completed school fee form. Project Name: Building Permit Plan Check Number: Project Address: A.P.N.: Project Applicant (Owner Name): Project Description: Building Type: Residential: LEGOLAND CB091696 1 LEGOLAND DR 211 1000900 MERLIN ENTERTAINMENT GROUP WATERWORKS CLUSTER 4 NEW BLDS New Dwelling Unit(s) Square Feet of Living Area in New Dwelling Second Dwelling Unit: Residential Additions: Square Feet of Living Area in SOU Net Square Feet New Area Commercial/Industrial: 8,228 Net Square Feet New Area City Certification of Applicant Information:Date: 01/08/2010 SCHOOL DISTRICTS WITHIN THE CITY OF CARLSBAD [X] Carlsbad Unified School District 6225 El Camino Real Carlsbad CA 92009 (331-5000) G Vista Unified School District 1234 Arcadia Drive Vista CA 92083 (726-2170) I I San Marcos Unified School District 215MataWay San Marcos, CA 92069 (290-2649) Contact: Nancy Dolce (By Appt. Only) I I Encinitas Union School District 101 South Rancho Santa Fe Rd Encinitas, CA 92024 (944-4300 ext 166) I I San Dieguito Union High School District 710 Encinitas Blvd. Encinitas, CA 92024 (753-6491) Certification of Applicant/Owners. The person executing this declaration ("Owner") certifies under penalty of perjury that (1) the information provided above is correct and true to the best of the Owner's knowledge, and that the Owner will file an amended certification of payment and pay the additional fee if Owner requests an increase in the number of dwelling units or square footage after the building permit is issued or if the initial determination of units or square footage is found to be incorrect, and that (2) the Owner is the owner/developer of the above described project(s), or that the person executing this declaration is authorized to sign on behalf of the Owner. Signature:Date:2./ \ B-34 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 03/09 FEB-24-2010 WED 04:25 PM CITY OF CARSLBAD FAX NO. 760 602 8558 P. 04 INDUSTRIAL WASTEWATER DISCHARGE PERMIT SCREENING SURVEY Business Name, Street Address^ Email Address PLEASE CHECK HERE IF YOUR BUSINESS IS EXEMPT: (ON REVERSE SIDE CHECK TYPE OF BUSINESS) Check all below thai are present at your facility: Acid Cleaning Assembly Automotive Repair Battery Manufacturing Biofuel Manufacturing Biotech Laboratory Bulk Chemical Storage Car Wash Chemical Manufacturing Chemical Purification Dry Cleaning Electrical Component Manufacturing Fertilizer Manufacturing Film / X-ray Processing Food Processing Glass Manufacturing Industrial Laundry Ink Manufacturing Laboratory Machining / Milling Manufacturing Membrane Manufacturing (i.e. water filter membranes) Metal Casting / Forming Metal Fabrication Metal Finishing Electroplating Electroless plating Anodizing Coating (i.e. phosphating) Chemical Etching / Milling Printed Circuit Board Manufacturing Metal Powders Forming Nutritional Supplement/ Vitamin Manufacturing Painting/Finishing Paint Manufacturing Personal Care Products Manufacturing Pesticide Manufacturing/ Packaging Pharmaceutical Manufacturing (including precursors) Porcelain Enameling Power Generation Print Shop Research and Development Rubber Manufacturing Semiconductor Manufacturing Soap/ Detergent Manufacturing Waste Treatment/Storage SICCode(s)(ifknown}:, Brief description of business activities (Production / Manufacturing Operations): Description of. operations generating wastewater (discharged to sewer, hauled or evaporated): /oirr /">i I or i yv Estimated volume of industrial wastewater to be discharged (gal/day): SOD List hazardous wastes generated (type / volume): Date operation began/or will begin at this location:.3.7. 3.O / O---- Have you applied for a Wastewater Discharge Permit from the Encina Wastewater Authority? Yes (Ntf If yes, when; Site Contact Signature ENCINA W US Title rT Phone No. AUTHORITY, 6200 Avenida Encinas Carlsbad, CA 92011 (760)438-3941 1-AX: (760)476-9852 + 17609185469 LEGOLAND California M 02:39:54 p.m. 06-30-2010 1 12 VisCL SAN DIEGO REGIONAL HAZARDOUS MATERIALS QUESTIONNAIRE OFFICE USE ONLY BPDATE / / Business Contact Telephone* ( "760 \ Project A/ £,Address O/L APN# State Zip PlanRef ipeclflc projectThe fallowing question PART !• FIRE DEPJ nt the facittt/a activities, NOT th» a ' CLASS!'ARTMEMT- HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DIVISION: OCCUPANCY ClwW use, process, or store any of tfie Mowing hazardous misterisb. If any> of me Itemsjurisdiction prior to plan submltM. 1. Explosive or Biasing Agents 5. Organic Peroxides 9. Water ReacOves 2. Compressed Gases 6. OxtoTzers 10. Cryogenics 3. RammablerCombustMe Liquids 7. Pyrophorics 11. Highly Toxto or Toxic Materials 4. Rammabte Solids 6. Unstable Reacttvee 12. RadtoacvVes icriptton. iTKJN: indicate bv drdlna the Item, whether vour businessI. appicant must contact the Flm Protection Agency with 13. Corrosives 14. Other Health Hazards 15. None of These. (mustI (619) 33S-2222'prior to the Issuance of a FEES ARE REQUIRED. YES NO Expected Date of Occupancy:/ If tw answer to any of theCA 92101. D CalARP Exempt 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Q • EF Q O O K I* your business listed on the reverse side of this form? (check aM that apply). D WH your business dtopose of Hazardous Substances or Medical Waste hi anyamdunt? D WM your business store or nanole Hazardous Substances In quantftes equal to o 55 gallons, 500 pounds, 200 cubic feet or cardnogensAeproducUve toxins in any ajuanttty? WI your business use an existing or install an underground storage tank? J3 Wi your business store or handle Regulated Substances (CalARP)? £2 Wfl your business use or install a Hazardous Waste Tank System (TNto 22, Arttcte greater than PAID MAY 2 72010 jpASmEft/, O < alARP Required permit. Note: If ttw answer to questions 3 or 4 Iscommencing demoWfon or renovation, except ' : If the answer to any131-1649. telephone (i Inrfata Data D (alARP Complete iu# contact the Air or demolition Iappicant must also submit an asbestos notMcatton form to tie APCO at least 10 working days prior toor renovation of residential structures of four units or less. Contact the APCDfbr more information. 1. 2- D l orconstruction acvvflles Include operations or equipment (hat emtt or are capable of emiUngan air contaminant? (See the1nfc»/het«faeimHs.odf. and the 1st of typical equipment requiring an APCO permit on the reverse side 3. 4. Da Withes APCDfof this Irom. Contact APCO If you have any questions).(ANSWER ONLY IF QUESTION 11S YES) Wtl the subject facWy be located within 1,000 feet of the oiiterboijndaiyrt a scrwol(K through 12)7(Public and private schools may be found after search of the California School Directory at http^Ai»ww.cde.ca.oov/ra/sd/: or contact the appropriate school district).WB (here be renovation that involves handling of any friable asbestos materials, or disturbing any material that contains non-friabte asbestos? Wi there be demolition Involving the removal of a load supporting structural member? Briefly describe business activities: perjury that to the best of my knowledge and belief the responses madeherein are true and correct. Agent Signature of Owner or Authorized Agent Data FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY: FIRE DEPARTMENT OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION:. BY:DATE:. EXEMPT OR NO FURTHER INFORMATION REOWREO RELEASED TOW BMLOMO PBU«T BUT NOT FOH OCCUPANCY RELEASED FOR OCCUPANCY COUWTY-HMD APCO APCD APCO HM-9171 (04AI7)County of Sm Diego - DEH - Hazardous Materials Division FEB-24-2010 WED 04:24 PH CITY OF CARSLBAD FAX NO. 760 602 8558 P, 03 SAN DIEGO REGIONAL HAZARDOUS MATERIALS QUESTIONNAIRE OFFICE USE ONLY HV* BP DATE / / The following questions represent the facility's activities, NOT the specific project description. PART I; will use, FIRS DEPARTMENT-I process, or store any of the ft jurisdiction prior to plan submttiai, 1. Explosive or Blasting Agents 2. Compressed Gases 3. Flammable/Combustible Liquids 4. Flammable Sofids MATERIALS DIVISION: OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION: Indicate by circling the item, whether your businessapplicant must contact the Fire Protection Agency withI hazardous SDIVIS materiarials. If any of the items are StIFICAl circled, 5. Organic Peroxides 6. Oxidizers 7. Pyrophorics 8. Unstable Reactive* 9. Water Reactives 10. Cryogenics11. Highly Toxic or Toxic Materials 12. Radloactives 13. Corrosives 14. Other Health Hazards 15. None of These. PART II: SAN DIEGO COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH - HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DIVISIONS (HMD): H questions is ye$, applicant must contact the County of San Diego Hazardous Materials Division, 1255 Imperial Avenue, 3'" floor, San Die; Call (619) 338-2222 prior to the issuance of a building permit; r PEES ARE REQUIRED, Enoected Date of Occuoancv: D 1 3TI I "20 \<0 YES NCy-CL, 1. Q. BvJsr^our business listed on the reverse side of thte form? (check all that apply). 2. Buft WSJw your business dispose of Hazardous Substances or Medical Waste In any amount? 3 ^jf/f-lt^WiU your business store or handle Hazardous Substances in quantities equal to or greater than 55 gallons, 500 pounds. 200 cubic feet, or carcinogens/reproductive toxins in any quantity? 4 . D FJB'vVill your business use an existing or install an underground storage tank? S. D E^WiH your business store or handle Regulated Substances (CalARP)? 6. D 53x''~Will your business use or Install a Hazardous Waste Tank System (Title 22, Article 10)? the answer to any of the O.CA92101. D CalARP Exempt/ Date Initials D CalARP Required / Oats Initials Q CalARP Complete/ Date Initials III; SAN AIR tMSTR Q if the answer to any of the questions below is yes, applicant must contact the Air '2131-1649, telephone (858) 586-2800 prior to the issuance of a building or demolitioni Control District (APCD), 10124 Old Grove Road, San Diego,] permit. Note: if the answer to questions 3 or 4 is yes, applicant must also submit an asbestos notification form to the APCD at least 10 wonting days prior tocommencing demolition or renovation, except demotitoii or rffiovaiion of residential structures of four units or less. Contact the APCD for more information. 1.YES D 2. a 3. 4. U D utfWIli the subject facility or construction activities include operations or equipment that emit or are capable of emitting an air contaminant? (See the APCD factsheet at hap:/jwww.sdac>ed.orQ/intc>/fac.ts/Defmi^,pdt , and the list of typical equipment requiring an APCD permit on the reverse sideof this from, Contact APCD if you have any questions).D (ANSWER ONLY IF QUESTION 1 1S YES) Will the subject facility be located within 1 .000 feet of the outer boundary of a school (K through 12)7 (Public and private schools may be found after search of the California School Directory at http://www.ede.ca.Qov/fB/sd/: or contact the ^^appropriate school district), jET^Will there be renovation that involves handling of *ny friable asbestos materials, or disturbing any material that contains non-friable asbestos? M Will there be demolition involving the removal of a load supporting structural member? Briefly describe business Briefly describe proposed project; I declare under pervatty of perjury that to the best of my Knowledge and belief Gtv' made herein are (rue and correct.HO Name of owner or Authorized Agent Signature of Owner or Authorized Agent Date •ANCY CLASSIFICATION, BY:DATE: EXEMPT OR NO FURTHEA INFORMATION REQUIRED COUNTY-HMD APCO RELEASED FOR BUILDING PERMIT BUT NOT FOR OCCUPANCY COUNTY-HMD APCO RELEASED FOR OCCUPANCY CQUMTY-HMO APCD HM-BI71 (04/07)County of Sun Diego- DiiH - HdMrdous Materials Division JEC-05-2005 MON 10:06 AH CITY OF CARSLBAD FAX NO, 760 602 8558 P. 01 SCHOOL DISTRICT SCHOOL FEE CERTIFICATION (To be completed by the school district(s)) **«^**i«*********itt*:Wt****^ THIS FORM INDICATES THAT THE SCHOOL DISTRICT REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROJECT HAVE BEEN OR WILL BE SATISFIED. SCHOOL DISTRICT: The undersigned, being duly authorized by the applicable School District, certifies that the developer, builder, or owner has satisfied the obligation for school facilities. This is to certify that the applicant listed on page 1 has paid all amounts or completed other applicable school mitigation determined by the School District. The City may issue building permits for this project. SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED SCHOOL DISTRICT OFFICIAL NAME OF SCHOOL DISTRICT DATE PHONE NUMBER WALTER FREEMAN ASSISTANT SUPERINTENDENT CARLSBAD UNIFIED SCHOOLDETRICT 6225 EL CAMINO REAL CARLSBAD, CA Revised 4/20/00 February 1,2010 r-w-Apel Building Official City of Carlsbad 1635 Faraday Ave. Carlsbad, CA 92008 archi tects i n c Subject:Professional License Stamp and Signature To Whom It May Concern: This letter is provided for purposes of satifying requirements for wet seal and signatures on permit drawings for the Legoland Waterwork Cluster project. I am the architect or engineer in responsible charge for the following scope of work for the above referenced project: Site Planning and Landscape Architecture A reproduction of my license stamp and signature appears on the drawing sheets, structural calculations, reports and/or other project documents for which I am the licensed professional. They are: Drawing sheets numbered with the suffix "L". Sheets T, A-0 through A-4.1. Sheets WAI through WA3. Below is my seal and signature: Richard W. Apd Principal R. W. Apel Landscape Architect, Inc. 571-B Hygeia Avenue, Leucadia CA 92024 ~ tel/fax (760) 943-0760 ~ rwapel@att.net ~ CA license 2825 D D D ODD NOGEE O N II K E R ASSOCIATES ARCHITECTS Telephone (619)297-8066 FAX: (619)297-8055 February 1,2010 Building Official City of Carlsbad 1635 Faraday Ave. Carlsbad, CA 92008 Subject: Professional License Stamp and Signature To Whom It May Concern: This letter is provided for purposes of satifying requirements for wet seal and signatures on permit drawings for the Legoland Waterwork Cluster project. I am the architect in responsible charge for the following scope of work for the above referenced project: Architecture A reproduction of my license stamp and signature appears on the drawing sheets, specifications, reports and/or other project documents for which I am the licensed professional. They are: Drawing sheets A-5 through A-18. Below is my seal and signature: By: Russel R. Onufer Principal Nogle Onufer Associates Architects DUNN SAVOIE INC STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS SOB S. CLEVELAND ST. OCEANSIDE, CA S2O54 PH. C76O] 366-6355 FX. C7BOD S66-636O E-mail: dsi@surfdsi.com February 1,2010 Building Official City of Carlsbad 1635 Faraday Ave. Carlsbad, CA 92008 Subject:Professional License Stamp and Signature To Whom It May Concern: This letter is provided for purposes of satisfying requirements for wet seal and signatures on permit drawings for the Legoland Waterwork Cluster project. I am the engineer in responsible charge for the following scope of work for the above referenced project: Structural Engineering for new ticket building, restroom building, guest locker area shade structure, dining patio shade structure, retail storage building, tot's slide platform, foundations for water slides and tower platforms, foundation for mechanical building. A reproduction of my license stamp and signature appears on the drawing sheets, structural calculations, reports and/or other project documents for which I am the licensed professional. They are: Drawing sheets numbered S100 through S404. Structural calculations for above scope of work. Below is my seal and signature: Rhett M. Safffie Principal Dunn Savoie, Inc. MICHAEL WALL ENGINEERING SAN DIEGO 858-638-0600 858-638-0640 FAX 4115 Sorrento Valley Blvd. San Diego, CA 92121 IRVINE 949-864-0600 949-864-0640 FAX 5251 California Ave., Ste. 110 Irvine, CA 92617 www.mwalleng.com REGISTERED ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS February 1,2010 Building Official City of Carlsbad 1635 Faraday Ave. Carlsbad, CA 92008 Subject:Professional License Stamp and Signature To Whom It May Concern: This letter is provided for purposes of satifying requirements for wet seal and signatures on permit drawings for the Legoland Waterwork Cluster project. I am the engineer in responsible charge for the following scope of work for the above referenced project: Electrical engineering. A reproduction of my license stamp and signature appears on the drawing sheets, calculations, reports and/or other project documents for which I am the licensed professional. They are: Drawing sheets numbered El. 1 through E6.4. Below is my seal and signature: By: Michael E. Wall Principal Michael Wall Engineering Hofman Planning & Engineering Planning Civil Engineering Fiscal Services Coastal Februarys, 2010 2010 5 Y EARS O F EXCELLENCE Ili>fm;H, P'uililftS'4 & Mr. Will Foss, Building Official CITY OF CARLSBAD 1635 Faraday Ave. Carlsbad, CA 92008 SUBJECT: PROFESSIONAL LICENSE STAMP AND SIGNATURE TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN: This letter is provided for purposes of satisfying requirements for wet seal and signatures on permit drawings for the Legoland Waterwork Cluster project. I am the engineer in responsible charge for the following scope of work for the above referenced project: Civil Engineering A reproduction of my license stamp and signature appears on the drawing sheets, calculations, reports and/or other project documents for which I am the licensed professional. They are: Drawing sheets numbered C-101 through C-107 Below is my seal and signature: BY: JOSEPH P. COHAN Hofinan Planning & Engineering 3152 Lionshead Avenue • Carlsbad • CA 92010 • (760)692-4100 • Fax: (760)692-4)05 EQ-Tec Engineering Ltd. Structural Innovation and Technology Februarys, 2010 Building Official City of Carlsbad 1635 Faraday Ave. Carlsbad, CA 92008 Subject: Professional License Stamp and Signature To Whom It May Concern: This letter is provided for purposes of satisfying requirements for wet seal and signatures on permit drawings for the Legoland Waterwork Cluster project. I am the structural engineer in charge for the following scope of work for the above referenced project: • Water slides and slide tower platforms #1 and #2 and theme structure, provided by White Water West Industries, Ltd. A reproduction of my license stamp and signature appears on the drawing sheets, specifications, structural calculations, reports and/or other project documents for which I am the licensed professional. They are: • All drawings for the water slides and towers, bearing the project number 16390, and with the Whitewater West Industries Inc. title block. Below is my seal and signature: By: Mahmoud Rezai, PE Suite 204-1177 West Broadway, Vancouver, BC, V6H 1G3, CANADA Tel.: (604) 638-3628 * Fax: (604) 628-3825 February4, 2010 Building Official City of Carlsbad 1635 Faraday Ave. Carlsbad, CA 92008 Subject: Professional License Stamp and Signature To Whom It May Concern: This letter is provided for purposes of satisfying requirements for wet seal and signatures on permit drawings for the Legoland Waterwork Cluster project. I am the architect in responsible charge for the following scope of work for the above referenced project: Aquatics Pool Drawings A reproduction of my license stamp and signature appears on the drawing sheets, reports and/or other project documents for which I am the licensed professional. They are: Drawing sheets numbered with the suffix "PL-". Aquatics Specifications Section 13150. Below is my seal and signature: Sincerely, Water Technology, Inc. Mathew W. Freeby AIA Leisure Services, Project Manager MATTHEW W. FREEBY C-30635 1/V 100 Park Avenue PO Box 614 Beaver Dam. Wl 53916 Ph 1 920 887 7375 Fx 19208877999 9500 Ray White Road Office 208 Ph For! Worth, TX 76248 Fx 1 8177454592 1 817 7454591 www wtiworld com WATER TECHNOLOGY INC.LEADERS IN AQUATIC PLANNING, DESIGN AND ENGINEERING One Honey Creek Corporate Center 125 South 84* Street, Suite 401 Milwaukee, Wl 53214-1470 414/2591500 414/259 0037 fax www.graef-usa.com GRdEF collaborate / formulate / innovate Februarys, 2010 Building Official City of Carlsbad 1635 Faraday Ave. Carlsbad, CA 92008 Subject: Professional License Stamp and Signature To Whom It May Concern: This letter is provided for purposes of satisfying requirements for wet seal and signatures on permit drawings for the Lego/am/ Waterwork Cluster project. I am the engineer of responsible charge for the following scope of work for the above referenced project: Structural Only - Aquatics Pool Drawings A reproduction of my license stamp and signature appears on drawing sheets, structural calculations, reports and/or other project documents for which I am the licensed professional with responsible charge. They are: Aquatics drawing sheets PL1.01. PL1.02. PL1.10. PL1.12. PL1.20. PL1.21. PL1.30. PL1.31. PL1.40. PL1.41. PL3.01. PL4.01 (Mechanical Anchorages only). PL4.02 (Mechanical Anchorages only) & PL4.03 (Mechanical Anchorages only). Aguatics Structural Calculations. Below is my wet seal and signature: Richard Mark Bub, P.E., S. E. President RMB:ams AN ENGINEERING CORPORATION February 1. 2010 Building Official City of Carlsbad 1635 Faraday Ave. Carlsbad, CA 92008 Subject: Professional License Stamp and Signature To Whom It May Concern: This letter is provided for purposes of satifying requirements for wet seal and signatures on permit drawings for the Legoland Waterwork Cluster project. I am the engineer in responsible charge for the following scope of work for the above referenced project: Plumbing and Mechanical Engineering for new ticket building, new restroom building, and new pool equipment mechanical building. A reproduction of my license stamp and signature appears on the drawing sheets, calculations, reports and/or other project documents for which I am the licensed professional. They are: Drawing sheets numbered MO 1 through M07, P01 through P06, and U-l. Below is my seal and signature: Farhad Tony Fashandi, P.E. Principal Fashandi & Associates (SLvmtty 0f J8» DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH FOOD AND HOUSING DIVISION PUBLIC fQOLAND MISCELLANEOUS nVlTIfSPMNCI PARTI 1255 IMPERIAL 5" Floor SAN DIEGO, CA 92101 (For office use only) PLAN CHECK*. cafeocr •*>" KNEW/TI I DRENOVATION j OREMODEL j QCONSUI^TION m ------ - * •• -• ------ r P~TT — : - n - n lun — i - r , J_.r...- : ..i-ir-jr" - rn i'inr"'i i in i i i i i;~ _ - :'•- - - ------ r, --- nrTiLmaninarmrtfiuJpn- , ----- Facility Name Facility Address Assessor's Parcel No. ,_ _ _ _ City Zip BUSINESS OWNER: Name CttA> ft Mailing Address fine. Phone (1W), AAJ</*-/ht> Fax (7^) City ,ii^l____.. E-Mail Ckri:>. State Ltec, uu*e : DESIGNER/CONTRACTOR: Name ^/HE- ________ Soro . Company Mailing Address /ud fl^utt- E-Mail Address ^.<^> Contact Person Zip yflstruction Completion Date: A'ater Feature 13 Slide Landing Pool I L Attraction OCompetition Q SpeciafPurpose If Special Purpose, explain? Perimeter Overflow Pool(s) EJYes UNo Indoor MAJOR RENOVATION: changes to existing pool shell or plumbing from pool. QYes Jg]No- Describe, REMODEL: for rec. bldg with sanitary facilities or water feature addition to existing pool. QYes Ohio \ Describe ____ / SEWER: BlPublic QSeptio' Private WATER: KJPublic QWell/ Private (If private contact Land Use at (858) 565-5173) Identify the municipal water and wastewatcr district Restrooms: Are separate toilet facilities for men and women located within 100 feet of the public pool? jgJYes CJNo SANITARYJ ~"Number of Toilets • Number of Urinals Number of Sinks Number of Showers • Number of Drinking Fountains MEN WOMEN OTIIEltACTlVlflES DMASSAGE IOBODVART .BODY PIERCING FOOD & HOUSING DIVISION-PLAN CHECK FHD-PC-17801 M; P-l CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY and FIRE PROTECTION OFFICE OF THE STATE FIB1 M&ESffJVL FLAME Producti COMSEBX (10 Registration F-76701 Product marketed By; 3EJPU1,VBDA BI,VD., #392 MANHATTAN B^ACH, CA 99266 This produt-t m^f* rrie niimttjum rcquii'sjmtr.Us oCflaaie reiasmrjt'e »JstpWish«-4 bj- (he California Stale Fire MaTshai for produtis ideiTtitvd iu S<xT.ii>n I'.il 15. C'alift-n-.ia FleaJfh arui Siifl*tj- Code 1'hc siwpc of lh«- oppnn'&i nsff of this product!«. pw\ »d«i jn the i:urrem ^itiou of the CALIFORNIA AFPROVKD 1JST OF flAME RETARIJAM CHEMICALS AS!) FABliiai, GENERAL ANO LiMlTEtt APPU€:A'nONS» CX^CBSlMS pufeh^ted b> the Califonriu rsiati; Fi ESxpir«: 06/30/2010 Hofman Planning & Engineering Planning Civil Engineering Fiscal Services Coastal February 8, 2010 1985 FEB 1 1 BUILDING DEPARTMENT 201 0 YEARS Or EXCELLENCE Mr. Will Foss, Building Official CITY OF CARLSBAD 1635 Faraday Avenue Carlsbad, CA 92008 SUBJECT: PROFESSIONAL LICENSE STAMP AND SIGNATURE TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN: This letter is provided for purposes of satisfying requirements for wet seal and signatures on permit drawings for the Legoland Waterwork Cluster project. I am the engineer in responsible charge for the following scope of work for the above referenced project: Civil Engineering A reproduction of my license stamp and signature appears on the drawing sheets, calculations, reports and/or other project documents for which I am the licensed professional. They are: Drawing sheets numbered C-101 through C-107 Below is my seal and signature: BY: JOSEPH P. COHAN Hofman Planning & Engineering 3152 Lionshead Avenue • Carlsbad • CA 92010 • (760)692-4100 Mike Peterson From: Will Foss Sent: Tuesday, February 16, 2010 2:08 PM To: Mike Peterson Subject: RE: Legoland Correct, Did Esgil send it back as an outstanding correction. What brings it up? Will From: Mike Peterson Sent: Tuesday, February 16, 2010 11:15 AM To: Will Foss Subject: Legoland Will- Richard Appel the applicant for Lego says Chris Romero spoke to you about accessibility requirements for the new water slide and that he provided you the federal statute that exempts water slides from these requirements. I just needed to verify this and note it in the file. Let me know. Thanks Mike §3 \ -*> 2 t L] i 0 I 1 TI H IIv> r" r> 00 J- f K; i ^r <3 —^ ^^ u\_ S Q)g^c- ', ^HfvJ^r _2i 0 ? Vo f—•*-' -"•s•——• —o _D f\ SC O£ -o ) ^ o\^ „K ^r a F) "o?t> _ 9^ -h (ja s r i — 2 co S 3n I -S)\—. O o .a S